ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Commentary ·

Enarratio in prophetam Isaiam

Basilius Caesariensis · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 435 passages · 124,640 words

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 8 derived notes 0 open questions 435 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: commentary in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 435 narrative.
  • caution1 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture7 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: Isaiah 7:14; John 1:1; John 1:14; John 1:29; John 4:10; Luke 1:28; Luke 1:46.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.

Term index

CopticRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:301 · narrative
Source
σοι τὸ κέρδος προδαπανᾶσθαι τῇ λύπῃ; Νόμον ἔλαβες εἰς βοήθειαν. Μεγάλη μὲν ἦν σοι καὶ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἐνυπάρχουσα πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ἐπιτηδειότης, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο τελειῶν ὁ Θεὸς καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου σοι χειραγωγίαν προσέθηκε. Βούλει περὶ τῶν μελλόντων πεπεῖ σθαι; Ποίει τὰ διατεταγμένα κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ ἀνάμενε τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν. Τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἧς Κύριος ὁ Θεός σου δίδωσί σοι. Ἐπιθυμεῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν; Ποίει τὰ διατεταγμένα. Μὴ ἐρώτα τὸν μάντιν περὶ τῆς ὑγείας, ἀλλ' ἀνάσχου τοῦ ἰατροῦ, ὑποτιθεμένου τὰ πρὸς ὑγείαν, ὧν αὐτὸς εἶ κύριος. Τί παρ' ἑτέρου διδάσκῃ; Οὐδεὶς μάντις ἀθανασίαν χαρίζεται, οὐδεὶς ἀνάγει πρὸς οὐρανόν· οὐδείς σε τῷ κριτῇ ἐν παῤῥησίᾳ παρίστησιν, ἀλλ' ὁ νόμος καὶ ἡ τούτου ἀκριβὴς τήρησις· ὃν τηρῶν, μὴ πολυπραγμόνει τὸ μέλλον, ἀλλ' ἀνάμενε τὴν ἀντίδοσιν. Νόμον οὖν ἔδωκεν εἰς βοήθειαν, ἵνα εἴπωσιν· Οὐχ ὡς τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο περὶ οὗ οὐκ ἔστι δῶρα δοῦναι περὶ αὐτοῦ. Οὗτος δὲ ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ὡς τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τοῦ ἐγγαστριμύθου. οὐ γὰρ πρὸς ἀπάτην ἐπινενόηται, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνα, ἀλλὰ ἀλη θείας ἐστὶ διδάσκαλος. Κἀκεῖνοι μὲν ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ μαντεύονται· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ καταγέλαστον, ὅτι καὶ ἀργύριον αὐτοῖς τελοῦσι, μισθὸν τοῦ ψεύδους, οἱ ἀπατώμενοι. Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ῥῆμα, τουτέστι τοῦ νόμου, οὔκ ἐστι τοιοῦτον, ὥστε δῶρα δοῦναι περὶ αὐτοῦ. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀποδίδοται· Δωρεὰν (φησὶν) ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε. Ὁρᾷς πῶς ἠγανάκτησε Πέτρος ἐπὶ τῷ Σίμωνι, ἀργύριον ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ Πνεύματος χάριτος προσκομίσαντι·
English
Is your profit to be squandered beforehand in grief? You received the law as a help. Great indeed was the natural fitness for the good that was present in you, but God, bringing this to completion, also added to you the guidance that comes from the law. Do you wish to be persuaded about things to come? Do what is commanded according to the law, and await the enjoyment of good things. Honor your father and your mother, that it may go well with you and that you may be long-lived on the earth which the Lord your God gives you. Do you desire good things? Do what is commanded. Do not ask the diviner about your health, but submit to the physician when he prescribes what pertains to health, of which you yourself are master. Why are you taught by another? No diviner grants immortality, no one leads up to heaven; no one sets you before the judge with boldness, but the law and its exact observance; keeping which, do not busy yourself about the future, but await the recompense. He therefore gave the law as a help, so that they might say: Not as this word concerning which there are no gifts to give concerning it. But this law is not as this word of the ventriloquist. For it was not devised for deceit, as those things were, but it is a teacher of truth. And those men divine for silver; for this is the ridiculous thing, that those who are deceived even pay silver to them, the wage of falsehood. But this word, that is, of the law, is not such that one gives gifts concerning it. For no one repays the grace of God: Freely (he says) you received, freely give. Do you see how Peter was indignant at Simon, who brought silver for the grace of the Spirit?
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:302 · narrative
Source
Τὸ γὰρ ἀργύριόν σου (φησὶ) σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ὅτι ἐνόμισας τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. Οὔκ ἐστιν οὖν ὁ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου λόγος, ὡς τὰ πωλούμενα ῥήματα παρὰ τῶν ἐγγαστριμύθων. Τί γὰρ ἄν τις δοίη ἄξιον αὐτῶν ἀντάλλαγμα; Ἄκουε τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἀποροῦντος καὶ λέγοντος· Τί ἀνταποδώσω τῷ Κυρίῳ, περὶ πάντων ὧν ἀνταπέδωκέ μοι; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν δῶρα δοῦναι περὶ τούτου ἀντάξια τῆς ἀπ' αὐ τοῦ χάριτος. Ἓν δῶρον ἄξιον, ἡ φυλακὴ τοῦ δωρηθέντος. Ὁ δούς σοι τὸν θησαυρὸν, οὐχὶ τιμὴν ἀπαιτεῖ τοῦ δοθέντος, ἀλλὰ φυλακὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ δεδομένου. Καὶ ἥξει ἐφ' ὑμᾶς σκληρὰ λιμὸς (φησί) καὶ ἔσται, ὡς ἂν πεινάσητε· λυπηθήσεσθε καὶ κακῶς ἐρεῖτε τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ τὰ πάτρια. Ὁ πάντα πρὸς σωτηρίαν οἰκονομῶν, Κύριος, ἐπάγει ποτὲ καὶ λιμὸν ἐπὶ συμφέροντι τῶν παιδαγωγουμένων. Ἐκάκωσα γάρ σε (φησὶ) καὶ ἐλιμαγχόνησα, ἵνα εὖ σε ποιήσω. Σκληρὰν τοίνυν λιμὸν λέγει τὴν ἀπαραμύθητον, τὴν ἀνεπι νόητον. Εἰσὶ γὰρ λιμῶν διαφοραί. Αἱ μέν εἰσι κατὰ ἐπί λειψιν σίτου μόνον γινόμεναι· αἱ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν λοι πῶν ἀπορίαν, τῶν ἐσθίεσθαι δυναμένων. Αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ σκληρὰ λιμὸς, ἣν ἐπάγειν ὁ λόγος ἐπαγγέλλεται, ὥστε διὰ τῆς ἐνδείας λύπην ἐμποιῆσαι, σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον ἐνεργάσασθαι δυναμένην. Ὅταν δὲ λυπηθῶσι κατὰ Θεὸν, τότε κακῶς ἐροῦσι τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ τὰ πάτρια. Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄρχων, ὁ παρὰ τῶν καλῶς λυπουμένων κακη γορούμενος; Ἦ δηλονότι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, ὃν κακῶς ἐροῦσιν ἐκ μετανοίας, ὅταν εἰς συναίσθησιν τῆς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ βλάβης ἔλθωσι. Κακηγοροῦσι δὲ καὶ τὰ πάτρια.
English
For (he says) let your silver be with you for destruction, because you thought that the gift of God was to be acquired through money. The word of the Gospel, then, is not like the words sold by ventriloquists. For what could one give as a worthy exchange for them? Hear David in his perplexity saying: What shall I repay to the Lord for all that he has repaid to me? It is not possible, then, to give gifts for this that are worthy of the grace from him. There is one worthy gift: the guarding of what has been given. The one who gave you the treasure does not demand a price for what was given, but a guarding worthy of what has been given. And a harsh famine will come upon you (he says), and it shall be that when you hunger, you will be grieved and will speak evil of the ruler and of the ancestral customs. The Lord, who orders all things for salvation, sometimes brings even a famine for the benefit of those being trained. For I afflicted you (he says) and made you hunger, that I might do you good. He calls a harsh famine, then, the one that is without consolation, the one beyond understanding. For there are differences of famines. Some occur through a lack of grain alone; others also through the scarcity of the rest of the things that can be eaten. For this is the harsh famine which the word promises to bring, so that through the want it may produce grief, which is able to work a salvation not to be regretted. But when they are grieved according to God, then they will speak evil of the ruler and of the ancestral customs. Who is the ruler who is spoken evil of by those who grieve rightly? Clearly it is the ruler of this world, whom they will speak evil of out of repentance, when they come to a sense of the harm that comes from him. And they also speak evil of the ancestral customs.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:303 · narrative
Source
Πάτρια δὲ τῶν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ζώντων αἱ τοῦ βίου πραγμα τεῖαι, αἷς οἱ φιλόδοξοι πάντες ἐμπλέκονται. Πάτριά ἐστι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκὸς (μοιχεία, πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία· ἀσέλγεια, εἰδωλολατρεία, πάθος· ἐπιθυμία κακή). Πάτριά ἐστι δόλος καὶ ψεῦδος, ἐπιβουλαὶ καὶ ῥᾳδιουργίαι καὶ ὑποκρίσεις. Ὁ τοίνυν ἀνανήψας, οἷον ἀπό τινος μέθης, τῶν τοῦ κόσμου πραγμάτων, κακῶς μὲν ἐρεῖ τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτοῦ, τὸν καθηγησάμενον αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰ τῆς ἀπωλείας ἔργα. Κακῶς δὲ ἐρεῖ καὶ τὰ πάτρια, οἷς συζῶν, τὸν δεδομένον ἡμῖν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ νόμον εἰς βοήθειαν οὐκ ἐδέχετο. Οὐ δύνασαι ὑπὸ τὸν ἀληθινὸν γενέσθαι βασιλέα, ἐὰν μὴ κακῶς εἴπῃς τὸν ἄρ χοντα. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐδίδαξέ σε ἡ Ἐκκλησία λέγειν· ἀποτάσσομαί σοι, Σατανᾶ. Αὕτη τοῦ ἄρχοντος ἡ κακηγορία. Τίς δὲ ἡ τῶν πατρίων; Ἀποτάσσομαι καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις σου. Ταῦτα τὰ πάτρια, ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου. Μακάριος ὁ γνησίως κακηγορήσας τὸν ἄρχοντα. Προσέρχεται γὰρ λοιπὸν πρὸς τὸν ἀληθινὸν καὶ φωτίζεται. Μακάριος ὁ μεμψάμενος τοῖς πάλαι πατρίοις· εὑρήσει γὰρ πατρίδα τὴν ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἥτις ἐστὶ μήτηρ τῶν ὁμοίων τῷ μακαρίῳ Παύλῳ. Πάτριά ἐστι καὶ τὰ ἐκ πατέρων ἡμῖν πονηρὰ ἔθη παραδιδόμενα. Ἐκ πλεονεξίας σοι κατέλιπεν ὁ πατὴρ κτήματα; Ἀπόδος τῷ ἠδικημένῳ· μὴ ὡς ἰδίων ἀντιποιοῦ· ἁμαρτίας ἐστὶ κληρονομία. Ἀδίκως καταδουλωσάμενος ὁ πατὴρ ἀφῆκέ σοι δοῦλον; Δὸς αὐτῷ σὺ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, κἀκείνῳ κουφοτέραν ποιήσεις τὴν βάσανον, καὶ σεαυτῷ τὴν ἀληθινὴν ἐλευ θερίαν παρασκευάσεις. Εἶτα τί φησι; Καὶ ἀναβλέψονται εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἄνω καὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν κάτω ἐμβλέψονται.
English
The ancestral customs of those who live in sins are the pursuits of this life, in which all who love glory are entangled. The ancestral customs of the sinner are the works of the flesh (adultery, fornication, uncleanness, licentiousness, idolatry, passion, evil desire). His ancestral customs are deceit and falsehood, plots and villainies and hypocrisies. Therefore the one who has sobered up, as it were from some drunkenness, from the affairs of the world, will speak ill of his ruler, the one who led him to the works of destruction. And he will speak ill of his ancestral customs, living with which he did not receive the law given to us by God for help. You cannot come to be under the true King unless you speak ill of the ruler. For this reason the Church taught you to say: I renounce you, Satan. This is the speaking ill of the ruler. And what is the speaking ill of the ancestral customs? I renounce you and your works. These are the ancestral customs, the works of the devil. Blessed is the one who has genuinely spoken ill of the ruler. For thereafter he comes to the true one and is enlightened. Blessed is the one who has censured the old ancestral customs; for he will find as his fatherland the Jerusalem above, which is the mother of those like the blessed Paul. Ancestral customs are also the evil habits handed down to us from our fathers. Did your father leave you possessions from greed? Give them back to the one who was wronged; do not lay claim to them as your own; it is an inheritance of sins. Did your father, having unjustly enslaved someone, leave you a slave? You give him his freedom, and you will make his torment lighter, and you will prepare for yourself true freedom. Then what does he say? And they shall look up to heaven above and look down to the earth below.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:304 · narrative
Source
Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀπορία στενὴ καὶ σκότος, ὥστε μὴ βλέπειν. Καὶ οὐκ ἀπορηθήσεται ὁ ἐν στενοχωρίᾳ ὢν ἕως καιροῦ. Περὶ τούτων φησὶ, τῶν διὰ τὴν στενοχωρίαν εἰς με τάνοιαν ἐναχθέντων, ὅτι ἀναβλέψονται εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἄνω. Οἱ πρότερον συγκύπτοντες καὶ οὐ δυνάμενοι τὰ ὑψηλὰ κατανοεῖν τῶν θείων θεωρημάτων, οὗτοι, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ δεσμοῦ τινος, τῆς πρὸς τὰ γήϊνα συμπαθείας λυθέντες, ἐλεύθερον ἑαυτῶν τὸ ὄμμα πρὸς οὐρανὸν περιάξουσι, θεωροῦντες τὴν τῶν ἀοράτων καὶ νοητῶν φύσιν, καὶ κατανοοῦντες τὸν τό πον, ὅπου δεήσει τὸν θησαυρὸν ἀποτίθεσθαι. Εἶτα Ἐμβλέ ψονται εἰς τὴν γῆν κάτω. Τὸ εὐτελὲς τῆς αὐτῶν φύσεως ἐννοήσουσιν ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὴν ζῆν συγγενείας οἱ τέως ἐπηρ μένοι καὶ μέγα φρονοῦντες ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς. Θαύμασον δὲ πῶς παρατετηρημένως ταῖς λέξεσιν ἐχρήσατο ἡ Γραφὴ, ἁρμόζουσαν ἑκατέρῳ πράγματι, ἐπινοήσασα τὴν ἐκφώνησιν. Οὐρανὸς γὰρ πρόκειται εἰς θεωρίαν, καὶ γῆ. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λέγει· Ἀναβλέψονται εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἄνω· περὶ δὲ τῆς γῆς, Ἐμβλέψονται τὴν γῆν κάτω. Εἶτα ἐπὶ τῷ θαύματι τῆς τῶν τηλικούτων κατανοήσεως ἀπο ροῦνται, καὶ στενοχωρηθήσονται καὶ σκοτωθήσονται τὴν διάνοιαν, τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς καταληφθεῖσιν ἐκπλήξεως τὴν με γάλην αὐτοῖς ταύτην ταραχὴν ἐμποιούσης. Ὅταν γὰρ συν τελέσῃ (φησὶν) ἄνθρωπος, τότε ἄρχεται· καὶ ὅταν παύσηται, τότε ἀπορηθήσεται. Οὐδεὶς οἶδεν πόσα οὐκ οἶδεν, ἐὰν μὴ γεῦμα λάβῃ τῆς γνώσεως. Πλὴν ὁ ἀγαθὸς Δεσπότης ἐπαγ γέλλεται αὐτοῖς τὰ χρηστότερα. Οὐκ ἀπορηθήσεται γὰρ (φησὶν) ὁ ἐν στενοχωρίᾳ ὢν ἕως καιροῦ. Οὐκ εἰς τὸ παντελὲς αὕτη ἡ ἄγνοια καθέξει τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων·
English
And behold, narrow perplexity and darkness, so as not to see. And he who is in straits shall not be perplexed until the time. He speaks concerning these, those who through straits were brought to compunction, that they shall look up to heaven above. Those who previously were bowed down and unable to contemplate the lofty things of divine visions, these, as if released from some bond of sympathy toward earthly things, shall turn their eye freely toward heaven, beholding the nature of things invisible and intelligible, and contemplating the place where it is necessary to deposit the treasure. Then They shall look upon the earth below. Those who until then were elated and thought great things of themselves shall understand the cheapness of their own nature from their kinship to the earth. But marvel how carefully Scripture used its words, devising for each matter an expression suited to it. For heaven lies before us for contemplation, and earth. Concerning heaven, then, it says: They shall look up to heaven above; and concerning the earth: They shall look upon the earth below. Then, at the wonder of the contemplation of such great things, they shall be perplexed, and shall be straitened and darkened in mind, the astonishment at what has been grasped producing in them this great disturbance. For when a man has finished (it says), then he begins; and when he has ceased, then he shall be perplexed. No one knows how many things he does not know, unless he has received a taste of knowledge. Nevertheless the good Master promises them better things. For he who is in straits shall not be perplexed (it says) until the time. This ignorance shall not hold the race of men forever.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:305 · narrative
Source
ἀλλ' ὁ νῦν αὐτῆς ἐκζητῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ὠδίνων αὐτῆς τὴν εὕ ρεσιν, ὄψεταί ποτε πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον καὶ ἀπολήψεται τὸ τῆς γνώσεως τέλειον, ἐπειδὰν ἐνστῇ ὁ καιρὸς τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀποκαταστάσεως. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ Ἕως καιροῦ. 9. ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ θʹ Τοῦτο πρῶτον πίε· ταχὺ ποίει, χώρα Ζαβουλῶν, ἡ γῆ Νεφθαλεὶμ, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ, οἱ τὴν παραλίαν, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν. Ὁ λαὸς ὁ πορευόμενος ἐν σκότει, ἴδετε φῶς μέγα· οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς λάμψει ἐφ' ὑμᾶς. Τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ λαοῦ, ὃ κατήγαγες ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ σου· καὶ ἐυφρανθήσονται ἐνώπιόν σου, ὡς οἱ εὐφραινόμενοι ἐν ἀμήτῳ, καὶ ὃν τρόπον οἱ διαιρούμενοι σκῦλα· ὅτι ἀφῄρηται ὁ ζυγὸς, ὁ ἐπ' αὐτῶν κείμενος καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ ἐπὶ τοῦ τραχήλου αὐτῶν. Τὴν γὰρ ῥάβδον τῶν ἀπαιτούντων διεσκέδασεν, ὡς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἐπὶ Μαδιάμ. Ὅτι πᾶσαν στολὴν ἐπισυνηγμένην δόλῳ καὶ ἱμάτιον μετὰ καταλλαγῆς ἀποτίσουσι· καὶ θελήσουσιν, εἰ ἐγένοντο πυρίκαυστοι. Ὅτι Παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, Υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν, οἱ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, καὶ καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Μεγάλης βουλῆς Ἄγγελος. Ἄξω γὰρ εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, εἰρήνην καὶ ὑγείαν αὐτῷ. Μεγάλη ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν
English
But the one who now seeks out its truth and labors in travail for its discovery will one day see face to face and will receive the perfection of knowledge, when the time of the restoration of all things arrives. For this is the "Until the time." 9. CHAPTER 9. "Do this first; do it quickly, land of Zebulun, the land of Naphtali, and the rest, those by the coast, and beyond the Jordan, Galilee of the nations. The people who walk in darkness, behold a great light; those who dwell in the land and shadow of death, a light will shine upon you. The greater part of the people, which you brought down in your gladness; and they will rejoice before you, as those who rejoice at the harvest, and as those who divide the spoils; for the yoke that lay upon them has been taken away, and the staff upon their neck. For he has scattered the staff of those who exacted, as in the day against Midian. For every garment gathered by deceit and every cloak taken in exchange they will pay back; and they will wish that they had been burned with fire. For a Child is born to us, a Son and is given to us, whose rule is upon his shoulder, and his name is called Angel of Great Counsel. For I will bring peace upon the rulers, peace and health to him. Great is his rule, and of his peace there is not
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:306 · narrative
Source
ὅριον. Ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον Δαβὶδ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ, κατορθῶ σαι αὐτὴν, καὶ ἀντέχεσθαι ἐν κρίματι καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ὁ ζῆλος Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ ποιήσει ταῦτα. Εὐαγγελίζεσθαι μέλλων τὰ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἐνανθρωπήσεως ὁ λόγος, ὥσπερ τινὰ πρότασιν ὀρέγων πνευματικῆς εὐφροσύ νης, οὕτω δεξιοῦται τὸν εὐαγγελιζόμενον· Τοῦτο πρῶτον πίε. Ὁ πίνων πρῶτον, εἰς ἑαυτὸν καταδέχεται τὸ ποτὸν, μετ' ἐπιθυμίας αὐτὸ προσιέμενος. Τότε γὰρ μάλιστα καὶ ἡ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ χάρις ἀναδίδοσθαι πέφυκεν, ὅταν μὴ ναυτιῶν, μηδὲ ἀποβλύζων, ἀλλὰ δι' ὑπερβολὴν ξηρότητος ἐφιέμενος τῆς ἐκ τοῦ ποτοῦ παραμυθίας, καὶ ταῖς νοτίσι τοῦ ποθέντος ἑαυτὸν διυγραίνει. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ὁ εὐαγγελιζόμενος ὡς δεδιψηκότι λαῷ τὴν προσδοκωμένην χάριν, φησί· Τοῦτο πρῶτον πίε. Ὑπόδεξαι τῇ ψυχῇ τὴν εὐφροσύνην, ἔνθου τὸ δόγμα τῆς σωτηρίας. Μὴ δεύτερον ἄλλου ἡγήσῃ, μηδὲ προτιμότερόν τι τούτου νομίσῃς ἕτερον. Πρὸ πάντων ἐστίν. Οὔτε σοί τι πρό τερον νοηθῆναι δύναται τοῦ Κτίσαντός σε, οὔτε τῇ φύσει τιμιώτερόν τι, τοῦ Πρωτοτόκου πάσης κτίσεως. Πρῶτον πίε. Μάθε ὅτι ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος. Οὐδὲν πρὸ ἀρχῆς, οὐδὲν πρὸ τοῦ ἐν ἀρχῇ. Μὴ αἰῶνα προπίῃς, μὴ διάστημα, μὴ τόπον ἔρημον τῆς Υἱοῦ ὑπάρξεως· μὴ χρόνον, μὴ καιρόν· μηδὲν τῶν κατὰ φαντασίαν ματαίων, δυναμένων τῇ ψυχῇ ἐγγί νεσθαι. Τοῦτο πρῶτον πίε, ταχὺ ποίει. Μὴ χαύνως, μηδὲ καταβεβλακευμένως, μηδὲ ἀσπούδως, μηδὲ ἐκλύτως ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔργου ἔρχου παραδοχὴν, ἀλλὰ συντόνως καὶ κατεσπευσμένως. Οἷος ἦν Παῦλος· ὁμοῦ τε ἔπινε τὴν πίστιν, καὶ οὐδένα καιρὸν ἀνεβάλλετο πρὸς τὸ κήρυγμα·
English
To the throne of David and to his kingdom, to establish it and to uphold it in judgment and in righteousness from now and forever. The zeal of the Lord Sabaoth will do these things." About to proclaim the things of the Lord's becoming human, the Word, as it were offering a kind of first draught of spiritual gladness, thus welcomes the one who brings good tidings: "Drink this first." The one who drinks first receives the drink into himself, approaching it with desire. For then especially is the grace from it naturally given forth, when one is not nauseated nor spewing it back, but through excess of thirst longing for the comfort that comes from the drink, and moistens himself with the drops of what he has drunk. For this reason even now the one bringing good tidings to a people that thirsts for the expected grace says: "Drink this first." Receive the gladness into your soul; implant the doctrine of salvation. Do not reckon it second to anything else, nor consider anything else more honorable than this. It is before all things. Nor can anything be conceived by you before the One who created you, nor is anything by nature more honorable than the Firstborn of all creation. Drink first. Learn that in the beginning was the Word. Nothing is before the beginning, nothing before the "in the beginning." Do not drink down beforehand an age, nor an interval, nor a place empty of the Son's existence; not time, not a season; nothing of the vain things of imagination that can come near the soul. Drink this first; do it quickly. Not slackly, nor in a slothful manner, nor without zeal, nor loosely come to the reception of the work, but intently and with haste. Such was Paul: at once he drank the faith, and he put off no time for the proclamation.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:307 · narrative
Source
ὅς γε οὐδὲ προσανέθετο σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι, ἀλλ' εὐθὺς, ὥσπερ τις δρομεὺς, ὁμοῦ τε ἔλαβε τὸ τοῦ δρόμου σύνθημα, καὶ πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐπείγετο, κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκων, εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως. Χώρα Ζαβουλών. Πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀποτείνεται ὁ Προφήτης, πρὸς οὓς ἐπεχωρίαζεν ὁ Κύριος, οἵτινες πρότερον ἐν τῷ σκότει τῆς ἀγνοίας πορευόμενοι, ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ, Ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον, εἶδον φῶς μέγα. Καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω διαφωνίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸ προ φητικὸν ῥητὸν τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Ματθαίου, εἴπερ ὁ μὲν εἶπεν· Ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκότει, ὁ δὲ Ἡσαΐας φαίνεται εἰρηκώς· Ὁ πορευόμενος ἐν σκότει. Ἴσον γὰρ δύναται καὶ τὸ ἐν σκότει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ τὸ καθέζεσθαι, διότι τοῦ ἀποκειμένου τέλους ὁμοίως ἀμφότεροι ἀπολείπονται· ὁ μὲν μὴ κινούμενος, ὁ δὲ εἰκῆ περιερχόμενος. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἄνευ σκοποῦ βαδίζων, οὐδαμοῦ προχωρεῖ, καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀργίᾳ πεπεδημένος οὐκ ἐφικνεῖται τοῦ τέλους. Οὗτος τοίνυν ὁ λαὸς, ὁ ἐν τῇ ἐθνικῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ἐσκοτω μένος, εἶδε φῶς, οὐχ οἷον τὸ ἀπὸ πυρὸς, οὐδὲ οἷον τὸ ἀπὸ ἀστέρων ἢ σελήνης, οὐδὲ οἷον τὸ ἡλιακὸν ἢ ἀστραπαῖον· ἀλλὰ φῶς μέγα, ὃ καὶ νοητοῖς ἐπιλάμπει καὶ αἰσθητοῖς, ὃ καὶ Πατρὶ σύνεστι, καὶ ἀνθρώπους φωτίζει, καὶ Ἀγγέλους φαιδρύνει, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπαρκεῖ, καὶ ἔτι ἑαυτοῦ τὰς αὐγὰς ἔχει ὑπερτεινομένας πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον. Ὁ δὲ λαὸς ὁ τῶν ἐθνῶν ᾤκει ἐν χώρᾳ ποδαπῇ; Σκιαζομένῃ ὑπὸ τοῦ θανάτου. Οἱονεὶ γὰρ νεφέλη βαθεῖα ἐπέκειτο αὐτοῖς, διὰ τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας, ἕως ἐλθὸν τὸ φῶς διέκοψε μὲν τὴν ἀχλὺν, ἐφήπλωσε δὲ αὐτοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ φέγγος.
English
He who did not consult with flesh and blood, but immediately, like a runner, at once received the signal for the race and hastened to the finish, pressing on toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling. The region of Zebulun. The Prophet addresses the same people among whom the Lord sojourned, who formerly walked in the darkness of ignorance, but at the rising of the true Light, which enlightens every man coming into the world, saw a great light. And let no one suppose that there is any disagreement with the prophetic utterance in what Matthew says, if indeed the one said, "The people who sit in darkness," while Isaiah appears to have said, "The people who walk in darkness." For "to walk in darkness" and "to sit" have the same force, since both alike fall short of the appointed end—the one because he does not move, the other because he wanders about aimlessly. For he who walks without a goal gets nowhere, and he who is bound in idleness does not reach the end. This people, then, darkened in the ignorance of the Gentiles, saw a light—not such as comes from fire, nor such as comes from stars or the moon, nor such as the light of the sun or of lightning; but a great light, which shines upon things both intelligible and sensible, which is with the Father, which enlightens men and cheers angels, which suffices for all, and still has its rays stretching out beyond itself toward more. And the people of the Gentiles—where did they dwell? In a land overshadowed by death. For as it were a deep cloud lay upon them through idolatry, until the light came and broke through the mist and spread over them the brightness of the truth.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:308 · narrative
Source
Εἶτα πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ τοῦ Κυρίου πρόσωπον μεταβαίνει ὁ λόγος. Τί λέγων; Τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ λαοῦ, ὃ κατήγαγες ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ σου. Οὐ γὰρ πάντες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον, ἀλλ' οἱ πλεῖστοι ἠκολούθησαν τῷ καλοῦντι εἰς εὐφροσύνην αἰώνιον, οἵτινες καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, Ὡς οἱ εὐφραι νόμενοι ἐν ἀμήτῳ. Ὃ γὰρ σπείρει ἕκαστος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει. Ἐν οὖν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως οἱ τὸν λόγον δεξάμενοι καὶ καρποφορήσαντες κατὰ ἀναλογίαν τῶν ἐνταῦθα αὐτοῖς προκαταβεβλημένων, κομιζόμενοι παρὰ τοῦ δικαίου Κριτοῦ τὰς ἀντιμισθίας, εὐφρανθήσονται Ὡς οἱ εὐφραινόμενοι ἐν ἀμήτῳ καὶ ὃν τρόπον οἱ διαιρούμενοι σκῦλα. Οἱ μὲν εὐφραινόμενοι ἐν ἀμήτῳ, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων πόνων τὰς ἀρχὰς τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἔχουσιν· οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ σκύλων πλου τοῦντες, ἀθρόαν ὑποδέχονται τοῦ πλούτου τὴν ἀφορμήν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀμφότερα εἶπεν, καὶ τὰ ἐξ ἀντιδόσεως ἀγαθὰ, καὶ τὰ ἐκ χάριτος ὑπὸ τοῦ Μεγαλοδώρου δίδοσθαι μέλλοντα. Ἀφῄρηται γὰρ ὁ ζυγὸς ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν κείμενος, ἀπεσείσαντο τὸν βαρὺν ζυγὸν τοῦ τῇ δουλείᾳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοὺς ὑπο ζεύξαντος, καὶ ῥάβδῳ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτῶν κατακάμποντος, ἵνα τὸ ἀποστολικὸν κήρυγμα τῆς ψυχῆς καταβαλόντες, μὴ ὑποκύψωσι τῇ δουλείᾳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Τὴν γὰρ ῥάβδον τῶν ἀπαιτούντων διεσκέδασεν, ὡς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἐπὶ Μαδιάμ. Δεινὸς ἀπαιτητὴς ἐφέστηκε τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ζωῇ, ῥαβδίζων καὶ ἀπαιτῶν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ θελήματα, ὁ κοινὸς ἡμῶν ἐχθρός. Βούλει μαθεῖν τῆς ῥάβδου ταύτης τὰς πληγάς; Ἄκουε τοῦ λέγοντος· Προσώζεσαν καὶ ἐσάπησαν οἱ μώλωπές μου. Δυσώδεις μώλωπας ἐμποιεῖ τῷ πληγέντι ἡ πονηρὰ ῥάβδος.
English
Then the discourse turns to the very person of the Lord. Saying what? "The greater part of the people, which you brought down in your gladness." For not all received the word, but the majority followed the one calling them to eternal gladness, who also "shall be glad before God, as those who rejoice in the harvest." For whatever each one sows, that he will also reap. Therefore on the day of recompense, those who received the word and bore fruit in proportion to what was laid up beforehand for them here, receiving their rewards from the righteous Judge, shall be glad "as those who rejoice in the harvest," and in the manner of "those dividing spoils." Those who rejoice in the harvest have the beginnings of their gladness from their own labors; but those who grow rich from spoils receive the source of their wealth all at once. For this reason he mentioned both—both the good things that come by recompense, and those that will be given by grace from the Great Giver. For the yoke that lay upon the nations has been taken away; they have shaken off the heavy yoke of him who subjected them to slavery of sin and bent their neck with a rod, so that, having cast down the apostolic proclamation of the soul, they might not bow down to slavery of sin. For he scattered the rod of those who exacted, "as in the day upon Midian." A terrible exactor has stood over human life, beating with a rod and exacting his own wills—our common enemy. Do you wish to learn the blows of this rod? Hear the one who says: "My wounds have festered and rotted." The evil rod produces foul-smelling wounds in the one struck.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:309 · narrative
Source
Ἐν νόησόν μοί τινα συνεχόμενον ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις καὶ σφο δρῶς ἐγκείμενον τῇ ἀπολαύσει τῶν ἡδονῶν· πῶς ῥαβδιζο μένῳ ἔοικε καὶ ἀπαγομένῳ πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. Οὐκ ἀνίησιν ἡ ἐπιθυμία κέντρα καὶ ὀδύνας ἐμποιοῦσα τῷ ἀκολάστῳ, ἕως ἂν τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μώλωπα τῇ ψυχῇ ἐμποιήσῃ, δυσωδίαν ἐναφιέντα ἐν τῇ τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἀναμνήσει. Ταύτην τοίνυν τὴν ῥάβδον διασκεδάσει, ὡς διεσκέδασε τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν δυνασ τείαν τῶν Μαδιηναίων· ὧν (οἶμαι) τῆς ἱστορίας μέμνησθε, ἢ τῆς κατὰ τοὺς Ἀριθμοὺς, ἢ τῆς ἐν τοῖς Κριταῖς. Ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς Ἀριθμοῖς φησι· Παρετάξαντο ἐπὶ Μαδιὰμ, καθ' ἃ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωϋσεῖ· καὶ ἀπέκτειναν πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς Μαδιὰμ ἀπέκτειναν ἅμα τοῖς τραυματίαις αὐτῶν. Ἐν δὲ τοῖς Κριταῖς· Ὁ Γεδεὼν ἀπέστρεψεν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν· Ἀνάστητε, ὅτι παρέδωκε Κύριος ἐν χερσὶν ἡμῶν τὴν παρεμβολὴν Μαδιάμ. Τί δέ ἐστι τὸ Πᾶσαν στολὴν συνηγμένην δόλῳ καὶ ἱμάτιον μετὰ καταλλαγῆς ἀποτίσειν; Οἶμαι λέγεσθαι, ὅτι οἱ τὸν βαρὺν ἐπιτιθέντες τῆς ἁμαρτίας ζυγὸν καὶ ῥάβδῳ συντρίβοντες, συναναγκάζουσι πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν, οὗτοι τὴν μετὰ δόλου ἐπι συνηγμένην στολὴν καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον μετὰ καταλλαγῆς ἀπο τίσουσιν. Οἱ λωποδυτήσαντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ δόλῳ αὐτοὺς γυμνοὺς τῶν σκεπασμάτων ἀποδείξαντες, μετὰ καταλλαγῆς ἀποτίσουσιν. Ὅταν γὰρ λάβῃ ἡμᾶς ὑπὸ τὴν ἑαυ τοῦ ἐξουσίαν ὁ κοινὸς ἐχθρὸς, ἀφαιρεῖ ἡμῶν τὰ ἱμάτια, τὰ τοῖς ἀσχήμοσιν ἡμῶν εὐσχημοσύνην περιτιθέντα. Ἱμάτιον δὲ Χριστιανῶν, σκέπον τὸ ἄσχημον ἡμῶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις·
English
Consider, then, someone held fast by various desires and intensely given over to the enjoyment of pleasures; how he resembles one being beaten with a rod and led away to sin. Desire does not let up, producing goads and pains in the intemperate man, until it inflicts on the soul the welt from sin, leaving behind a foul odor in the recollection of shameful things. This rod, then, he will scatter, as he scattered the rule and dominion of the Midianites—whose history, I think, you remember, either that in Numbers or that in Judges. For in Numbers it says: "They arrayed themselves against Midian, as the Lord commanded Moses; and they killed every male, and they killed the kings of Midian together with their slain." And in Judges: "Gideon returned to the camp of Israel and said: 'Arise, for the Lord has delivered the camp of Midian into our hands.'" But what is this: "Every garment gathered by deceit and a cloak with reconciliation he will repay"? I think it means that those who impose the heavy yoke of sin and crush with the rod, who compel men to sin—these will repay the garment gathered by deceit and the cloak with reconciliation. Those who have stripped men like robbers and by deceit shown them naked of their coverings will repay with reconciliation. For when the common enemy takes us under his own authority, he strips from us the garments that give comeliness to our unseemly parts. And the garment of Christians, covering the unseemliness of our sin, is faith in Christ.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:310 · narrative
Source
Ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε. Ἦν δὲ καὶ πρὸ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως γυμνῶν τὴν ἀνθρωπείαν ἀσχημοσύνην ὁ ἐχθρὸς ἡμῶν τὰς ἐννοίας ἡμῶν, αἷς ἡ ζωὴ ἡμῶν κατεκοσμεῖτο, περιαιρῶν, καὶ τὴν γύμνωσιν ἡμῶν δημοσιεύων. Ἐπεὶ οὖν δολεραῖς ἐπινοίαις ἀπημφίασε, πᾶσαν στολὴν ἐπισυνηγμένην δόλῳ καὶ πᾶν ἱμάτιον μετὰ καταλλαγῆς ἀπο τίσει. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀπολαμβάνομεν, ἃ ἀφῃρήμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ προσθήκῃ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν ἐπιγνώσεως βελτιούμεθα. Ἐνέδυσε γάρ με (φησὶν) ἱμάτιον σωτηρίου καὶ χιτῶνα εὐφροσύνης. Πᾶσαν οὖν στολὴν ἐπισυνηγμένην δόλῳ, τουτέστι λαθραίως ὑφαιρεθεῖσαν, μετὰ καταλλαγῆς ἀποτίσουσι, καὶ Θελήσουσιν, εἰ ἐγένοντο πυρίκαυστοι, ὅτι Παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν. Αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπιδημίαν ἔκραζον· Τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοὶ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ; Ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς; Τότε αἱροῦνται γενέσθαι πυρίκαυστοι μᾶλλον, ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν σαρκὶ Χριστοῦ ἐπιφανείας κατακρίνεσθαι. Ὅτι Παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, Υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐγενήθη ἐπὶ ὤμου αὐτοῦ. Καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Μεγάλης βουλῆς Ἄγγελος. Πόσα ἤδη ὀνόματα ἐδιδάχθημεν τοῦ Κυρίου, ἀνώτερον ἠκούομεν. Ἰδοὺ ἡ Παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεται καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν, καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ. Ἐνταῦθα καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Μεγάλης βουλῆς Ἄγγελος. Οὗτος, ὁ τὴν μεγάλην βουλὴν τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων γνω ρίσας, τὴν ἑτέραις γενεαῖς μὴ φανερωθεῖσαν. Οὗτος, ὁ ἀναγγείλας καὶ φανερώσας τὸν ἀνεξιχνίαστον ἑαυτοῦ πλοῦτον ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη
English
For as many of you as were baptized into Christ have put on Christ. But even before faith in Christ, our enemy was stripping bare our thoughts—with which our life was adorned—exposing the human shame of those who were naked, and making public our nakedness. Since, then, he stripped us by deceitful devices, he shall repay every garment gathered by deceit and every cloak with restitution. For we not only receive back what we were deprived of, but are also made better by the addition of the knowledge of Christ. For he has clothed me, it says, with a garment of salvation and a tunic of gladness. Therefore every garment gathered by deceit—that is, secretly stolen away—they shall repay with restitution, and they shall wish they had been burned with fire, because a Child was born for us. The evil powers, after the coming of the Lord, cried out: What have we to do with you, Son of God? Have you come here before the time to torment us? Then they choose rather to be burned with fire than to be condemned by the appearing of Christ in the flesh. Because a Child was born for us, and a Son was given to us, whose government was upon his shoulder. His name is called Angel of Great Counsel. How many names of the Lord have we already been taught, which we heard before. Behold, the Virgin shall conceive in the womb and bear a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel. Here his name is called Angel of Great Counsel. This is he who made known the great counsel hidden from the ages, which was not revealed to other generations. This is he who announced and made manifest his unsearchable riches among the nations, that the nations might be
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:311 · narrative
Source
συγκληρονόμα καὶ σύσσωμα, αὐτοῦ γὰρ τούτου, οὗ ἡ ἀρχή ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, τουτέστιν, ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναμις ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ. Ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ γὰρ ὑψωθεὶς, πάντας εἴλκυσε πρὸς Ἑαυτόν. Ἄξω γὰρ εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, εἰρήνην καὶ ὑγείαν αὐτῷ. Μεγάλη ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅριον. Ἐκ τούτου παρίσταται, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Πατρικοῦ Προσώ που ἐστὶ τὰ λεγόμενα. Διὰ τὸ εἰρηνοποιῆσαι αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ, εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, εἴρηται τὸ Ἄξω γὰρ εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ ὑγείαν αὐτῷ. Οἶμαι τὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως δείκνυσθαι διὰ τούτου μυστήριον. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ζῇ δὲ ἐκ δυνάμεως Θεοῦ· διὰ τοῦτο ὑγεία ἄγεσθαι αὐτῷ λέγεται, ἐπὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, ἣν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀνείληφε. Καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅριον. Εἰρήνην (φησὶ) δίδωμι ὑμῖν· οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ὅριον τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ, ἐπειδὴ ὑπερκόσμιόν ἐστι τὸ δῶρον· εἰ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦν, συναπηρτίσθη ἂν τῇ τοῦ κόσμου συστάσει. Νῦν δὲ ὁ δεξάμενος αὐτοῦ τὴν εἰρήνην καὶ φυλάξας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον, τοῖς ἐκ τῆς εἰρήνης καλοῖς συμβιώσεται. Ἡ Σολομῶντος εἰρήνη γεγραμμένοις ἔτεσι περιωρίζετο· ἡ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰρήνῃ τῷ αἰῶνι παντὶ συμπαρεκτείνεται, ἀπεριόριστος οὖσα καὶ ἀτερμάτιστος. Πάντα γὰρ ὑποταγήσεται αὐτῷ, καὶ πάντα ἐπιγνώσεται τὴν αὐτοῦ δεσποτείαν· καὶ ἐπειδὰν γένηται ὁ Θεὸς τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσι, καθησυχασθέντων τῶν θορυβούντων ταῖς ἀποστασίαις, ἐν εἰρηνικῇ συμφωνίᾳ τὸν Θεὸν ὑμνήσουσιν.
English
co-heirs and of the same body, for this very one whose rule is upon his shoulder—that is, the kingdom and the power are in the cross. For being lifted up on the cross, he drew all to himself. For I will bring peace upon the rulers, peace and health to him. Great is his rule, and of his peace there is no limit. From this it is established that the things spoken are from the Father's Person. Because he made peace through the blood of his cross, whether things on earth or things in heaven, it has been said: For I will bring peace upon the rulers, and health to him. I think the mystery of the resurrection is shown through this. For since he was crucified from weakness, but lives from the power of God—for this reason health is said to be brought to him, with reference to the weakness of the flesh which he took up for our sake. And of his peace there is no limit. Peace (he says) I give to you; not as the world gives do I give to you. For this reason there is no limit of his peace, since the gift is beyond the world; for if it were from the world, it would have been fitted together with the constitution of the world. But now, the one who receives his peace and keeps it for all time will live together with the good things that come from peace. The peace of Solomon was bounded by the years written of; but the peace from the Lord extends along with the whole age, being without limit and without end. For all things will be subjected to him, and all things will acknowledge his dominion; and when God becomes all in all, the turbulent having been quieted in their apostasies, they will hymn God in peaceful concord.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:312 · narrative
Source
Ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον Δαβὶδ καὶ ἐπὶ βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ, κατορ θῶσαι αὐτήν. Διὰ τὸ εἰρῆσθαι, ὅτι Οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα, καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ, πάντες σχεδὸν ὁμοφώνως ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ εἶναι τὸ κατὰ σάρκα τὸν Κύριον, καταγγέλλουσιν. Ἐπὶ οὖν τὸν θρόνον Δαβὶδ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ καθήσεται, ὥστε κατορθῶσαι αὐτὴν, καὶ ἀντέχεσθαι αὐτῆς ἐν κρίματι καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ. Τὰ κρίματά σου (φησὶν) ἄβυσσος πολλή· καὶ Ἡ δικαιοσύνη σου ὡς ὄρη Θεοῦ. Οὔτε οὖν τὰ κρίματα καταληπτὰ, οὔτε ἡ δικαιοσύνη κατ' ἀξίαν τοῦ ὕψους θεωρητή. Καὶ ταῦτα ποιήσει ὁ ζῆλος Κυρίου Σαβαώθ. Ζηλώσας ἡμᾶς, τοὺς ἀπολλυμένους τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ, δέξεται, ὑπὲρ τοῦ περι ποιήσασθαι εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν, τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις οἰκονομίαν. Ὁ οὖν ζῆλος Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ, τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν στρατιῶν, ᾧ πᾶσα δύναμις ὑποτέτακται, οὗτος ταῦτα ποιήσει. Λόγον ἀπέστειλε Κύριος ἐπὶ Ἰακὼβ καὶ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ Ἰσραήλ. Καὶ γνώσονται πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τοῦ Ἐφραῒμ καὶ οἱ καθήμενοι ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ, ἐφ' ὕβρει καὶ ὑψηλῇ καρδίᾳ λέ γοντες· Πλίνθοι πεπτώκασιν· ἀλλὰ δεῦτε, λαξεύσωμεν λί θους καὶ κόψωμεν συκαμίνους καὶ κέδρους, καὶ οἰκοδομή σωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πύργον. Ἐν τῇ προσηγορίᾳ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ δύο πραγμάτων ἔννοιαν ὑποβάλλειν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ἔοικε· τήν τε εἰσαγωγὴν τῶν ἀτελεστέρων, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκρό τατον τῆς ἀρετῆς τελείωσιν. Τοῦτον δὲ ἡμῖν ὑποβάλλει τὸν νοῦν ὁ τρόπος τῆς μετωνομασίας τοῦ πατριάρχου· ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῇ γενέσει, διὰ τὸ ἐπειλῆφθαι τῆς πτέρνης τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, Ἰακὼβ εἴρηται·
English
Upon the throne of David and upon his kingdom, to establish it. Because it has been said, "The ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until that which is laid up for him comes," nearly all with one voice proclaim that the Lord according to the flesh is from the seed of David. Upon the throne of David, therefore, and upon his kingdom he shall sit, so as to establish it and to uphold it in judgment and in righteousness. "Your judgments," it says, "are a great deep"; and "Your righteousness is like the mountains of God." Neither, then, are the judgments comprehensible, nor is the righteousness observable according to the worth of its height. And the zeal of the Lord Sabaoth will do these things. Having been zealous for us, who were perishing in ignorance, he will receive us, in order to procure us for his own kingdom, the dispensation among men. The zeal of the Lord Sabaoth, therefore—of the God of hosts, to whom all power is subject—this will do these things. The Lord sent a word upon Jacob, and it came upon Israel. And all the people of Ephraim and those who dwell in Samaria shall know, speaking in insolence and with a lofty heart: "The bricks have fallen; but come, let us hew stones and cut down sycamores and cedars, and let us build for ourselves a tower." In the name of Jacob and of Israel the word seems to suggest to us the notion of two things: both the introduction of the more imperfect, and the perfection unto the very summit of virtue. And the manner of the patriarch's renaming suggests this meaning to us; for at his birth, because he had grasped the heel of his brother, he was called Jacob.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:313 · narrative
Source
μετὰ δὲ τὴν πάλην, ἀντὶ ἄθλου δίδοται αὐτῷ ἡ προσηγορία ὡς νενικηκότι· Οὐ γὰρ κληθήσεται ἔτι τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἰακὼβ, ἀλλὰ Ἰσραὴλ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου. Ἀπεστάλη τοίνυν Λόγος πρὸς Ἰακὼβ, καὶ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Διὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐλεημοσύνην τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις πρώτοις συγκαταβαίνει ὁ Λόγος· οἱ δὲ διορατικώτεροι, αἰσθανόμενοι τῆς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ὠφελείας, οἱονεὶ διαρπάζουσιν αὐτὸν, τὴν πρὸς οὓς ἀπεστάλη, νωθρότητα προλαμβάνοντες. Λόγον οὖν ἀπέστειλε Κύριος ἐπὶ Ἰακώβ. Οἶδας τὸν Λόγον, τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ ὄντα, τὸν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὄντα; Τοῦτον ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Πατὴρ ἐπὶ Ἰακώβ. Ἐγνώρισε δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ ἀληθινὸς Ἰσραὴλ, αἱ ψυχαὶ αἱ διορατικώτεραι. Καὶ ἐπέγνω πᾶς ὁ λαὸς Ἐφραῒμ, οἱ πρότερον καθήμενοι ἐν Σα μαρείᾳ, ἐφ' ὕβρει καὶ ὑψηλῇ καρδίᾳ. Οὗτός ἐστιν Ἐφραῒμ, ἐξ οὗ βλαστήσας ὁ ἀποστάτης Ἱεροβοὰμ, τὰς δέκα φυλὰς ἑαυτῷ συναπέσχισε καὶ χρυσᾶς δαμάλεις ἀναπλάσας, ἀνα χωρῆσαι τὸν λαὸν ἔπεισε τῆς λατρείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ λατρεύειν εἰδώλοις Αἰγυπτίων. Οἱ οὖν καθήμενοι ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ, ἐφ' ὕβρει καὶ ὑψηλῇ καρδίᾳ, οὗτοι τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν συναισθήσει γενόμενοι, ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον, καθὼς καὶ αἱ Πράξεις διη γοῦνται, ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Ἀπόστολοι, ὅτι ἡ Σαμάρεια δέδεκται τὸν λόγον. Εἶτα διαγράφει αὐτῶν ὁ Προφήτης τὴν ὕβριν καὶ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν ὅση ἦν· καταφρονοῦντες γὰρ τῆς μερίδος τοῦ Δαβὶδ, ὡς εὐκαθαίρετον ἐχούσης τὴν βασιλείαν, ἔλεγον ἐπὶ χλεύει τὸ Πλίνθοι πεπτώκασιν· ἀλλὰ δεῦτε, λαξεύσωμεν λί θους. Πλίνθους μὲν ὠνόμαζον τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῆς βασιλείας τῶν υἱῶν Ἰεσσαί·
English
But after the struggle, as a prize for victory, the name is given to him: For your name shall no longer be called Jacob, but Israel shall be your name. The Word, then, was sent to Jacob, and came to Israel. For through mercy the Word first condescends to the weaker, but those more discerning, perceiving the benefit from him, as it were snatch him away, anticipating the sluggishness of those to whom he was sent. The Lord, therefore, sent the Word to Jacob. Do you know the Word, who was in the beginning, who was with God? This one the Father sent to Jacob. But the true Israel knew him, the souls more discerning. And all the people of Ephraim knew, those formerly dwelling in Samaria, in insolence and a lofty heart. This is Ephraim, from whom the apostate Jeroboam sprang, who tore away the ten tribes for himself and, fashioning golden calves, persuaded the people to depart from the worship of God and to worship the idols of the Egyptians. Those, then, dwelling in Samaria, in insolence and a lofty heart, these, having come to an awareness of the truth, received the word, just as the Acts also relate, that the Apostles heard that Samaria had received the word. Then the Prophet describes their insolence and how great their pride was; for despising the portion of David, as having a kingdom easily overthrown, they said in mockery, The bricks have fallen, but come, let us hew stones. They called the building of the kingdom of the sons of Jesse bricks.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:314 · narrative
Source
λίθων δὲ στεῤῥότητα συνηρμοσμένων ἀλ λήλοις, τὴν ἑαυτῶν δύναμιν, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰ τοῦ βίου πράγ ματα σύμπνοιαν προσηγόρευον. Καὶ κόψωμεν (φησὶ) συκαμίνους καὶ κέδρους, καὶ οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πύργον, ἀντὶ τοῦ ναοῦ, ὃν κατεσκεύασε τῷ Ἰούδᾳ ὁ Σολομῶν. Ὅμοια διενοοῦντο τοῖς δι' ὑψηλῆς πύργου κατασκευῆς, ἐπι χειροῦσιν ἑαυτοῖς βάσιμον ποιῆσαι τὸν οὐρανόν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι ἔλεγον· Δεῦτε, πλινθεύσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί· καὶ πάλιν· Δεῦτε, οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρα νοῦ. Ἡ δὲ συκάμινος δένδρον ἐστὶ πολυφορώτατον καρπῶν, οὐδεμίαν ποιότητα ἐχόντων, εἰ μή τις ἐξ ἐπιμελείας ἀμύξας, ὀπόν τινα αὐτοῖς ἐπισπάσαιτο, ἡδονὴν ἐμποιοῦντα τῇ γεύσει. Ὅθεν ἡγούμεθα σύμβολον εἶναι τῆς ἐθνικῆς συναγωγῆς, πληθυνούσης μὲν, οἱονεὶ δὲ μεμωραμμένης, διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐθνι κοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι συνήθειαν, ἣν ἐὰν καταμύξαι τις διὰ τοῦ Λόγου δυνηθῇ, γλυκανθεῖσα τῇ μεταβολῇ, εἰς εὐχρηστίαν μεταβάλλεται. Καὶ αἱ κέδροι λαμβάνονται μέν ποτε καὶ εἰς εἰκόνα ψυχῶν μεγάλων καὶ ἀξιόλογον ἐχουσῶν δίαρμα, ἐκ τοῦ διανεστηκέναι τῷ φρονήματι καὶ τὸ πολίτευμα ἔχειν ἐν οὐρανοῖς· καθὼς ἐδιδάχθημεν ἐν ψαλμοῖς, νῦν μὲν εἰς τὸν αἶνον τοῦ Θεοῦ παραλαμβάνοντος αὐτὰς τοῦ Δαβὶδ, καὶ λέγοντος· Ξύλα καρποφόρα καὶ πᾶσαι κέδροι· πάλιν δέ· Χορτασθήσεται τὰ ξύλα τοῦ πεδίου, αἱ κέδροι τοῦ Λιβάνου, ἃς ἐφύτευσεν. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὰ σκληρὰ καὶ δύσκαμπτα ἤθη, τὰ ἐπαιρόμενα κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, κέδρους ἔγνω μεν λεγόμενα· Διὰ τοῦτο Συντρίβει Κύριος τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβάνου.
English
They called the hardness of stones fitted together with one another their own strength, and their concord with the affairs of life. And let us cut down, he says, sycamores and cedars, and let us build for ourselves a tower, instead of the temple which Solomon built for Judah. They thought the same things as those who, through the construction of a high tower, attempt to make heaven accessible to themselves. For those men also said: Come, let us make bricks for ourselves and bake them with fire; and again: Come, let us build for ourselves a city and a tower whose head shall be up to heaven. Now the sycamore is a tree most abundant in fruits, which have no quality unless someone, by careful scraping, draws over them a certain juice that produces pleasure in the taste. Hence we consider it to be a symbol of the Gentile congregation, which is numerous but, as it were, grown foolish through its familiarity with Gentile customs; if someone is able to scrape it through the Word, it is sweetened by the change and is turned to usefulness. And cedars are sometimes taken also as an image of great souls that possess a notable elevation, from their being exalted in mind and having their citizenship in the heavens; just as we were taught in the Psalms, when David now takes them up for the praise of God, saying: Fruit-bearing trees and all cedars; and again: The trees of the field shall be filled, the cedars of Lebanon which he planted. But already also the hard and inflexible characters, which are lifted up against the knowledge of God, we have understood to be called cedars: Therefore the Lord breaks in pieces the cedars of Lebanon.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:315 · narrative
Source
Καὶ οἱ ἐπαιρόμενοι ἐπὶ τῇ ψευδωνύμῳ γνώσει καὶ φαντασιούμενοι ὡς τὰ μυστήρια τοῦ ὑπεράνω Θεοῦ κατειληφότες, κέδροι λέγονται· Εἶδον γὰρ τὸν ἀσεβῆ ὑπερυψούμενον καὶ ἐπαιρόμενον, ὡς τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβάνου· ὧν ἡ ἐξολόθρευσις ταχεῖα· Παρῆλθον γὰρ καὶ ἰδοὺ οὐκ ἦν. Ταύτας οὖν τὰς κέδρους παρελάμβανον εἰς τὴν τοῦ πύργου κατασκευὴν οἱ, πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ Λόγου, καθήμενοι ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ ἐφ' ὕβρει, καὶ χλευάζοντες τὴν κατὰ τὸν Ἰούδαν θεοσέβειαν καὶ πλίνθους πεπτωκυίας λέγοντες τὰ ἐν δόγ μασιν ἐκείνων οἰκοδομήματα. Καὶ ῥάξει ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς ἐπανισταμένους ἐπὶ ὄρος Σιὼν ἐπ' αὐτὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ διασκεδάσει, Συρίαν ἀφ' ἡλίου ἀνατολῶν καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀφ' ἡλίου δυσμῶν, τοὺς κατεσθίοντας τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὅλῳ τῷ στόματι. Ῥάξειν οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐπαγγέλλεται καὶ καταβαλεῖν πάντας τοὺς ἐπανισταμένους τῷ ὄρει Σιὼν, καὶ διασκεδάσειν αὐτῶν τὴν κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀσεβῆ συμφωνίαν. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ ἐχθροὶ Σύροι καὶ Ἕλληνες· οἱ μὲν τὰ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς τοῦ ἡλίου κατέχοντες, οἱ δὲ τὰ πρὸς ταῖς δυσμαῖς. Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ διασκε δασθήσονται, ἐπειδὴ κατήσθιον ὅλῳ τῷ στόματι τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Στόμα δὲ λέγει νῦν τὴν σοφιστικὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν, ᾗ πάσῃ κατεκέχρηντο εἰς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν τῶν ἐν ἁπλότητι πεπιστευκότων τῷ Θεῷ. Ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις οὐκ ἀπεστράφη ὁ θυμός, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἡ χεὶρ ὑψηλή. Καὶ ὁ λαὸς οὐκ ἀπεστράφη, ἕως ἐπλήγη· καὶ τὸν Κύριον τῶν δυνάμεων οὐκ ἐζήτησαν.
English
And those who are lifted up by falsely named knowledge and imagine that they have grasped the mysteries of the God who is above, are called cedars; for I saw the impious one exalted exceedingly and lifted up, like the cedars of Lebanon, whose destruction is swift; for they passed by, and behold, they were not. These cedars, then, those who, before the coming of the Word, sat in Samaria in insolence, took for the building of the tower, and who mocked the piety of Judah and said that the buildings in their doctrines were fallen bricks. And God will crush those who rise up against Mount Zion against him, and will scatter his enemies, Syria from the east and the Greeks from the west, those who devour Israel with the whole mouth. He promises, then, to crush them and to cast down all who rise up against Mount Zion, and to scatter their impious concord against the truth. And the enemies are Syrians and Greeks: the one holding the regions toward the east of the sun, the other those toward the west. And for this reason they will be scattered, because they devoured Israel with the whole mouth. And by mouth he now means the sophistical power of speech, which they employed entirely for the plotting against those who in simplicity believed in God. For all these things his anger was not turned away, but still his hand is high. And the people was not turned back until it was struck; and they did not seek the Lord of hosts.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:316 · narrative
Source
Ἐπὶ τούτοις πᾶσι, διὰ τὸ μήπω κατανυγῆναι μαστιζομένους τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὔπω ὁ θυμὸς ἀπεστράφη, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἡ χεὶρ ἡ κολαστικὴ δύναμις ἐπηρμένη ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τῶν μὴ μετανοούντων ἐπὶ τῇ κακίᾳ καὶ πονηρίᾳ ᾗ ἔπραξαν. Ἐπειδὴ οὖν ὁ λαὸς οὗτος οὐ διὰ λόγου, ἀλλὰ διὰ πληγῆς θεραπεύεται, γέγραπται· Καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὐκ ἀπεστράφη, ἕως ἐπλήγη. Διόπερ ἀναγκαῖαι τοῖς τοιοῖσδε αἱ πληγαί. Μηδεὶς οὖν πολυπραγμονείτω τὰς αἰτίας τῶν σκυθρωποτέρων· διὰ τί αὐχμοὶ, διὰ τί ἐπομβρίαι, διὰ τί σκηπτοὶ, διὰ τί χάλαζαι. Δι' ἡμᾶς, τοὺς τὴν ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν ἔχοντας καὶ μὴ πρότερον ἐπιστρέφοντας, ἐὰν μὴ πληγῶμεν. Καὶ ἀφελεῖ Κύριος ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ κεφαλὴν καὶ οὐρὰν, μέγαν καὶ μικρὸν, ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ. Μετὰ τὸ φθάσαι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὸν Λόγον τὸν ἀπεσταλμένον, πᾶσαν τὴν κακὴν αὐτῶν διάταξιν συγχυθήσεσθαι λέγει, καὶ περιαιρεθήσεσθαι μὲν ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἑπομένους, τούς τε ἐν δυναστείᾳ μέγα φυσῶντας καὶ τοὺς ὑποβεβηκότας. Ἀτιμασθήσεται πρεσβυτέρων προεδρία, καὶ τῶν κατὰ προσωποληψίαν κρινόντων. Οἱ δὲ μηδεμίαν τάξιν ἔχοντες ἐν τῷ λαῷ, αὐτοχειροτόνητοι δὲ καὶ προφητικὸν ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιψευδόμενοι χάρισμα (ὃ μὴ ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος) καὶ διδάσκοντες τὰ ἄνομα, οἷος ἦν ἐπὶ Ἱερεμίου ὁ Ἀνανίας, καὶ ἐπὶ Μιχαίου οἱ ψευδοπροφῆται, ἐν οἷς ἐγένετο πνεῦμα ψευδὲς, ὃ ἐξηπάτα τὸν Ἀχαὰμ, προτρε πόμενον ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ τῶν Σύρων πόλεμον· ἀφαιρεθήσονται καὶ οὗτοι, οἱονεὶ τὴν οὐραγίαν τοῦ λαοῦ κατέχοντες. Ἀλλὰ καὶ μακαρίζοντες τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, καὶ πλα νῶντες αὐτὸν καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀπάτης ἐκκαρπούμενοι.
English
In addition to all these things, because the enemies of God have not yet been pricked to compunction while being scourged, his wrath has not yet been turned away, but still the hand—the punishing power—is raised against those who do not repent of the evil and wickedness that they have done. Since, then, this people is healed not by word but by a blow, it is written: "And all the people did not turn back until it was struck." Therefore blows are necessary for such people. Let no one, then, busy himself with the causes of the gloomier things: why droughts, why floods, why thunderbolts, why hailstorms. It is for our sake, who have an unrepentant heart and do not turn back beforehand unless we are struck. "And the Lord will take away from Israel head and tail, great and small, in one day." After the Word that was sent has reached them, he says that their whole evil order will be confounded, and that rulers and those who follow them will be taken away—both those who are greatly puffed up in power and those of lower rank. The precedence of elders will be dishonored, and that of those who judge by partiality. But those who have no rank among the people, but are self-appointed and falsely claim for themselves a prophetic gift (which they did not receive from the Spirit) and teach lawless things—such as Ananias was in the time of Jeremiah, and the false prophets in the time of Micah, among whom there came a lying spirit that deceived Ahab, urging him to war against the Syrians—these also will be taken away, as it were holding the rearguard of the people. But also those who call this people blessed, and lead them astray, and reap profit through the deception.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:317 · narrative
Source
Διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε ἐπὶ τοῖς νεανίσκοις καὶ ἀκμάζουσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς εὐφραν θήσεται ὁ Κύριος. Οὔτε εἴ τις ὀρφανὸς ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ λαῷ, οὔτε εἴ τις χήρα ἐλεηθήσεται. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀσθενὲς καὶ ἀβοήθητον, ἐλέους ἄξιον· τὸ δὲ δυνατὸν ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ πονηρίᾳ, ἀποστροφῆς καὶ μίσους. Εἶτα ἐπάγει, ὅτι οὐδέπω ὁ θυμὸς αὐτοῦ ἀποστρέφεται, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ὑψηλὴ ἐπίκειται, διὰ τοὺς πλανῶντας ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ πλανωμένους, παρ' οἷς πάντες ἄνομοι καὶ πονηροὶ καὶ ἄδικα λαλοῦντες. Ἔχει δέ τινα ἡ ἀπειλὴ εὐεργεσίας ἔμφασιν, ὅτι Καυθήσεται ἡ ἀνομία, ὡς πῦρ. Τὴν γὰρ παρασκευασθεῖσαν ὕλην ἐκ τῆς ἀνομίας ἀφανισμῷ παραδοθῆναι ἐπ' εὐεργεσίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων παρὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ Δεσπότου ᾠκονόμηται. Καὶ ὡς ἄγρωστις (φησὶ) ξηρὰ βρω θήσεται ὑπὸ πυρὸς, καὶ καυθήσεται ἐν τοῖς δάσεσι τοῦ δρυμοῦ. Ἕως μὲν ἐγκέχωσται τοῖς γηΐνοις πάθεσιν ἡ ψυχὴ, ὡς ἄγρωστις τὰ πάθη αὐτῆς, ἐκ τοῦ φρονήματος τῆς σαρκὸς ἐκφυόμενα, διέρπει, δι' ἀλλήλων τὴν γένεσιν ἔχοντα, καὶ ἄλλα ἐπ' ἄλλοις γεννώμενα. Ὡς γὰρ ἡ ἄγρωστις πολυ γονώτατόν ἐστιν ἐν βοτάναις καὶ οὐδαμοῦ καταλήγει αὐτῆς ἡ γέννησις, ἀλλ' ἀεὶ τὸ πέρας τῆς πρώτης γενέσεως ἀρχὴ τοῦ ἐφεξῆς γίνεται, τοιαύτη καὶ ἡ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐστὶ φύσις· αὐτὴ ἑαυτὴν διαδέχεται. Καὶ γεννᾷ μὲν ἡ πορ νεία πορνείαν· ἡ δὲ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει συνήθεια ψεύδους γίνεται μήτηρ, καὶ ὁ ἐν κλοπαῖς μελετήσας, κατατολμᾷ ῥᾳδίως τοῦ ἀδικήματος. Ἡ γὰρ προλαβοῦσα ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴ ἁμαρτίας γίνεται. Ἐὰν οὖν γυμνώσωμεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν διὰ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως, ἐποιήσαμεν αὐτὴν ξηρὰν ἄγρωστιν, ἀξίαν τοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ καθαρτικοῦ πυρὸς καταβρωθῆναι.
English
For this reason the Lord will not rejoice over the young men and those in their prime. Nor, if there is an orphan among such a people, nor if there is a widow, will mercy be shown. For what is weak and helpless is worthy of mercy; but what is powerful in wickedness and evil is worthy of aversion and hatred. Then he adds that his wrath is not yet turned away, but still his hand is raised high against those who lead astray among the people and those who are led astray, among whom all are lawless and wicked and speak unjust things. But the threat has some appearance of beneficence, in that lawlessness will be burned as fire. For the material prepared from lawlessness has been arranged by the good Master to be handed over to destruction for the benefit of men. And as dry grass (he says) it will be devoured by fire, and it will be burned in the thickets of the forest. As long as the soul is buried in earthly passions, its passions, like grass, springing up from the mind of the flesh, creep along, having their generation from one another, and others being begotten upon others. For as grass is the most prolific of plants and its generation nowhere comes to an end, but always the end of the first generation becomes the beginning of the next, such also is the nature of sins: it succeeds itself. And fornication begets fornication; and the habit of lying becomes the mother of lying, and he who has practiced theft easily dares the injustice. For the sin that came before becomes an occasion of sin. If, then, we strip sin bare through confession, we have made it dry grass, worthy to be devoured by the purifying fire.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:318 · narrative
Source
Αὕτη δὲ καίεται ἐν τοῖς δάσεσι τοῦ δρυμοῦ. Τήρησον ὅσα περὶ δρυμῶν εἴρηται ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν· πολε μούμενος ὁ λαὸς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν δρυμὸν, καὶ ἐκλείπει μὴ ἐσθίων. Ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀβεσσαλὼμ πολεμούμενος εἰς δρυμὸν εἰσέρχεται. Ἐὰν οὖν μὴ γένηται ὡς ἄγρωστις ξηρὰ, ἡ ἁμαρ τία ἡμῶν, οὐ βρωθήσεται ὑπὸ πυρὸς, οὔτε κατακαυθήσεται. Καὶ τὰ Δάση τοῦ δρυμοῦ τοὺς ὑπούλους λέγει καὶ συνεσκιασμένους τῇ διανοίᾳ, τοὺς ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ τῆς καρδίας ἑαυτῶν πολλὰ τῶν κακῶν συντηροῦντας. Εἶτα ἐπάγει, ὅτι Διὰ θυμὸν ὀργῆς Κυρίου συγκέκαυται ἡ γῆ ὅλη. Δείκνυσιν ὅτι τὰ γήϊνα τῷ πυρὶ τῷ κολαστικῷ παρα δίδοται, ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς, καθ' ἃ καὶ ὁ Κύριος ὑποφαίνει, λέγων· Πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἤθελον ἰδεῖν εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη. Καὶ ἔσται ὁ λαὸς, ὡς ὑπὸ πυρὸς κατακεκαυμένος ἄνθρωπος. Οὐκ ἀφανισμὸν ἀπειλεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὴν κάθαρσιν ὑποφαίνει, κατὰ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Ἀποστόλῳ εἰρημένον, ὅτι Εἴ τινος τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται, ζημιωθήσεται· αὐτὸς δὲ σωθήσεται, οὕτως δὲ ὡς διὰ πυρός.
English
But this is burned in the thickets of the forest. Observe what is said about forests in the first book of Kings: the people, being warred against, entered the forest, and perished for lack of food. But Absalom too, being warred against, enters a forest. If, then, our sin does not become like dry grass, it will not be eaten by fire, nor burned up. And the thickets of the forest he calls those who are deceitful and darkened in mind, those who keep many evils hidden in the secret of their own heart. Then he adds: Because of the anger of the Lord's wrath the whole earth has been burned together. He shows that earthly things are handed over to the punitive fire for the benefit of the soul, in accordance with what the Lord also indicates, saying: I came to cast fire upon the earth, and I wished to see if it were already kindled. And the people shall be as a man burned up by fire. He does not threaten annihilation, but indicates purification, according to what is said by the Apostle: If anyone's work is burned up, he will suffer loss; but he himself will be saved, yet so as through fire.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:319 · narrative
Source
Εἶτα τὴν κακίαν τὴν ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ τὴν στάσιν τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀκατάπαυστον ἤδη, καὶ παντελῶς εἰς τὸ ἀνίατον προχωρήσασαν διαγράφει. Ἄνθρωπος γὰρ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἑαυτοῦ (φησὶν) οὐκ ἐλεήσει ἕκαστος, ἀλλὰ προσιόντα ἐπὶ τὸ τινὸς τυχεῖν ἀντιλήψεως, ἐκκλινεῖ εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ, τουτέστιν ἀδέξιος γίνεται, ὅτι πεινάσει καὶ φάγεται ἐκ τῶν ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ· ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἐργαζό μενος δεξιὰ καὶ ἀποδοχῆς ἄξια, οὗτος ἐμπλησθήσεται ἐκ τῶν σκαιοτέρων καὶ ἀπηγορευμένων. Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ Φάγεται ἐκ τῶν ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ, ἑρμηνεύει. Καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐμπλησθῇ (φησὶν) ἄνθρωπος ἐσθίων τὰς σάρκας τοῦ βραχίονος αὐτοῦ. Θηριώδη τινὰ κατάστασιν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑποφαίνει, ἀλληλοφαγίαν τῶν ἀδελφῶν διηγούμενος, ὠμῶς ἐπιβαινόντων ἀλλήλοις. Φάγεται γὰρ Μανασσῆς τοῦ Ἐφραΐμ, καὶ Ἐφραῒμ τοῦ Μανασσῇ. Ἐξαγριοῖ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἡ κακία καὶ θηρίοις ὠμοβόροις ποιεῖ παρεικάζεσθαι, οὐκ ἐμπιπλαμένους τοῦ ἐσθίειν ἀπὸ τῶν σαρκῶν τοῦ βραχίονος τοῦ ἑτέρου, ὧν τὸ τέλος ἐστὶ παντελὴς ἀπώλεια, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου, ὅτι Εἰ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε, βλέπετε μὴ ὑπ' ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε. Οὕτω δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐχθρῶς διακείμενοι, ὅμως ἐν τῇ κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον ἐπιβουλῇ συμφωνήσουσιν. Ἅμα γὰρ πολιορκήσουσι τὸν Ἰούδαν (φησὶ) τουτέστι τοὺς ἐξομολογουμένους τῷ Θεῷ καὶ παραμένοντας αὐτοῦ τῇ λατρείᾳ. Ἰούδας γὰρ ἡ ἐξομολόγησις ἑρμηνεύεται. Πλὴν ἡ κακία πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἀσύμφωνος οὖσα, τῇ πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν μάχῃ ἐπιδείκνυταί τινα συμφωνίαν· οἷον θρασύτης καὶ δειλία ἀλλήλαις ἀντίκεινται, ἡ μὲν ὑπερβολὴ τυγχά νουσα, ἡ δὲ ἔλλειψις·
English
Then he describes the wickedness among the people and the unceasing factionalism among them, now advanced entirely to an incurable state. For, he says, no man will have mercy on his own brother, but when one comes near to obtain some assistance from someone, he will turn aside to the right—that is, he becomes unskillful, because he will hunger and eat from his left. For the one who does not work things right and worthy of acceptance, this one will be filled from the more crooked and forbidden things. What then is "He will eat from his left," he explains. And, he says, a man will not be filled eating the flesh of his own arm. He hints at a certain beast-like condition of the soul, recounting the mutual devouring of brothers, who savagely set upon one another. For Manasseh will eat Ephraim, and Ephraim Manasseh. For wickedness makes them savage and causes them to be likened to raw-flesh-eating beasts, not being filled by eating from the flesh of the other's arm, whose end is complete destruction, according to what was said by the Apostle: If you bite and devour one another, take heed lest you be consumed by one another. And though they are thus disposed hostilely toward one another, nevertheless in plotting against their neighbor they will agree together. For at the same time, he says, they will besiege Judah—that is, those who confess God and remain in his service. For Judah is interpreted as confession. Nevertheless wickedness, being discordant with itself, is shown to have a certain agreement in its battle against virtue; for instance, boldness and cowardice are opposed to each other, the one being excess, the other deficiency.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:320 · narrative
Source
ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀνδρείᾳ, ἐν μέσῳ κειμένῃ, ὁμοίως μάχονται, οἱονεὶ πολιορκοῦσαι αὐτὴν ἑκατέρωθεν. Διὰ τοῦτο Ἐφραῒμ καὶ Μανασσῆς ἐσθίειν μὲν ἀλλήλων τὰς σάρκας λέγονται, πολιορκεῖν δὲ ὁμοῦ γενόμενοι τὸν Ἰούδαν. 10. ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ιʹ Οὐαὶ τοῖς γράφουσι πονηρίαν. Γράφοντες γὰρ, πο νηρίαν γράφουσιν, ἐκκλίνοντες κρίσιν πτωχῶν, ἁρπάζοντες κρίμα πενήτων τοῦ λαοῦ μου· ὥστε εἶναι αὐτοῖς χήραν εἰς ἁρπαγὴν καὶ ὀρφανὸν εἰς προνομήν. Καὶ τί ποιήσουσιν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς; Ἡ γὰρ θλίψις ὑμῶν πόῤῥωθεν ἥξει. Καὶ πρὸς τίνα καταφεύξεσθε, τοῦ βοηθηθῆναι; Καὶ ποῦ καταλείψετε τὴν δόξαν ὑμῶν, τοῦ μὴ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς ἀπαγωγήν; Καὶ ὑποκάτω ἀνῃρημένων πεσοῦνται. Ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις οὐκ ἀπεστράφη ἡ ὀργὴ, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἡ χεὶρ ὑψηλή. Εἰσί τινες, οἱ κατακολουθεῖν τοῖς πατράσι καὶ τοῖς παρ' αὐ τῶν παραδεδομένοις δόγμασιν ἀπαξιοῦντες, αὐτοὶ κατάρ χειν αἱρέσεων ἐπιθυμοῦσι. Διὸ καινοτομίας τινὰς παρεπι νοοῦσι τῷ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ, γράφοντες πονηρίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν· εἰς οὓς φθάνει τὸ οὐαὶ, εἰς τοὺς πατέρας τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως, καὶ συγγραφέας τῶν ἀθέων δογμάτων. Οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι τοὺς πτωχεύοντας τῇ πίστει συναρπάζουσι καὶ καταδυναστεύουσι ψυχὰς χηρευούσας τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ νυμ φίου, τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου. Ἀλλὰ κἄν τινα ἴδωσιν ἀπορφανισθέντα Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τοῦτον ὥσπερ λάφυρον ἑαυτῶν ποιοῦνται, κατεπαγγελλόμενοι μὲν αὐτοῖς πᾶσαν ἄδειαν, καὶ τὸν ἐν ἡδονῇ προτείνοντες βίον, εἰ μόνον λάβοιεν αὐτοὺς συντεθειμένους τοῖς δόγμασι τῆς ἀθεότητος.
English
But they fight against courage itself, which lies in their midst, as it were besieging it from both sides. For this reason Ephraim and Manasseh are said to eat each other's flesh, and, having come together, to besiege Judah. 10. CHAPTER 10. Woe to those who write wickedness. For in writing, they write wickedness, turning aside the judgment of the poor, seizing the judgment of the needy of my people, so that a widow becomes plunder for them and an orphan spoil. And what will they do in the day of visitation? For your affliction will come from afar. And to whom will you flee for help? And where will you leave your glory, so as not to fall into captivity? And they shall fall beneath the slain. For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is still lifted high. There are some who disdain to follow the fathers and the doctrines handed down by them, yet themselves desire to begin heresies. Therefore they devise certain innovations alongside right reason, writing wickedness and impiety; upon these comes the woe, upon the fathers of falsely named knowledge, and the authors of godless doctrines. For such men snatch away those who are poor in faith and tyrannize souls widowed of the true bridegroom, God the Word. But even if they see anyone orphaned of God through sin, they make even this one their prey, promising them all license and offering a life of pleasure, if only they might receive them as agreeing with the doctrines of godlessness.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:321 · narrative
Source
Ὁποία ἡ νῦν παραβλαστήσασα τῶν Ἀνομοίων αἵρεσις, καὶ πόρνοις καὶ μοιχοῖς καὶ ἀρσενοκοίταις καὶ ἀνδραποδισταῖς καὶ ἐπιόρκοις καὶ ψεύσταις συγχώρησιν ἁμαρτημάτων ὑπισχνούμενοι, ἐὰν μόνον αὐτοὺς λάβωσι τῇ κατὰ τοῦ Μονογενοῦς βλασφημίᾳ συνερχομένους. Πρὸς οὕς φησιν ὁ λόγος· Τί ποιήσουσιν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς; Ἡμέραν λέγει τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξ οὐρανῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐπιδημήσει τῷ κόσμῳ, ἀποδιδοὺς ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ· καθ' ἣν ἀπολήψονται τὴν θλίψιν πόῤῥωθεν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐρχομένην, ὡς γράφοντες πονηρίαν. Πρὸς τίνα δὲ καταφεύξεσθε, τοῦ βοηθηθῆναι; Κατὰ γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐγράψατε, τοῦ κρίνοντος ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. Κατηγορία ὑμῶν ἔσται τὰ ὑμέτερα γράμματα. Εἶτά φησι· Ποῦ καταλείψετε τὴν δόξαν ὑμῶν; Οἱ φανητιῶντες καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης τιμῆς ἀντεχόμενοι καὶ αἱρεσιαρχεῖν ἐπιθυμήσαντες, ἵνα ὀνόματος τύχητε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λαλήσαντες ἀδικίαν εἰς τὸ ὕψος, ποῦ τότε ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως καταλείψετε τὴν δόξαν ὑμῶν; Ὑποκάτω δὲ (φησὶν) οἱ τοιοῦτοι τῶν ἀνῃρημένων πεσοῦνται. Νῦν προσ τάτης εἶ τῶν ἐξηπατημένων καὶ θαυμάζῃ παρ' αὐτῶν, ὄνομα διδασκάλου καὶ καθηγητοῦ περιφέρων, σεμνυνόμενος παρ' αὐτῶν καὶ μακαριζόμενος· τότε δὲ τούτων αὐτῶν ἀτιμότερος ἔσῃ, τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ πεφονευμένων. Φόνος γάρ ἐστι ψυχῆς, ψευδοδοξίας παραδοχή. Ὑποκάτω οὖν τούτων ἔσῃ πεπτωκὼς, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνῃρημένων ὑπὸ σοῦ βάρος ἐπικεί σεταί σοι.
English
Such is the heresy of the Anomoeans that has now sprung up, promising forgiveness of sins even to fornicators and adulterers and sodomites and slave-dealers and perjurers and liars, if only they take them to themselves as partners in the blasphemy against the Only-Begotten. To these the word says: What will they do in the day of visitation? He calls "day" the manifestation of our Lord Jesus Christ from the heavens, in which he will come to the world, rendering to each according to his works; in which they will receive the affliction coming upon them from afar, as those who write iniquity. But to whom will you flee for help? For you have written against God, who judges the living and the dead. Your own writings will be your accusation. Then he says: Where will you leave your glory? You who make a display of yourselves and cling to human honor and desire to lead a heresy, so that you may obtain a name, and for this reason have spoken iniquity on high—where then, in the day of judgment, will you leave your glory? And beneath, he says, such men will fall among the slain. Now you are the protector of the deceived and are admired by them, carrying about the name of teacher and guide, honored and called blessed by them; but then you will be more dishonored than these very men, than those you have murdered. For it is the murder of a soul, the acceptance of false doctrine. Beneath them, then, you will lie fallen, and the weight of those slain by you will press upon you.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:322 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν διὰ τοῦ βίου οἱονεὶ χειρόγραφα ἡμῶν γράφομεν, τῷ μνημονικῷ ἡμῶν τοὺς τύπους τῶν πραγ μάτων ἐναποσφραγιζόμενοι, τάχα καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους ταλανίζει ὁ λόγος, ὡς γράφοντας πονηρίαν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ καρδία τῶν δικαίων καταγέγραπται οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος· ἡ δὲ τῶν ἀδίκων καρδία οὐ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος, ἀλλὰ μέλανι τῷ συγγενεῖ τοῦ σκότους καὶ ἐχθρῷ τοῦ φωτός. Ὥστε ἕκαστος ἢ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ συγγράφει, τὰ ἀγαθὰ πράσσων, ἢ καθ' ἑαυτοῦ ποιῶν χειρόγραφα κατατίθεται πονηρά. Ἔστιν οὖν τι χειρόγραφον καθ' ἡμῶν, χειρογραφούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων χειρῶν, ὅταν πράξωμεν τὰ χείρονα· καὶ ἔστι τι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον, ὅταν πράσσωμεν τὰ βελτίονα. Ἤδη δέ τινες καὶ τὰ ἐν συμβολαίοις γράμματα ῥᾳδιουρ γοῦντες καὶ παραποιοῦντες χαρακτῆρας γραμμάτων ἐν κτή σεσιν ἀγρῶν καὶ διαθήκαις καὶ ὑποθήκαις, καὶ συναλλάγμασι ποικίλοις, ὅσα διὰ τῆς τῶν γραμμάτων ἀποδείξεως τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει, γράφοντες· καὶ οἱ τοιοῦτοι πονηρίαν γράφουσι, διαστρέφοντες τὸ δίκαιον κρίμα ἐπὶ τῶν πτωχῶν καὶ διαρπάζοντες τὰ τῶν πενήτων τοῦ λαοῦ, ὥστε εἶναι αὐτοῖς χήραν εἰς κατάβρωμα, καὶ ὀρφανὸν εἰς κέρδος. Οἷα τὰ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πολέμων προνομαῖς τοῖς κρατοῦσι προσγίνεται, οὓς ὑπομιμνήσκει ὁ λόγος, ὅτι Τί ποιήσουσιν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς; Τὴν τῆς κρίσεως ἡμέραν καὶ τῆς κατ' ἀξίαν τῶν ἑκάστῳ πεπλημμελημένων ἀνταποδόσεως, ἐπισκοπῆς εἶπεν ἡμέραν, ἣν τούτοις ἀπειλεῖ, ὅτι Ἡ θλίψις ὑμῶν πόῤῥωθεν ἥξει. Νοήσωμεν δὲ τί λέγει, Πόῤῥωθεν, οὕτως. Ἡ σωτηρία ἡμῶν οὐ πόῤῥωθεν, ἀλλ' ἐγγὺς ἡμῶν ἐστι·
English
Since each of us writes, as it were, handwritten documents through his life, stamping the impressions of his deeds upon his memory, perhaps the word also pronounces woe upon such people, as those who write wickedness. For the heart of the righteous is inscribed not with ink but with the Spirit of the living God; while the heart of the unrighteous is inscribed not with the Spirit of the living God but with ink, which is akin to darkness and hostile to light. So each person either writes in his own favor, doing good, or, doing evil, deposits handwritten documents against himself. There is, then, a handwritten document against us, written by our own hands, whenever we do the worse; and there is a handwritten document in our favor, whenever we do the better. Indeed, some also, easily forging the letters in contracts and falsifying the characters of letters in acquisitions of fields and in wills and pledges and various agreements—all things that have their validity through the evidence of letters—write wickedly; and such people write wickedness, perverting just judgment against the poor and plundering the possessions of the needy of the people, so that the widow becomes food for them and the orphan a profit. Such are the things that accrue to those in power in the plunderings of wars, whom the word reminds: What will they do in the day of visitation? He called the day of judgment and of recompense according to the worth of each one's offenses the day of visitation, which he threatens against them: Your affliction will come from afar. Let us understand what he means by "from afar" thus: our salvation is not from afar, but is near to us.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:323 · narrative
Source
Θεὸς γὰρ (φησὶν) Ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι· καὶ Ἐγγιῶ αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ χιτὼν τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτῶν· καὶ πάλιν. Ἡ ἐντολὴ αὕτη (φησὶν) ἣν ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, οὐχ ὑπέρογκός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ μακράν ἐστιν ἀπὸ σοῦ. Οὐκ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω ἐστὶ, λέγων· Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ λήψεται αὐτὴν ἡμῖν; Οὐδὲ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, λέγων· Τίς διαπεράσει ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ λάβῃ αὐτὴν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἀκούσαντες αὐτὴν ποιήσομεν; Ἐγγύς σού ἐστι τὸ ῥῆμα, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου. Καὶ ὁ Κύριος δὲ ἡμῶν· Ἡ βασι λεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (φησὶν) ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστι. Τὰ μὲν οὖν κρείττονα καὶ δι' ὧν ἡ σωτηρία, ἐγγὺς ἡμῶν ἐστι καὶ ἐντός· τὰ δὲ ἐναντία, ἡμῶν πόῤῥωθεν ἔρχεται, ἐκτὸς ἡμῶν τυγχά νοντα. Οὐ γὰρ τῇ κατασκευῇ ἡμῶν ἐνυπάρχει ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἀλλ' ὕστερον ἐπιγεγένηται. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ θλίψις, ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς πλημμελήμασιν ἐπαγομένη, πόῤῥωθεν ἥξειν ἀπειλεῖται παρὰ τοῦ Προφήτου. Οὐαὶ Ἀσσυρίοις. Ἡ ῥάβδος τοῦ θυμοῦ μου καὶ ὀργή ἐστιν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν. Τὴν ὀργήν μου εἰς ἔθνος ἄνομον ἀποστελῶ καὶ τῷ ἐμῷ λαῷ συντάξω ποιῆσαι σκῦλα καὶ προνομὴν καὶ καταπατεῖν τὰς πόλεις καὶ θεῖναι αὐτὰς εἰς κονιορτόν. Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐνεθυμήθη καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ οὐχ οὕτω λελόγισται, ἀλλ' ἀπαλλάξει ὁ νοῦς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἐξολοθρεῦσαι ἔθνη οὐκ ὀλίγα. Καὶ ἐὰν εἴπωσιν αὐτῷ· «Σὺ μόνος εἶ ἄρχων» ἐρεῖ «Οὐκ ἔλαβον τὴν χώραν τὴν ἐπάνω Βα βυλῶνος καὶ τὴν Χαλάνην, οὗ ὁ πύργος ᾠκοδομήθη· καὶ ἔλαβον τὴν Ἀραβίαν καὶ Δαμασκὸν καὶ Σαμάρειαν. Ὃν τρόπον
English
For God says, "I am a God who is near," and "I will be near to them more than the garment is to their skin"; and again, "This commandment which I command you today is not too high for you, nor is it far from you. It is not in heaven above, saying, 'Who will go up to heaven and take it for us?' Nor is it beyond the sea, saying, 'Who will cross over for us to the other side of the sea and take it for us, and having heard it we will do it?' The word is near you, in your mouth and in your heart." And our Lord also says, "The kingdom of God is within you." So then, the better things and those through which salvation comes are near us and within; but the opposite things come from far away, existing outside us. For sin does not exist in our constitution, but came upon us afterward. For this reason the affliction that is brought on because of transgressions is threatened by the Prophet to come from far away: "Woe to the Assyrians. The rod of my anger, and wrath is in their hands. I will send my anger against a lawless nation, and I will command my people to take spoils and plunder and to trample the cities and make them into dust." But he did not intend so, nor did his soul reason so, but his mind will depart, and that to destroy no few nations. And if they say to him, "You alone are ruler," he will say, "I did not take the land above Babylon and Chalane, where the tower was built; and I took Arabia and Damascus and Samaria. In the manner
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:324 · narrative
Source
ταύτας ἔλαβον, καὶ πάσας τὰς ἀρχὰς λήψομαι». Διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνομιῶν τοῦ λαοῦ, Ἀσσύριοι αὐτοῖς ἐπάγονται· οὐ διὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν δικαιοσύνην, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ὑπερ βάλλουσαν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀδικίαν. Ἀλλ' ὅμως καὶ οὗτοι (μὴ νοοῦν τες ὅτι ἀντὶ μάστιγος παιδευτικῆς κατὰ τοῦ τὰ θεῖα νόμιμα παραβαίνοντος λαοῦ δέδονται, ἀλλ' ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς, ὡς δή τινα δύναμιν κεκτημένοις, μεγαλυνόμενοι) ταλανίζονται παρὰ τοῦ λόγου· Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, Ἀσσύριοι, οἵτινες ῥάβδος ἐστὲ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου, ὄργανον κολαστικόν ἐστε· οὐκ οἰκείᾳ δυνάμει ποιεῖτε, ἀλλὰ τῇ τοῦ Κινοῦντος ἐνεργείᾳ τοῖς ἀξίοις τοῦ συντριβῆναι ἐπάγεσθε. Καὶ ὀργὴ (φησὶν) ἐστὶν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν. Τὴν παίδευσιν ἐνταῦθα φανερῶς ὀργὴν ὀνομάζει, ὡς καὶ ὁ ψαλμῳδός· Μηδὲ τῇ ὀργῇ σου, παιδεύσῃς με. Παίδευσις οὖν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν ταῖς χερσίν ἐστι τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. Τὴν ὀργήν μου εἰς ἔθνος ἄνομον ἀποστελῶ. Τὴν κόλασιν τῷ μὴ κατὰ τὸν νόμον, τὸν διατεταγμένον αὐτῷ βιοῦν ἀνεχομένῳ λαῷ, ἐπάξω. Καὶ τῷ ἐμῷ λαῷ συντάξω ποιῆσαι σκῦλα. Διὰ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν ἔτι ἴδιον ὀνομάζει λαὸν τὸν ἀνομήσαντα ὁ ἀγαθὸς Θεός. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἠνόμησε, τὴν ὀργὴν ἀποστέλλει· ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ἅπαξ εἵλετο διὰ τὴν ἐκλογὴν τῶν πατέρων, οὐκ ἀπαρνεῖται αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκείωσιν. Συντάσσω οὖν (φησὶ) ποιῆσαι σκῦλα καὶ προνομὴν καὶ καταπατεῖν τὰς πόλεις καὶ θεῖναι αὐτὰς εἰς κονιορτόν· ἵνα εἰδῶμεν, ὅτι πάντα ὅσα πάσχομεν σκυθρωπὰ, ἐκ τῆς θείας διαταγῆς ὑπομένομεν. Οὐκ ἐᾷ γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐκδότους ταῖς πονηραῖς καὶ κολαστικαῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς τὰ μέτρα ὁρίζει τῶν κολάσεων, στοχαζόμενος τῆς δυνάμεως τῶν θεραπευομένων.
English
I received these, and I will take all the principalities. Because of the multitude of the people's lawless deeds, the Assyrians are brought against them—not because of their own righteousness, but because of the people's exceeding injustice. But nevertheless these too (not understanding that they were given as a corrective scourge against the people who transgressed the divine laws, but exalting themselves over themselves, as though they possessed some power) are pronounced wretched by the Word: Woe to you, Assyrians, who are the rod of my wrath, you are an instrument of punishment; you do not act by your own power, but by the energy of the One who moves you, you are brought against those worthy to be crushed. And wrath (he says) is in their hands. Here he openly calls the chastisement wrath, as also the psalmist says: Nor in your wrath chasten me. The chastisement of Israel, then, is in the hands of the Assyrians. I will send my wrath against a lawless nation. I will bring punishment upon the people that does not endure living according to the law appointed for it. And to my people I will command to make spoils. Because of his love for humanity, the good God still calls the people who sinned his own people. For because they sinned, he sends his wrath; but since he once chose them through the election of the fathers, he does not renounce his own relationship with them. I command, then (he says), to make spoils and plunder and to trample the cities and reduce them to dust; so that we may know that all the grievous things we suffer, we endure by divine ordinance. For he does not hand us over to the evil and punitive powers, but he himself sets the measure of the punishments, having regard to the strength of those being healed.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:325 · narrative
Source
Σκῦλα μὲν οὖν ἐστι τὰ τοῖς νεκροῖς, τοῖς πεσοῦσιν ἐν πολέμῳ περικείμενα, εἴτε ὅπλα, εἴτε ἐσθὴς, εἴτε τις ἕτερος κόσμος· προνομὴ δὲ, ἡ διανομὴ τῶν λαφύρων, κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῶν κεκρατηκότων διανεμομένη. Ἐκελεύσθησαν οὖν οἱ Ἀσσύριοι σκυλεῦσαι τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ προνομεῦσαι καὶ καταπατῆσαι αὐτοῦ τὰς πόλεις καὶ θεῖναι εἰς κονιορτόν. Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐνεθυμήθη, καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ οὐχ οὕτω λελόγισται· ἀλλ' ὑπερήρθη τῇ διανοίᾳ, οὐχ ὡς διὰ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοῦ λαοῦ παραδοθέντος αὐτῷ, ἀλλ' ἐπαρθεὶς τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ ἀπαλλάξας ἀπὸ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἐννοίας τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον, οἴεται δυνατὸς εἶναι τοῦ ἔθνη ἐξολοθρεύειν οὐκ ὀλίγα. Καὶ, ἐπειδὴ κολακεύοντες αὐτὸν καὶ θωπεύοντες, οἱ ὑποχείριοι λέγουσι· Σὺ μόνος εἶ ἄρχων, ὥσπερ εἰρωνευόμενος πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγει· Οὐκ ἔλαβον τὴν χώραν τὴν ἐπάνω Βαβυλῶ νος καὶ Χαλάνην. Οὔπω (φησὶ) γέγονα πάντων κύριος· ἐκφεύγει μου τὴν βασιλείαν ἡ χώρα ἡ ἐπάνω Βαβυλῶνος καὶ ἡ Χαλάνη, Οὗ ὁ πύργος ᾠκοδομήθη. Πύργον μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνον λέγει τὸν ἀρχαῖον, ὃν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῷ Σεναὰρ ᾠκοδόμησαν, εἰπόντες· Δεῦτε, οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, πρὸ τοῦ διαχωρισθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀπ' ἀλλήλων, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Τὸ δὲ τῆς Χαλάνης ὄνομα οὐκ ἐντέτριπται τῇ χρήσει τῆς Γραφῆς· εἰκάζομεν δὲ περὶ τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν που κεῖσθαι, ἐπειδὴ ἡ Βαβυλῶν ἐστιν ἐπώ νυμος τῇ συγχύσει τῶν γλωσσῶν, ἃς συνέχεεν ὁ Κύριος, τὴν πρὸς τὸ κακὸν συμφωνίαν διασπῶν. Φησὶ γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου σύγχυσις, Ἑβραϊστὶ δὲ Βαβέλ. Ἔλαβον δὲ (φησὶν) Ἀραβίαν καὶ Δαμασκὸν καὶ Σαμά ρειαν.
English
Spoils, then, are the things that lie upon the dead, upon those who have fallen in war—whether weapons, or clothing, or some other adornment. And plunder is the distribution of the spoils, apportioned according to the worth of those who have conquered. The Assyrians, then, were commanded to despoil Israel and to plunder and to trample down its cities and reduce them to dust. But he did not think so, and in his soul he did not reckon it so; rather, he was lifted up in his mind—not as though the people had been handed over to him because of their sins, but exalted in his mind and having banished the true account from his own thought, he supposes that he is able to destroy not a few of the nations. And since those subject to him, flattering and fawning upon him, say, "You alone are ruler," he speaks to them as if in irony: "I have not taken the land beyond Babylon and Chalanē." Not yet, he says, have I become lord of all; the land beyond Babylon escapes my kingdom, and Chalanē, where the tower was built. By that tower he means the ancient one, which they built in the plain of Shinar, saying, "Come, let us build for ourselves a city and a tower, before we are separated from one another, whose head shall reach to heaven." But the name Chalanē is not found in the usage of Scripture; we conjecture that it lies somewhere in the region of Babylonia, since Babylon is named from the confusion of tongues, which the Lord confounded, tearing apart their agreement toward evil. For Scripture says that the name of that place was called Confusion, and in Hebrew Babel. And I took, he says, Arabia and Damascus and Samaria.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:326 · narrative
Source
Ὃν τρόπον ταύτας ἔλαβον, καὶ πάσας τὰς ἀρχὰς λήψομαι. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἑαυτῷ ἔλαβε τὸ πάσας δύνασθαι ὑποχειρίους ποιεῖν τὰς πόλεις, καὶ οὐ συνῆκεν ὅτι ἀνθρώπων ἐκράτησεν οὐ δι' οἰκείαν δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ παιδεύοντος τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας Θεοῦ περιεγένετο, τούτου ἕνεκεν θρήνου αὐτὸν ἄξιον ὁ προφητικὸς τίθεται λόγος. Ὀλολύξατε, τὰ γλυπτὰ ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ. Ὃν τρόπον γὰρ ἐποίησα Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ τοῖς χειροποιήτοις αὐτῆς, οὕτω ποιήσω τῇ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῆς. Πῶς ὀλολύξει γλυπτὰ, ἃ ἐκ ξύλου καὶ λίθου, ἤ τινος ἄλλης ὕλης ἐστὶ, μορφούσης αὐτὰ τῆς τέχνης εἰς ἀνθρώπων εἰκόνας, ἢ ζώων ἀλόγων τετραπόδων, ἢ πτηνῶν, ἢ καὶ ἑρπετῶν, οἷα τὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐστὶν ἀφιδρύματα; Ὀλολυγμὸς δέ ἐστι φωνὴ λυπηρὰ, ὀδύνην καρδίας ἀσήμῳ τινὶ φθόγγῳ παριστῶσα. Πῶς οὖν ὀλολύξει γλυπτά; Ὅτι τοῖς ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων μεμορφωμένοις ξύλοις (ἢ λίθοις, ἤπου καὶ χρυσῷ καὶ ἀργύρῳ, ἢ ἐλέφαντι, ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα τιμίας ἢ ἀτιμωτέρας ὕλης ἐστὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἴδωλα προσκυνούμενα) τούτοις ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς δαίμονές τινες προσ πτάντες παρακαθέζονται, τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν μιασμάτων ἡδονῆς ἀπολαύοντες. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὰ λίχνα κυνίδια περὶ τοὺς τῶν μακέλλων τόπους, ἐν οἷς αἷμα καὶ ἰχῶρες, διατρίβουσιν, οὕτω καὶ τὰ λίχνα δαιμόνια, θηρώμενα τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν αἱ μάτων καὶ τῆς κνίσσης τῶν θυσιῶν ἀπόλαυσιν, περὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς εἱλεῖται, καὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα, τὰ αὐτοῖς ἀνακείμενα. Τάχα γάρ που καὶ τρέφεται τὰ ἀέρια σώματα αὐτῶν, ἤτοι καὶ πύρινα, ἢ καὶ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν στοιχείων μικτά.
English
In the same way I took these, I will take all the principalities. Since, then, he took to himself the power to make all the cities subject, and did not understand that he prevailed over men not by his own strength but through the dispensation of God, who disciplines those who have sinned, for this reason the prophetic word sets him as worthy of lamentation. Wail, you graven images in Jerusalem and in Samaria. For in the same way I did to Samaria and to its handmade things, so I will do to Jerusalem and to its idols. How will graven images wail—things made of wood and stone, or of some other material, with craft fashioning them into the likenesses of men, or of irrational four-footed beasts, or of birds, or even of reptiles, such as the consecrated images of the Egyptians? And wailing is a mournful sound, presenting the pain of the heart by some indistinct utterance. How, then, will graven images wail? Because upon the woods (or stones, or perhaps also gold and silver, or ivory, or whatever else among the nations are idols of more or less precious material that are worshipped) shaped by human hands, certain demons, darting in from unseen places, sit beside them, enjoying the pleasure that comes from their pollutions. For just as greedy little dogs linger around the places of butchers, where there is blood and gore, so too the greedy demons, hunting the enjoyment that comes from the blood and the fat of sacrifices, coil around the altars and the statues dedicated to them. For perhaps their aerial bodies are also nourished—whether fiery, or mixed from both elements.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:327 · narrative
Source
Δείκνυσι δὲ καὶ ἡ ἱστορία τῶν Βασιλειῶν, ὅτι προσεδρεύει ἡ δαιμονικὴ δύναμις τοῖς ἐπιφημισθεῖσιν αὐτοῖς ἀγάλμασιν. Ἔλαβον γὰρ (φησὶν) οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰσήγαγον αὐτὴν ἐχόμενα Δαγών. Καὶ ὤρθρωσαν οἱ Ἀζώτιοι τῇ ἐπαύριον, καὶ ἰδοὺ Δαγὼν πεπτωκὼς εἰς τὰ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Οὐκοῦν Δαγὼν μὲν ἦν τὸ ὁρώ μενον ἄγαλμα· ὁ δὲ πίπτων ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, ὁ δαίμων, ὁ νικώμενος ὑπὸ τῆς περὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ δόξης· καὶ πίπτων μὲν αὐτὸς ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, συγκαταβάλλων δὲ ἑαυτῷ τὸ χειροποίητον. Διὰ τοῦτο οἱ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίοντες, κοινωνοὶ τραπέζης λέγονται δαιμόνων. Ἐπειδὴ τὸ σφάγιον, τὸ προσαγόμενον τῷ εἰδώλῳ, προσεμερίσθη τι καὶ εἰς τὸν παρεδρεύοντα δαίμονα, ἔκ τε τοῦ ἐξαερουμένου αἵματος καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀναθυμιωμένης πιμελῆς καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων, λαμβάνοντός τινα μερίδα τοῦ δαιμονίου. Καὶ ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποτηρίου πίνων, ἀφ' οὗ ἡ σπονδὴ, ποτήριον πίνει δαιμονίων. Διὰ τοῦτο ὀλολύξει τὰ γλυπτὰ, τουτέστι τὰ ὁμώνυμα τοῖς γλυπτοῖς δαιμόνια. Καὶ ὅταν λέγηται, ὅτι ἥξει εἰς Αἴγυπτον Κύριος καὶ σεισ θήσεται τὰ χειροποίητα Αἰγύπτου καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν ἡττη θήσεται, τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν ἐξηγούμεθα. Τὰ γὰρ δαιμόνια, τὰ προσδιατρίβοντα τῷ περιγείῳ τόπῳ, σεισθήσεται φυγαδευόμενα, καὶ εἰς τὸν οἰκεῖον τῆς ἀβύσσου ἀπελαθήσεται τόπον, ἐν τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου.
English
The history of the Kingdoms also shows that the demonic power attends the idols named after them. For (it says) the foreigners took the ark of God and brought it in beside Dagon. And the Azotians rose early on the next day, and behold, Dagon had fallen forward on his face to the ground. So Dagon was the visible idol; but the one falling on his face was the demon, being defeated by the glory concerning the ark of God; and he himself falls on his face, and drags down with himself the work of hands. For this reason those who eat things sacrificed to idols are said to be partakers of the table of demons. Since the victim brought to the idol was in part assigned also to the demon that attends it, from the blood poured out and the fat burned up and the rest of the burnt offerings, the demon receives some portion. And he who drinks from the cup from which the libation is made drinks the cup of demons. For this reason the carved images shall howl, that is, the demons that bear the same names as the carved images. And when it is said that the Lord will come into Egypt and the works of hands of Egypt shall be shaken and their heart shall be defeated, we interpret it with the same meaning. For the demons that dwell in the region around the earth shall be shaken, being put to flight, and shall be driven out to their own place of the abyss, at the coming of the Lord.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:328 · narrative
Source
Διὰ τοῦτο Ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὅστις ποιήσει γλυπτὸν καὶ χωνευτὸν, ἔργον χειρῶν τεχνίτου, καὶ θήσει αὐτὸ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ, ὅτι κακὸν ἑαυτῷ θησαύρισμα διὰ τοῦ γλυπτοῦ τὸν ἐπακολουθοῦντα αὐτῷ δαίμονα ἐπηγάγετο καὶ κατάραν σύνοικον διὰ τοῦ δαίμονος ἐπεσπάσατο. Καὶ ἔσται, ὅταν συντελέσῃ Κύριος πάντα ποιῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σιὼν καὶ ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἐπάξει ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν τὸν μέγαν τὸν ἄρχοντα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος τῆς δόξης τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ. Μετὰ τὸ προστάξαι τοῖς γλυπτοῖς τοῖς ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τοῖς ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ ὀλολυγμὸν, καὶ τῇ ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἀπειλῇ (οἷον καθαρισθείσης λοιπὸν τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώ λων μιάσματος ἐλευθερωθείσης καὶ παιδευθείσης ταῖς πλη γαῖς ταῖς κολαστικαῖς, ἃς διὰ τοῦ παραδοθῆναι τοῖς Ἀσσυ ρίοις ὑπέμενεν) τότε λοιπὸν ἀπειλεῖ ὁ λόγος ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων τὴν πληγὴν μεταθήσειν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὑπερήρθη τῷ φρονήματι καὶ οὐκ ἐνόησεν, ὅτι ἡ ἐκείνων ἁμαρτία αἰτία γέγονε τῶν τοσούτων κακῶν, ἀλλ' ᾠήθη ἰδίᾳ ἐπινοίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει δεδυνῆσθαι κατὰ τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἀλαζονείαν καὶ τὸ ἄλογον ὕψος τῆς κατὰ τὸν νοῦν ἐπάρσεως, Ἐπάξει (φησὶν) ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν τὸν μέγαν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος τῆς δόξης τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ. Μέγας ὁ μέν τίς ἐστι κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν· ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὴν οἴησιν, καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῶν οὐδὲν αὐτῷ προσηκόντων. Νοῦς δὲ μέγας, ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὁ τὰ μεγάλα θεωρῶν, ὁ δυνάμενος τοῖς λόγοις τοῖς δημιουργικοῖς ἐπιβάλλειν, καὶ ἀπ' αὐτῶν τὸ κάλλος τῆς σοφίας τοῦ τεχνίτου τῶν ὅλων κατανοεῖν.
English
Therefore cursed is everyone who makes a carved and molten image, the work of a craftsman's hands, and sets it in a secret place, because he stores up evil for himself: through the carved image he has brought upon himself the demon that follows it, and through the demon he has drawn down a curse to dwell with him. And it shall be, when the Lord has finished doing all things on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem, he will bring upon the great mind, the ruler of the Assyrians, and upon the height of the glory of his eyes. After he has commanded wailing upon the carved images in Jerusalem and in Samaria, and by the threat against them (as though Jerusalem had by now been purified and freed from the defilement of idols and disciplined by the punitive blows which she endured by being handed over to the Assyrians), then at last the word threatens that he will transfer the blow to the ruler of the Assyrians. For since he was lifted up in his pride and did not understand that their sin was the cause of such great evils, but thought that by his own device and power he had prevailed against Jerusalem, because of this arrogance and the irrational height of his mental exaltation, He will bring (it says) upon the great mind, upon the ruler of the Assyrians, and upon the height of the glory of his eyes. One is great by his own nature; another by his conceit and the excess of things that in no way belong to him. And a great mind, in truth, is the one that contemplates great things, the one able to apply itself to the creative words and from them to perceive the beauty of the wisdom of the craftsman of all things.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:329 · narrative
Source
Μέγας ὁ τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ τῶν παρὰ Θεοῦ γινομένων καὶ τῇ μέχρι τῶν λεπτοτάτων διηκούσῃ παρ' αὐτοῦ προνοίᾳ ἐπιβάλλειν δυ νάμενος, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῦ τὰ δίκαια κρίματα θεωρεῖν. Μέγας ὁ νοῦς, ὁ διὰ τῶν Ἀγγέλων καὶ τῶν Δυνάμεων καὶ πάσης τῆς περὶ τὰ ὑπερκόσμια δόξης, τὸν βασιλέα τῆς δόξης καὶ Κύριον τῶν Δυνάμεων ἐννοῶν. Ὁ μέντοι ἑαυτὸν μακαρίζων καὶ ὑπεραίρων, οἰησίσοφός τις καὶ ματαιόφρων μᾶλλον δικαίως, ἢ μέγας, κατὰ νοῦν ὀνομάζοιτο. Πλὴν ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ σύνηθες τῇ Γραφῇ τῇ τῶν πολλῶν οἰήσει πρὸς τὰς ὀνομασίας ἀκολουθεῖν, μέγαν εἴρηκε νοῦν, οὐ τὸ τῇ φύσει μεγαλεῖον προσμαρτυρῶν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκ τῆς οἰήσεως ἐπιφημισθὲν αὐτῷ ὀνομάζων. Διὰ τοῦτο κολάζων ὑπερηφανίαν ὁ Κύριος, καὶ ταπεινῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ὑψηλοφροσύνην, ἐπάγειν λέγεται ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν τὸν μέγαν τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. Τὴν δὲ ἀσθενῆ ὑπόληψιν ἐξελέγχων, ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος φησὶ τῆς δόξης τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ ἐπάξειν τὴν κόλασιν. Καὶ γὰρ τὴν δόξαν, πολύσημον οὖσαν φωνὴν, κατὰ ἓν τῶν σημαινομένων ὡρίσαντό τινες, ἀσθενῆ ὑπόληψιν. Δύναται δὲ ὁ νοῦς ὁ μέγας καὶ ὁ φρόνιμος, ὁ ἀντὶ τοῦ πανούργου λαμβανόμενος. Ὡς Ὁ ὄφις φρονιμώτερος τῶν θηρίων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· καὶ ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς ἀδικίας φρονίμως ἐποίησε· καὶ Οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου φρονιμώτεροι ὑπὲρ τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς, εἰς τὴν γενεὰν αὐτῶν. Ἡρμήνευσε δὲ ἡμῖν ὁ Ἀπόστολος τοῦ φρονίμου τὴν ἔννοιαν, ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους, εἰπών· Φοβοῦμαι δὲ, μήπως ὡς ὁ ὄφις ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτοῦ...
English
Great is the one who is able to apply himself to the economy of the things that come to be from God, and to the providence that extends from him even to the minutest details, and from this to contemplate his righteous judgments. Great is the mind that, through the Angels and the Powers and all the glory that surrounds the supramundane realms, understands the King of glory and Lord of the Powers. However, the one who blesses himself and exalts himself, being rather opinionated-wise and vain-minded, would rightly be called great according to the mind, or rather not. But nevertheless, since it is customary for Scripture to follow the opinions of the many in regard to names, it has called him a great mind, not attesting to the greatness that is by nature, but naming what has been ascribed to him from his conceit. For this reason the Lord, punishing pride and humbling his lofty-mindedness, is said to bring [judgment] upon the great mind of the Assyrians. And exposing the weak supposition, he says that he will bring punishment upon the height of the glory of his eyes. For glory, being a word with many meanings, some have defined according to one of its meanings as a weak supposition. And the great mind and the prudent one can be understood in place of the cunning one. As the serpent is wiser than the beasts upon the earth; and the steward of unrighteousness acted prudently; and the sons of this age are wiser than the sons of light in their generation. And the Apostle has interpreted for us the meaning of the prudent one, in [his letter] to the Corinthians, saying: But I fear, lest as the serpent deceived Eve in his cunning...
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:330 · narrative
Source
Ἔδειξε γὰρ, ὅτι ἡ ἱστορία τὴν ψεκτὴν φρονιμότητα τῷ ὄφει προσμαρτυρεῖ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτὸν εἰς πανουργίαν μεταβάλλειν τὸ φρόνι μον. Οὕτως οὖν καὶ νοῦς μέγας, οὐ κατά τινος ἐπαινετοῦ, ὡς οἱ τὰ παρ' Ἕλλησι σημαινόμενα ἀκριβοῦντες ἔταξαν, λέγοντες τὸν νοῦν εἶναι φρόνησιν συνεστραμμένην, ἀλλὰ ψευδωνύμως. Ἢ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐκθαυμάζων, ἢ παρὰ τῶν κο λάκων οὕτω προσαγορευόμενος, ὠνόμασται νῦν παρὰ τῆς Γραφῆς. Οὗτος δὲ ὁ νοῦς ὁ μέγας, ἐπειδὴ οἶδεν, ὅτι τοῦ σοφοῦ (τοῦ γε ἀληθινῶς σοφοῦ) οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, δοξάζει τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ, ὡς οὐ κάτω βλέπων, οὐδὲ τὰ γήϊνα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μετέωρα πολυπραγμονῶν, καὶ τὴν ἄνω διατριβὴν ποιούμενος. Ὁποῖοί εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι σοφοί, τὸν μὲν βίον ἔχοντες τοῖς αἰσχίστοις τῆς σαρκὸς πάθεσιν ἐγκαλινδούμενον, τὰ δὲ περὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀστέρων καὶ τῶν αἰθερίων καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν ἀέρα συμπτωμάτων φυσιο λογοῦντες, δόξαν τινὰ ἑαυτῶν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς περιτιθέασιν. Εἶπε γάρ· Ἐν τῇ ἰσχύϊ ποιήσω καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ τῆς συνέσεως ἀφελῶ ὅρια ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν προνο μεύσω. Καὶ σείσω πόλεις κατοικουμένας καὶ τὴν οἰκου μένην ὅλην καταλήψομαι τῇ χειρὶ, ὡς νοσσιὰν, ἢ ὡς καταλελειμμένα ὠὰ ἀρῶ. Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, ὃς διαφεύξεταί με, ἢ ἀντείπῃ μοι. Νῦν ἑρμηνεύει σαφῶς, διὰ τί μέγαν νοῦν εἴρηκεν αὐτὸν καὶ διὰ τί ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος τῆς δόξης τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ ἀπειλεῖ τὰς κολάσεις ἐπαγαγεῖν, τὸν κόμπον αὐτοῦ τῶν ῥημάτων, ᾧ κέχρηται κατὰ τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων, μετὰ πάσης πικρίας αὐτοῖς ἀπειλῶν πᾶν εἶδος ἀφανισμοῦ, ἄμαχον ἑαυ τοῦ καὶ ἀνανταγώνιστον λέγων εἶναι τὴν δύναμιν.
English
For he showed that the narrative testifies to the blameworthy prudence of the serpent, from the fact that he changes the prudent into cunning. So then also a great mind—not in reference to anything praiseworthy, as those who accurately distinguish the meanings among the Greeks have laid down, saying that mind is concentrated prudence, but falsely so called—either admiring itself, or being addressed in this way by flatterers, has now been named by Scripture. And this great mind, since it knows that the eyes of the wise man (of the truly wise man) are on his head, glorifies his own eyes, as not looking downward nor busying itself with earthly things, but inquiring into things on high and making its dwelling above. Such are the wise men among the Greeks, whose life is wallowed in the most shameful passions of the flesh, while they philosophize about heaven and the stars and the ethereal things and the occurrences in the air, and put a certain glory around their own eyes. For he said: In my strength I will do, and by the wisdom of my understanding I will remove the boundaries of nations, and I will plunder their strength. And I will shake inhabited cities and I will seize the whole world with my hand as a nest, or I will take them up as abandoned eggs. And there is no one who will escape me or contradict me. Now he explains clearly why he has called him a great mind, and why against the height of his eyes he threatens to bring punishments, [namely] the boasting of his words, which he uses against those inferior to him, threatening them with every kind of destruction with all bitterness, saying that his power is invincible and unopposable by himself.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:331 · narrative
Source
Ὡς γὰρ κύριος τυγχάνων ὧν βούλεται καὶ πάντως ἐπιτελέσων τὰ κατὰ πρόθεσιν, οὕτως ἐκόμπαζεν. Ἐπειδὴ πολλή μοί ἐστιν ἱππικὴ καὶ πεζικὴ δύναμις καὶ οὐδεὶς ὁ ἀνταίρων, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἀπρόσιτος ἡ ἐν τοῖς στρατηγικοῖς σοφία μοι πάρ εστι καὶ ἡ σύνεσις ἀνεπίληπτος, διὰ τοῦτο (φησὶν) Ἀφελῶ ὅρια ἐθνῶν καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν προνομεύσω. Πάντα γὰρ τὰ ἔθνη τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ ὑποκύπτειν βασιλείᾳ συναναγκάσας, ἕνα τῶν πάντων ποιοῦμαι ὅρον, τὴν ἐμὴν ἐπικράτειαν. Νῦν γὰρ ἕκαστον ἰδίοις ὁροθεσίοις ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου διώρισται· ἀφελὼν οὖν αὐτῶν τὰ ὅρια, ὑπὸ ἓν σκῆπτρον τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας γενέσθαι τὰ πάντα συναναγκάσω. Καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν προνομεύσω. Προνομὴ λέγεται ἡ ἐν τοῖς πολεμίοις τῶν ἑαλωκότων εἰς τοὺς κρατοῦντας διανομὴ, ὅταν ἢ αἰχμάλωτα σώματα, ἤ τινα τῶν βοσκημάτων, ἢ ἄλλα τινὰ τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον, οἱ κρατοῦντες ἐν ἀλλήλοις διαλαγ χάνουσι. Καὶ ἕκαστος κατὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν αὐτῷ ὑπεροχὴν τῆς ἐκ τῶν λαφύρων προνομῆς ἀξιούμενος, οὕτω μετέχει τῶν ἐκ τοῦ
English
For just as one who is master of what he wishes and will certainly accomplish his purposes, so he boasted. Since I have great cavalry and infantry force and no one to oppose me, and since the wisdom in matters of strategy is present with me, unapproachable, and my understanding is irreproachable, for this reason (he says) I will remove the boundaries of the nations and plunder their strength. For having compelled all the nations to bow beneath my own kingdom, I make one boundary of them all—my own dominion. For now each is separated from the other by its own boundaries; having removed their boundaries, then, I will compel all things to come under one scepter of my kingdom. And I will plunder their strength. Plunder is the name given to the distribution among the victors of what has been captured from the enemy, when either captive bodies, or some of the flocks, or certain other things of daily life, the victors divide among one another. And each one, being deemed worthy of a share of the plunder from the spoils according to the preeminence that belongs to him, thus partakes of the things from the
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:332 · narrative
Source
πολέμου. Καὶ τὰς νῦν (φησὶ) καθιδρυμένας παγίως πόλεις σείσω καὶ κλονήσω τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ δυνάμει καὶ τὴν οἰκου μένην ὅλην καταλήψομαι τῇ χειρὶ, ὡς νοσσιάν. Ποῖος γὰρ πόνος, νεοσσοὺς ἀπτῆνας ἐπὶ τῆς καλιᾶς θαλπομένους παρὰ τῶν ἐκτρεφόντων αὐτοὺς ὀρνίθων καταλαβεῖν τῇ χειρὶ, μήτε πτερῷ χρῆσθαι, μήτε ποσὶ πρὸς φυγὴν δυναμένων; Εἶτα ἐπιτείνων καὶ τὴν καταφρόνησιν τὴν εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὑπεραίρων δύναμιν, οὐδὲ ὡς νοσσιὰν (φησὶ) τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἀλλ' ὡς ὠὰ (φησὶν) ἐγκαταλελειμμένα, οὕτω λήψομαι. Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς διαφεύξεταί με, ἢ ἀντείπῃ μοι. Ὡς μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὴν λέξιν, ὁ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων ἄρχων ταῦτα ἐρεῖ διὰ τὴν κατὰ τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας εὐ ημερίαν ὑπερφυσηθεὶς τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ ἡγούμενος πάντα ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς αἱρήσειν τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ μηδένα ἕξειν τὸν χεῖρας ἀνταίροντα, ἀλλὰ πάντα μὲν ὅρια ἐθνῶν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ συγχυθήσεσθαι, δονεῖσθαι δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην τῷ φόβῳ τῆς ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ· τὸν δὲ εἰς χεῖρας ἐρχόμενον, εὐαλω τότερον εἶναι νεοττῶν ὄρνιθος, ῥᾷον δὲ ἀρθήσεσθαι τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ ἐφοδενούσῃ τὴν ὑφ' ἡλίῳ πᾶσαν οἰκουμένην, ἢ ὡς ἄν τις λάβοι ὠὰ, ἔρημα τῆς θαλπούσης αὐτὰ καὶ ζωο γονούσης ὄρνιθος. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ ὑπερηφανία ὥσπερ μείζων ἐστὶν ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, πρέπειν τινὲς ἐνόμισαν τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα τῷ ἀληθῶς ὑπερηφάνῳ, τῷ τραχηλιάσαντι κατὰ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος, τῷ ἀνυποτάκτῳ καὶ ἀποστάτῃ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κακίαν συναποστήσαντι αὐτῷ τὰ συνεπακολουθήσαντα αὐτῷ πονηρὰ πνεύματα.
English
of war. And the cities that are now firmly established, he says, I will shake and convulse by my own power, and I will seize the whole inhabited world in my hand like a nest. For what effort is it to capture in one's hand nestlings that cannot fly, warmed in the nest by the birds that feed them, since they can use neither wing nor feet for flight? Then, intensifying his contempt for human beings and exalting his own power, he says, not as a nest, but as eggs left abandoned, so will I take the inhabited world. And there is no one who will escape me or contradict me. So then, as regards the wording, the ruler of the Assyrians will say these things, puffed up in his mind because of his success against Judea and Samaria, and thinking that he will capture all the nations by a sudden assault, and that no one will have hands to raise against him, but that all the boundaries of the nations will be confounded by his power, and that the whole inhabited world will be shaken by the fear of his arrival; and that anyone who comes to grips with him will be more easily caught than a bird's nestlings, and will be more easily swept up by his power as it overruns the whole inhabited world under the sun, than as one might take eggs, bereft of the bird that warms and gives them life. But since this arrogance is, as it were, greater than is human, some have thought that these words are fitting for the truly arrogant one, for him who stiffened his neck against the Almighty, for the insubordinate and apostate one, and for the evil spirits that followed him, which he caused to apostatize with him into his own wickedness.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:333 · narrative
Source
Ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἑαυτὸν καὶ νοῦν οἴεται μέγαν καὶ φαντάζεται τὰ ὑψηλὰ περισκοπεῖν καὶ ἀπειλεῖ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὑφ' ἑαυτὸν ποιήσασθαι· ὅς γε οὐδὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐρωτήσαντι, πόθεν πάρεστι, παρῃτήσατο εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Περιελ θὼν τὴν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσας τὴν ὑπ' οὐρανὸν, πάρειμι. Οὗτος ἐτόλμησε καὶ τῷ Κυρίῳ πάσης τῆς κτίσεως δεῖξαι τὰς βασιλείας τῆς γῆς καὶ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ταῦτα πάντα ἐμά ἐστι· Νῦν οὖν, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι, σοὶ δώσω. Τάχα οὖν τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, τὸν ἄρχοντα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, ὁ λόγος αἰνίττεται· καὶ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος ἄρχοντα ὀνο μάζει τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, λέγων· Νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βληθήσεται ἔξω. Καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα· Οὐκέτι πολλὰ λα λήσω μεθ' ὑμῶν· ἔρχεται γὰρ ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων, καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολλοὶ ἄρχοντες, οἱ ἐθνάρχαι τινὲς, διατεταγμένοι πρὸς φυλακὴν καὶ διατήρησιν τοῦ ὑφ' ἑαυτῶν ἑκάστου ἔθνους, καθ' ἅ φησιν ὁ Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ· Ὅτε διεμέριζεν ὁ Ὕψιστος ἔθνη, ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδὰμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν Ἀγγέλων Θεοῦ. Καὶ πάλιν ὁ Ἀπόστολός φησι· Σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν, οὐ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου· ἀλλὰ λα λοῦμεν Θεοῦ σοφίαν, ἣν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἔγνωκε. Καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ, ἄρχων τις Περ σῶν καὶ ἄρχων Ἑλλήνων ἀναγέγραπται. Λέγει γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἄγγελος· Καὶ ἐγὼ ἦλθον ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου. Καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῆς βασιλείας Περσῶν εἱστήκει ἐξεναντίας μου. Καὶ ἰδοὺ Μιχαὴλ, εἷς τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν πρώτων, ἦλθε βοηθῆσαί μοι, καὶ αὐτὸν κατέλιπον ἐκεῖ, μετὰ τοῦ ἄρχοντος βασιλείας Περσῶν.
English
For that one thinks himself a great mind and imagines that he surveys lofty things, and he threatens to make the whole inhabited world his own—he who did not even decline to answer the Lord when he asked, "From where have you come?" saying, "I have gone around the earth under the sun and walked about under heaven, and I am here." This one dared even to show the Lord the kingdoms of the earth of all creation and to say, "All these things are mine; now therefore, if you fall down and worship me, I will give them to you." Perhaps, then, the word hints at the king of the Assyrians, the ruler of this age; for the Lord also names a ruler of this age, saying, "Now the ruler of this world will be cast out." And a little later: "I will no longer speak many things with you; for the ruler of the world is coming, and in me he has nothing." Since there are many rulers—certain ethnarchs, appointed for the guard and preservation of each nation under them—as Moses says in the song: "When the Most High divided the nations, as he scattered the sons of Adam, he set the boundaries of the nations according to the number of the angels of God." And again the Apostle says: "But we speak wisdom, not of this age, nor of the rulers of this age; but we speak God's wisdom, which none of the rulers of this age has known." And again in Daniel, a certain ruler of the Persians and a ruler of the Greeks is recorded. For the Angel says to him: "And I came in your words. And the ruler of the kingdom of the Persians stood opposite me. And behold, Michael, one of the first rulers, came to help me, and I left him there, with the ruler of the kingdom of the Persians.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:334 · narrative
Source
Καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα· Καὶ ἐγὼ ἐξεπορευόμην (φησὶ) καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἤρχετο. Μήποτε οὖν ἐὰν ᾖ ταῦτα ἐκ προσώπου διαβόλου λεγόμενα, ἡ ὑπερηφανία αὐτοῦ οὐ κατὰ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ κατὰ νοητῶν ἤ τινων δυ νάμεων γινομένη. Μὴ δοξασθήσεται ἀξίνη ἄνευ τοῦ κόπτοντος ἐν αὐτῇ; ἢ ὑψωθήσεται πρίων ἄνευ τοῦ ἕλκοντος αὐτόν; ὡσαύ τως ἄν τις ἄρῃ ῥάβδον, ἢ ξύλον. Ἐλεγκτικὸς τῆς ὑπερηφανίας τοῦ ἄρχοντος τῶν Ἀσσυρίων ὁ λόγος. Τί φρονεῖς ἐπὶ σεαυτῷ, ὡς κόπτοντι ἔθνη καὶ καθαιροῦντι τὰς δυναστείας τῶν πόλεων; Ἢ οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἡ ἀξίνη μέγα φρονοίη, ὡς τὰ ὑπέρογκα τῶν δένδρων εἰς γῆν καταβάλλουσα, καὶ ὁ πρίων, ὡς τὰ συνεστῶτα καὶ ἡνω μένα τῶν ξύλων διαιρῶν. Ἀλλ' οὔτε ἡ ἀξίνη ἄνευ τῶν χειρῶν κόπτει, οὔτε ὁ πρίων ἄνευ τοῦ ἕλκοντος αὐτὸν καὶ εἰς χρείαν τινὰ τεχνικῶς καθαιροῦντος τὰ ξύλα, δύναται πρίζειν. Ἐπαινετὸς δὲ εἴπερ ἄρα ὁ τῇ ἀξίνῃ κεχρημένος, καὶ ὁ τὸν πρίονα ἕλκων ἐπιστημόνως. Οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸ ξύλον, ὃ εἰς σκῆπτρον μετεσχηματίσθη, τὴν τοῦ κρατεῖν, ἀξίαν ὀφείλει καρποῦσθαι, ἀλλ' ὁ ταῦτα μεταχειριζόμενος, εἰς σύμβολον τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῷ δυναστείας. Οὕτως οὖν κἀγώ σε παρέλαβον εἰς τὴν τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος κόλασιν· εἰς ἀξίνην καὶ πρίονα τῇ ὠμότητί σου συγχρώμενος, εἰς τὴν δικαίαν τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐνεργουμένην παίδευσιν.
English
And after a little: "And I went forth," he says, "and the ruler of the Greeks came." Perhaps, then, if these things are spoken from the person of the devil, his pride is directed not against men but against intelligences or certain powers. "Shall the axe be glorified without the one who cuts with it? Or shall the saw be exalted without the one who draws it?" Likewise, as one might take up a rod, or a piece of wood. The argument is convicting of the pride of the ruler of the Assyrians. Why do you think highly of yourself, as though you cut down nations and bring down the dominions of cities? For in this way the axe too would be proud, as it casts the towering trees to the ground, and the saw, as it divides the joined and united pieces of wood. But neither does the axe cut without the hands, nor can the saw saw without the one who draws it and skillfully prepares the wood for some use. And praiseworthy, if anything, is the one who uses the axe, and the one who draws the saw knowledgeably. So neither should the wood, which was transformed into a scepter, reap the honor of ruling, but rather the one who handles these things, as a symbol of the dominion that belongs to him. So then I too took you up for the punishment of the people that has sinned, employing you in your cruelty as an axe and a saw, for the just discipline of the people, worked out for their benefit.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:335 · narrative
Source
Ὡς οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων οἱ δήμιοι ἐπὶ τῷ κολάζειν τεταγμένοι οὐχὶ κύριοι τιμωρίας εἰσὶν, οὐδὲ τῇ ἑαυτῶν ἰσχύϊ ἢ ἐξουσίᾳ τι ποι οῦσιν, ἀλλ' ἅπερ ἂν αὐτοῖς παρὰ τῶν νόμων ἐπιτραπῇ, οὕτω καὶ Ἀσσύριοι, οὐκ ἰσχυρὸν ἔθνος, οὐδὲ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ ἐνεργεῖν τι δυνάμενον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ ἐνδεδομένον αὐτῷ μέτρον παρὰ τοῦ θεραπευτοῦ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων, ταῖς ἐπὶ τὸ κακοῦν κέχρηται ἐνεργείαις. Καὶ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ' ἀποστελεῖ Κύριος Σαβαὼθ εἰς τὴν σὴν τιμὴν ἀτιμίαν, καὶ εἰς τὴν σὴν δόξαν πῦρ καιόμενον καυθήσεται. Καὶ ἔσται τὸ φῶς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ εἰς πῦρ καὶ ἁγιάσει αὐτὸν ἐν πυρὶ καιομένῳ καὶ φάγεται, ὡσεὶ χόρτον τὴν ὕλην. Αὕτη ἡ ἀντιμισθία τῆς ἀλόγου ὑπερηφανίας. Ἐπειδὴ νοῦν μέγαν ἑαυτὸν ἀποσεμνύνων ἔλεγες καὶ τῷ ὕψει τῆς δόξης τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπηγάλλου, Ἀποστελεῖ Κύριος ἀτι μίαν εἰς τὴν σὴν τιμὴν, πῦρ δὲ εἰς τὴν δόξαν σου. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι ἠπείλεις ὅρια ἐθνῶν καὶ σείειν πόλεις κατοικουμένας καὶ καταλήψεσθαι τὴν ὅλην οἰκουμένην ὡς νοσσιὰν καὶ ὡς ὠὰ ἐγκαταλελειμμένα αἴρειν, μηδενὸς δια φεύγοντος, μηδὲ τοῦ ἀντιλέγοντος ὄντος, διὰ τοῦτο Πῦρ και όμενον καυθήσεται καὶ ἔσται τὸ φῶς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ εἰς πῦρ. Περιστραφήσεται (φησὶ) τῶν πραγμάτων ἡ κατάστασις, καὶ ἐν λαμπρότητι (φησὶν) ἔσται ὁ Ἰσραὴλ (ὁ νῦν τεταπεινωμένος καὶ σοὶ παραδεδομένος διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν εἰς κόλασιν). Ἡ οὖν ἐκείνου περιφάνεια εἰς ἀφανισμόν σοι γενήσεται. Εσται γὰρ (φησὶ) τὸ φῶς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ εἰς πῦρ.
English
Just as, then, in courts of justice the executioners appointed to punish are not masters of the punishment, nor do they do anything by their own strength or authority, but only what has been entrusted to them by the laws, so too the Assyrians, a nation not strong nor able to do anything of itself, but according to the measure given to it by him who serves the cause of those who have sinned, have employed their energies for doing harm. And not so, but the Lord of Hosts will send dishonor upon your honor, and a burning fire shall be kindled against your glory. And the light of Israel shall become a fire, and he shall sanctify him in a burning fire, and it shall devour the forest like grass. This is the recompense of irrational pride. Since, exalting yourself as a great mind, you said, and boasted in the height of the glory of your eyes, the Lord will send dishonor upon your honor, and fire upon your glory. For since you threatened to take away the boundaries of nations and to shake inhabited cities and to seize the whole world as a nest and to carry off eggs that have been left behind, with no one escaping, nor any who contradicts, therefore a burning fire shall be kindled, and the light of Israel shall become a fire. The state of affairs (he says) shall be overturned, and Israel (he says) shall be in splendor—the one now humbled and handed over to you for punishment because of sin. His conspicuousness, then, shall become your destruction. For (he says) the light of Israel shall become a fire.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:336 · narrative
Source
Καὶ δύο ἐνεργειῶν οὐσῶν περὶ τὸ πῦρ (τῆς τε φωτιστικῆς καὶ τῆς καυστικῆς) τὸ μὲν γλυκὺ καὶ χαρίεν τοῦ πυρὸς τῷ Ἰσραὴλ παραμενεῖ, φωτίζον αὐτὸν καὶ περιλάμπον· τὸ δὲ πικρὸν καὶ κατώδυνον, ἐπὶ τὸν ὑπερήφανον καταμερισθήσεται, καῖον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπαραμυθήτῳ πόνῳ διὰ τῆς καύσεως πα ραδιδοῦν. Καὶ ἁγιάσει αὐτὸν ἐν πυρὶ καιομένῳ καὶ φάγεται ὡσεὶ χόρτον τὴν ὕλην. Δείκνυσι τὴν φύσιν τοῦ πυρὸς, ὅτι καθαρτική. Ἁγιάσει γὰρ αὐτὸν, ὡς ἐν πυρὶ καιομένῳ. Πῶς δὲ ἁγιάζει τὸ πῦρ; Ἐπειδὰν φάγῃ τὴν ὕλην, ὡς χόρτον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν Ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον ἐστὶ, καταναλώσει (δηλονότι) τὴν ὕλην καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ ὕλης ἐλθόντα πάθη, οὐ τῇ μὲν ἐν πνεύματι, ἀλλ' ἐν σαρκὶ διατριβούσῃ ψυχῇ. Ἰστέον δὲ, ὅτι οἱ ἀκριβολογούμενοι περὶ τὰ σημαινόμενα τὴν δόξαν ἀπὸ τοῦ κλέους διώρισαν· καὶ φασὶ τὴν μὲν δόξαν εἶναι τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἔπαινον, τὸ δὲ κλέος, τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔπαινον. Ὁμοίως καὶ τὴν τιμὴν διαιροῦσι, φάσκοντες τὴν μὲν ἀστείαν τινὰ εἶναι καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν σπου δαῖον πίπτειν, γέρως οὖσαν ἀξίωσιν· τὸ δὲ γέρας ἆθλον ἀρετῆς τίθενται· τὴν δέ τινα τιμὴν παρὰ τῶν τυχόντων, τοῖς οὐ πάνυ ἀποδεκτῶς γεγενημένοις ἀντίδοσιν. Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἀποσβεσθήσεται τὰ ὄρη καὶ οἱ βουνοὶ καὶ οἱ δρυμοὶ, καὶ καταφάγεται ἀπὸ ψυχῆς ἕως σαρκῶν.
English
And since there are two energies concerning fire (the illuminating and the burning), the sweet and gracious part of the fire will remain with Israel, illuminating and shining around him; but the bitter and grievous part will be apportioned to the proud man, burning him and delivering him over through the burning to inconsolable pain. And he will sanctify him in burning fire, and it will devour the material like grass. He shows the nature of fire, that it is purifying. For he will sanctify him, as in burning fire. But how does the fire sanctify? When it has devoured the material, like grass. Since, then, our God is a consuming fire, he will consume (evidently) the material and the passions that have come from material, not in the spirit, but in the soul that dwells in the flesh. But one must know that those who are precise about meanings have distinguished glory from fame; and they say that glory is the praise that comes from the many, but fame is the praise that comes from the good. Likewise they also divide honor, asserting that one kind is something refined and falls to the earnest man, being the claim of a prize; but the prize they set as the reward of virtue; and another kind of honor is a recompense from those who have obtained it, given to those who have not conducted themselves altogether acceptably. On that day the mountains and the hills and the thickets will be extinguished, and it will devour from soul even to flesh.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:337 · narrative
Source
Μετὰ τὸ ἀποστεῖλαι Κύριον Σαβαὼθ εἰς τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ ἄρχοντος τῶν Ἀσσυρίων ἀτιμίαν καὶ εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ πῦρ καιόμενον, καὶ μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὸ φῶς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ εἰς πῦρ τῷ Ἀσσυρίῳ (ἵνα ὁ μὴ ἁγιασθεὶς ἐν τῇ λαμπρότητι τοῦ φωτὸς, καθαρθῇ διὰ τῆς καύσεως τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης ἐπὶ καθάρσει, καὶ κατεσθιούσης ὡς χόρτον τὴν ἐνυπάρχουσαν ὕλην τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων) τότε λοιπὸν, ἀναλωθείσης τῆς ὕλης τῆς ἐξαπτούσης τὴν κολα στικὴν φλόγα, παυθήσεται (φησὶ) τὰ ὄρη καιόμενα καὶ οἱ βουνοὶ καὶ οἱ δρυμοὶ, καὶ λήξει τὸ πῦρ τοῦ ἐμπρησμοῦ κατεσθίον τὰ πάντα καὶ ἐπιβοσκόμενον, τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ ψυχῆς ποιούμενον, φθάνον δὲ ἕως τῶν σαρκῶν. Οὐδενὶ δὲ ἄγνωστον ἡ συνήθεια τῆς Γραφῆς, ὅτι τοὺς ἐν προτερήμασί τισι γενομένους καὶ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ πλεῖόν τι τῶν πολλῶν ἔχοντας, ὄρη εἴωθε προσαγορεύειν καὶ βουνούς· τοὺς δὲ ἀκάρπους καὶ εἰκῆ ἀλλήλοις συμπεφυρμένους, οἱονεὶ αὐτό ματόν τινα καὶ ἀτελῆ ζωὴν ἔχοντας, ἀλλ' οὐχὶ ἐκ τῆς φυτείας τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γεωργοῦ πεφυτευμένους, δρυμοὺς ὀνομάζει. Πάντων μέντοι τὸ πῦρ ἅπτεται, ἀρξάμενον ἀπὸ ψυχῆς, λῆγον δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς σάρκας. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ μέχρι ἐνθυμήσεων στάντα ἁμαρτήματα (ὁποῖόν ἐστι τὸ μοιχεῦσαι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ) ἐν ψυχῇ ἐστιν ὕλη, ἀξία τοῦ ὑπὸ πυρὸς κατα βρωθῆναι· τὰ δὲ καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἔργων φθάσαντα, νεμη θέντων τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπὶ τὰς διὰ σαρκὸς καὶ πράξεως ἐνεργείας, ταῦτα ὑπολαμβάνω ἁμαρτήματα εἶναι. Ἀρξά μενοι μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ ψυχῆς, λήγοντες δὲ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, οὐδὲ μέχρις αὐτῆς περιορίζονται οἱ πονηροὶ διαλογισμοί·
English
After the Lord Sabaoth sent dishonor in place of the honor of the ruler of the Assyrians, and a burning fire in place of his glory, and after the light of Israel became a fire for the Assyrian (so that the one not sanctified in the brightness of the light might be purified through the burning of the fire, which is worked for purification and devours like grass the underlying material of sins)—then at last, when the material that kindles the punitive flame has been consumed, the mountains that burn and the hills and the thickets will cease (he says), and the fire of the conflagration will stop devouring and feeding on all things, making its beginning from the soul and reaching as far as the flesh. And it is unknown to no one that the custom of Scripture is to call mountains and hills those who have come to be in positions of preeminence and, as far as their constitution goes, possess something more than the many; but those who are unfruitful and have grown together with one another at random, having, as it were, a life jumbled together and incomplete, and not planted from the planting of the true farmer, it calls thickets. Yet the fire touches all things, beginning from the soul and ending upon the flesh. For sins that have stopped at thoughts (such as to commit adultery in one's heart) are material in the soul, worthy to be devoured by fire; but those that have reached as far as deeds, when sins have been distributed among the activities that come through flesh and action—these I understand to be sins. For beginning from the soul, and ending in the heart, the evil reasonings are not even limited to that point.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:338 · narrative
Source
ἀλλ' ἐξέρ χονται καὶ οἱονεὶ διακύπτουσι, περῶντες τὴν σάρκα καὶ ἐκφαινόμενοι πρὸς τὰ ἔξω. Εἰ γὰρ φόνον ἐνεθυμήθη μέν τις ποιῆσαι, οὐκ ἔπραξε δὲ, οὐκ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φόνος ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας. Καὶ ὁ ἐμβλέψας γυναικὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι, μὴ φθείρας δὲ τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, μηδὲ ποιήσας τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ πόρνης μέλη, οἱονεὶ ὅριον τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἑαυτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν ἐποίησεν· ὥστε οὐκ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας τοῦ τοιούτου ὁ πονηρὸς διαλογισμός. Οὕτω καὶ περὶ κλοπῆς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν καὶ περὶ εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ φαρμακείας καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα εἴδη ἁμαρτημάτων, ὅταν μὴ στέγηται ὑπὸ τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ ὑπὸ ἀγγείου ἀραιοῦ ῥέοντα, φέρηται πρὸς τὰ ἔξω. Καὶ ἔσται ὁ φεύγων, ὡς ὁ φεύγων ἀπὸ φλογὸς καιο μένης. Καὶ οἱ καταλειφθέντες ἀπ' αὐτῶν, ἔσονται ἀριθμὸς, καὶ παιδίον γράψει αὐτούς. Μετὰ τὸν ἐμπρησμὸν, τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς, τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς καὶ τοῖς δρυμοῖς ἐγγινόμενον, τὸ εὐαρίθμητον λέγει τῶν διασωζομένων. Καὶ οὕτω δὲ (φησὶν) εἰς ἀριθμὸν εὐσημείωτον περιστήσεται αὐτῶν τὸ πλῆθος, ὥστε καὶ ὑπὸ παιδίου, μὴ πάνυ τι μηδὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀριθ μεῖν, μηδὲ γράφειν ἐμπείρως ἔχοντος, δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπο γραφῆναι. Τάχα δὲ ὁ φεύγων ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐμπρησμοῦ, τῇ μετανοίᾳ φεύγει τὸν πονηρὸν βίον, καὶ τῇ ἐπιστροφῇ τὴν κολάζουσαν σάρκα ἀποδιδράσκει. Πᾶς γὰρ ὁ μετὰ τὸ κατα ληφθῆναι ἐν ἁμαρτήμασι, συναισθόμενος ἑαυτοῦ ἀξίου ὄντος τῆς ἐν ῥάβδῳ καὶ μάστιγι ἐπιστροφῆς (φεύγων τὴν ἁμαρ τίαν, ὡς ὕλην κολάσεως) φεύγει ὡς ἀπὸ φλογὸς καιομένης.
English
But they also come forth and, as it were, lean out, passing through the flesh and appearing outwardly. For if someone conceived in his mind to commit murder but did not do it, the murder did not go out from his heart. And he who looked at a woman to desire her, but did not corrupt the temple of God, nor make the members of Christ members of a prostitute, made his heart, as it were, the boundary of his sin; so that the evil thought did not go out from the heart of such a man. Thus one can also speak about theft and about idolatry and sorcery and whatever other kinds of sins there are, when they are not contained by the body, but, as if flowing through a leaky vessel, are carried outward. And he who flees shall be as one fleeing from a burning flame. And those left from them shall be a number, and a child shall write them down. After the conflagration that comes upon the mountains and the hills and the thickets from the fire, he speaks of the fewness of those who are saved. And thus (he says) their multitude will be brought to a number easily marked out, so that even by a child—one not at all, nor in any way, experienced in counting or writing—they can be enrolled. Perhaps, then, he who flees from the conflagration flees the evil life by repentance, and by his conversion escapes the flesh that punishes. For everyone who, after being caught in sins, perceives that he is worthy of the correction that comes with rod and scourge (fleeing sin as the fuel of punishment) flees as from a burning flame.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:339 · narrative
Source
Καὶ τότε οἱ καταλειφθέντες ἔσονται ἀριθμὸς, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ εὐαρίθμητον (ὡς ἀποδεδώκαμεν) ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ λοιπὸν ἄξιοι εἶναι εἰς ἀριθμὸν ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι Ὡς ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν Ἀριθμῶν εὑρήκαμεν, παιδία καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ γέροντας, ὅσοι τὴν ἄχρηστον ἐν πολέμοις ἔχουσιν ἡλικίαν, καὶ τὸν ἐπίμικτον (ὡς ἀλλότριον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ) ἔξω ἀφιεμένους τοῦ ἀριθμεῖσθαι, ἀριθμουμένους δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, δυνατοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ. Καὶ οἱ πρωτότοκοι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ πάντες ἀριθμοῦνται, ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω. Ὁμοίως καὶ οἱ Λευῖται, ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω· καὶ οἱ λειτουργοῦντες ἱερεῖς ἕως πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμοῦνται. Ποῖον δὲ παιδίον γράψει τοὺς τοιούτους (οὐχ ὁ ἀνὴρ, οὐδὲ ὁ πρεσβύτης); Οὐδεὶς ἀντερεῖ, τοὺς προεστῶτας ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλη σίᾳ, διὰ τὸ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ διάγειν καὶ διὰ τὸ πιστεύεσθαι παρὰ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα, ὧν οὐδεὶς μάρτυς, εἰ μὴ ὁ τὰ κρυπτὰ ἑκάστου διερευνώμενος. Οὗτος γράψει τοὺς τοιούτους, οἱονεὶ ἐξαλειφθέντας διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, πάλιν ἐγγράψει τοὺς τὸν ἐμπρησμὸν φυγόντας καὶ τὴν διὰ τῆς μετανοίας κάθαρσιν, οἱονεὶ πῦρ ἀναλωτικὸν τῆς ἐνυπαρχούσης ὕλης τῶν κακῶν, δεξαμένους· γράφει τοὺς τοιούτους. Ἢ τάχα (ἐπειδὴ ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς γράφονται, καὶ τοῖς δι καίοις συνεγγράφονται, οἱ ἄξιοι τοῦ ἀριθμεῖσθαι παρὰ τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ Ὑψίστου) ἄξιόν ἐστι νοῆσαι γραφέα τῶν σωζο μένων, συναναλαμβάνοντα τοῖς δικαίοις, καὶ ἐγκατατάσσοντα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἐπιστρεφόντων ἀπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν ἔργων ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Χαίρετε γὰρ (φησὶν) ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
English
And then those who are left shall be a number, not only because they are easily numbered (as we have set forth) but also because those who remain are worthy to be taken up into the number, as we have found in the Book of Numbers—children and women and old men, as many as have an age useless in wars, and the mixed multitude (as alien to Israel) left outside the numbering, while those from twenty years old and upward, mighty in war, are numbered. And all the firstborn of Israel are numbered, from a month old and upward. Likewise also the Levites, from a month old and upward; and the priests who minister are numbered up to fifty years. But what child will write down such as these (not the man, nor the elder)? No one will deny that it is the overseers in the Church, because they live in guilelessness and because those who have sinned entrust to them their secrets, of which no one is a witness except the one who searches out the hidden things of each. This one will write down such as these; those who have been, as it were, blotted out through sin, he will again enroll—those who have escaped the conflagration and the purification through repentance, having received, as it were, a fire that consumes the underlying matter of evils; he writes down such as these. Or perhaps (since they are written in the book of life, and are enrolled together with the righteous—those worthy to be numbered by the right hand of the Most High) it is worthy to understand the writer of those being saved as one who takes them up together with the righteous and ranks the names of those who turn back from evil works in the book of the heavens. For rejoice (he says) because your names have been written in the heavens.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:340 · narrative
Source
Ποῖον οὖν παιδίον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς γράφειν τὰ ὀνόματα δύναται τῶν εὐδοκίμων, ἢ περὶ οὗ ἐλέχθη, ὅτι Παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, Υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν; Ἐκεῖνο, τὸ Παιδίον, ὃ οἱ Μάγοι προσεκύνησαν· ἐκεῖνο, ὃ κατῆλθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐπανῆλθε πάλιν εἰς τὴν γῆν Ἰσραήλ. Πολλῶν οὖν ἐπινοιῶν οὐσῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἕν ἐστι τῶν κατ' αὐτὸν νοουμένων, καὶ τὸ Παιδίον, ὃ γράψει τοὺς προσερχομένους διὰ τῆς με τανοίας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνώσει. Καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, οὐκέτι προστεθήσε ται τὸ καταλειφθὲν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ οἱ σωθέντες τοῦ Ἰακὼβ οὐκέτι μὴ πεποιθότες ὦσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀδικήσαντας αὐτοὺς, ἀλλ' ἔσονται πεποιθότες ἐπὶ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν Ἅγιον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. Καὶ ἔσται τὸ καταλειφθὲν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἐπὶ Θεὸν ἰσχύοντα. Σαφῶς ταῦτα ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀφισταμένους τῆς πονηρᾶς ἐργασίας καὶ μετατιθέντας ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἐλπίδα, τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχει. Προστιθέμεθα δὲ οἱ ἁμαρ τάνοντες τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ πεποίθαμεν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀδι κοῦσιν ἡμᾶς. Πονηρός τις περιέρχεται δαιμόνων στρατὸς, διὰ τῶν τῆς ἡδονῆς δελεασμάτων τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν κατα στρεφόμενος. Τούτοις προστιθέντες, ὥσπερ παῖδες ἀνόητοι τοῖς ἀνδραποδισταῖς, οἳ πολλάκις παίγνιά τινα παιδικὰ προδείξαντες ἐξηπάτησαν τοὺς παῖδας, καὶ πόῤῥω ποιή σαντες τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῶν πατρικῶν, διὰ τῆς ἐν ὀλίγῳ τέρ ψεως πικρὰν αὐτοῖς κατεσκεύασαν δουλείαν. Προστιθέντες οὖν κἀκεῖνοι τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι· καὶ ἡμεῖς, τῷ δελεάσματι τῆς ἡδονῆς προσέχοντες, μακρύνομεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ Θεοῦ καὶ τῇ βαρείᾳ τυραννίδι τοῦ ἀπαραιτήτου δαίμονος ἑαυτοὺς ὑποβάλλομεν·
English
What child, then, in the heavens is able to write the names of the approved, or of whom it was said, "A child is born to us, and a Son is given to us"? That Child, whom the Magi worshiped; that Child, who went down into Egypt and returned again to the land of Israel. Since, therefore, there are many conceptions of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, one of the things understood concerning him is also the Child, who will write those who draw near through repentance in the knowledge of God. And it shall be in that day, the remnant of Israel shall no longer be added, and those saved of Jacob shall no longer trust in those who wronged them, but they shall trust in God, the Holy One of Israel, in truth. And the remnant of Jacob shall be upon God who strengthens. Clearly these things have their reference to those who depart from evil works and transfer their hope to the living God. But we who sin are added to the enemies, and we have trusted in those who wrong us. Some evil army of demons goes about, overthrowing our souls through the enticements of pleasure. Added to these, like foolish children to slave-dealers, who often, having first displayed certain childish playthings, have deceived the children, and having removed them far from their father's eyes, through brief delight prepared bitter slavery for them. So those also are added to those who wrong; and we, attending to the enticement of pleasure, remove ourselves far from God and subject ourselves to the heavy tyranny of the inexorable demon.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:341 · narrative
Source
ὃς, ἐπειδὴ κατάκριτός ἐστι τῷ αἰωνίῳ πυρὶ, πολλοὺς φιλονεικεῖ ἔχειν τοὺς συγκαταδικαζομένους αὐτῷ. Περὶ οὖν τῶν μετανοούντων φησὶν, ὅτι οὐκέτι προστεθή σονται οἱ καταλειφθέντες καὶ οἱ σωθέντες, οὐδὲ μὴ ἐπελ πίσωσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀδικήσαντας, ἀλλ' ἔσονται πεποιθότες ἐπὶ τὸν Θεὸν τὸν Ἅγιον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. Μακάριος, ὁ πάσης ἐλπίδος τῶν κατὰ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἑαυτὸν ἀποστήσας καὶ μόνην ἔχων ἑαυτοῦ ἐλπίδα τὸν Θεόν· Ὡς γὰρ Ἐπικατάρατος ἄνθρωπος, ὃς τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἐπ' ἄνθρωπον, οὕτως εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐπιστηριζόμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ. Μὴ μέν τοι ἀργῶς παραδράμῃς τὴν προσθήκην· Ἔσονται γὰρ (φησὶ) πεποιθότες ἐπὶ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν Ἅγιον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπιδέχεται ἐπαμφοτερισμὸν ἡ εἰς Θεὸν ἐλπὶς, οὐδὲ καταδέχεται ὁ Κύριος ὁλόκληρον τὴν παρ' ἑαυτοῦ παρέχειν βοήθειαν τῷ ποτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ χρήμασιν ἠλπικότι καὶ δόξῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ καὶ δυνάμει τῇ κατὰ κόσμον, ποτὲ δὲ αὐτὸν ὡς ἐλπίδα ἑαυτοῦ προβαλλομένῳ· ἀλλὰ δεῖ ἀληθινῶς ἐπανα παύεσθαι τῇ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ βοηθείᾳ. Καὶ ἔσται (φησὶ) τὸ καταλειφθὲν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἐπὶ Θεὸν ἰσχύοντα. Σαφῶς ταῦτα ἐπὶ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ὠνομασμένον Λεῖμμα κατ' ἐκλο γὴν χάριτος τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχει, ὡς δηλοῖ τὰ ἐφεξῆς. Καὶ ἐὰν γένηται ὁ λαὸς Ἰσραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ κατάλειμμα αὐτῶν σωθήσεται. Λόγον γὰρ συντελῶν καὶ συντέμνων ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ὅτι λόγον συντετμημένον ποιήσει Κύριος, ἐν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ὅλῃ. Ὀλίγας λέξεις μετατιθεὶς, τούτῳ τῷ ῥητῷ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους Ἐπιστολῇ ὁ Ἀπόστολος συνεχρήσατο.
English
who, since he is condemned to eternal fire, strives contentiously to have many share his condemnation. Concerning those, then, who repent, he says that those who are left and those who are saved shall no longer be added, nor shall they ever again set their hopes upon those who did wrong, but they shall be trusting in God, the Holy One of Israel, in truth. Blessed is he who has removed himself from every hope of the things of this world and has God alone as his hope. For as "Cursed is the man who has his hope in man," so blessed is he who is established in the Lord. Do not, however, pass over the addition idly; for they shall be, he says, trusting in God, the Holy One of Israel, in truth. For hope in God does not admit of wavering, nor does the Lord consent to provide the whole of his help to one who has sometimes hoped in wealth and human glory and worldly power, and sometimes puts himself forward as his own hope; but one must truly rest upon the help that comes from God. And the remnant of Jacob shall be, he says, upon God who is strong. These things clearly refer to what the Apostle calls the remnant according to the election of grace, as what follows makes plain. And if the people of Israel become as the sand of the sea, their remnant shall be saved. For he is completing and cutting short a word in righteousness, because the Lord will make a shortened word in the whole inhabited world. Changing a few words, the Apostle made use of this saying in the Epistle to the Romans.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:342 · narrative
Source
Ἐὰδέ τις ἐπιζητῇ τὴν αἰτίαν, δι' ἣν τὰ μὲν παρῆκε, τὰ δὲ ἐνήλλαξεν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, ἐκεῖνο γινωσκέτω, ὅτι, Ἑβραῖος ὤν, οὐκ ἐδούλευσε ταῖς ἐκδόσεσιν, αἷς ἡμεῖς συγκεχρήμεθα· ἀλλ' ἑρμηνεύσας τὸ ῥητὸν, ὡς αὐτῷ παρέστη, οὕτως ἐκδέδωκε. Καὶ γὰρ φαίνονται καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι μᾶλλον συνδραμόντες τῇ ἀποστολικῇ διηγήσει. Ἡ μέντοι διάνοια τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοιαύτη ἐστίν· Ἄνω εἴρηται, ὅτι καὶ παιδίον γράψει τοὺς διασωζομένους ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Ἐνταῦθα μηδεὶς θαυμαζέτω (φησὶν) εἰ εἰς ὀλίγους περιστήσεται ὁ τοσοῦτος ἀριθμὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Μὴ πρόσεχε τῷ πλήθει τῶν ὀνομαζομένων θεοσεβῶν· ἐπεὶ πολλοῖς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὀλίγοις δὲ ἡ τῶν ἔργων μαρτυρία βεβαιοῖ τὴν προσηγορίαν. Ἐὰν γένηται ὁ λαὸς Ἰσραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ κατάλειμμα αὐτῶν σωθήσεται. Εἴρηται μὲν περὶ τοῦ προτέρου λαοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ πλήθει ἐστὶν ἡ σωτηρία, ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ λείμματι, τῷ κατ' ἐκλογὴν χάριτος σωζομένῳ. Τίς δὲ ὁ τρόπος τῆς σωτηρίας; Ὅτι Λόγον (φησὶ) συντελῶν καὶ συντέμνων ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ. Ὁ γὰρ ὅλον τὸ χάραγμα τὸ νομικὸν καὶ τὴν προφητικὴν διάταξιν ἐν τῇ βραχυλογίᾳ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου περιλαβὼν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος τὸ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αὐτῷ ὑποδειχθὲν, οὗτος σωθήσεται. Ἀγα πήσεις γὰρ Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου καὶ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλη σίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν. Ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ Προφῆται. Ὁ οὖν συντελῶν τὸν λόγον, ὁ εἰς ἔργον ἄγων καὶ συντέμνων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱονεὶ συγκεφαλαιούμενος αὐτοῦ τὸ πλάτος ἐν ταῖς βραχυτάταις ἐντολαῖς, οὗτός ἐστι τὸ κατάλειμμα τὸ σωζόμενον.
English
If anyone asks the reason why the Apostle omitted some things and altered others, let him know this: that, being a Hebrew, he did not enslave himself to the editions which we have used, but having interpreted the saying as it seemed fitting to him, so he delivered it. For indeed the others also appear to have concurred rather with the apostolic exposition. However, the meaning of the saying is as follows: It was said above that even a child shall write down those who are saved from sin. Here let no one marvel (he says) if so great a number of Israel is reduced to a few. Do not attend to the multitude of those who are called God-fearers, since to many belongs the name of Christ, but to few does the testimony of works confirm the appellation. If the people of Israel become as the sand of the sea, the remnant of them shall be saved. It has been said concerning the former people that salvation is not in the multitude, but in the remnant, which is saved according to the election of grace. And what is the manner of salvation? That he is completing and cutting short the word in righteousness. For he who has encompassed the whole legal impress and the prophetic ordinance in the brevity of the Gospel, and who works what was shown to him by the Lord, this one shall be saved. For you shall love the Lord your God and you shall love your neighbor as yourself. In these two commandments the whole law hangs and the Prophets. Therefore he who completes the word, who brings it into action and cuts it short and, as it were, sums up its breadth in the shortest commandments, this one is the remnant that is saved.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:343 · narrative
Source
Πάντα (φησὶν) ὅσα ἂν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς. Οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ Προφῆται. Ὁρᾷς ἐν τῇ φυσικῇ ἐννοίᾳ ὅλον τὸν λόγον συντελούμενον καὶ συντεμνόμενον ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ· Ὅτι λόγον συντετμημένον ποιήσει Κύριος, τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ὅλῃ. Ὁ μέντοι Ἀπόστολος εἶπε· Ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Συμ φώνως δὲ αὐτῷ Σύμμαχος καὶ Θεοδοτίων· Ἐν μέσῳ πάσης τῆς γῆς. Τὸ γὰρ δυσπαρατήρητον τοῦ νόμου μὴ ἅψῃ, μηδὲ γεύσῃ, μηδὲ θίγῃς· αἱ περὶ ἑορτῶν διατάξεις, αἱ περὶ ἡμερῶν, αἱ περὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων, αἱ περὶ καθάρσεως, αἱ περὶ ἱλασμοῦ, πάντα συνετμήθη εἰς ἓν κεφάλαιον βραχὺ καὶ εὐπαρα τήρητον, ὡς μηδεμίαν πρόφασιν ὑπολείπεσθαι τοῖς μὴ πολι τευομένοις κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον. 11. ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ιαʹ Καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν ἐθνῶν. Τὸν ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ Χριστὸν εὐαγγελίζεται ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος. Ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τῶν πάλαι προωρισμένων καιρῶν καὶ ἐν τῷ προδιατεταγμένῳ χρόνῳ, ἔσται ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί. Ἀλλαχοῦ μὲν ῥάβδον λέγει ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης ἀνατελεῖν καὶ ἄνθος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ ἀναβήσεσθαι, τὴν ῥάβδον ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς λαμβάνων, τὸ δὲ ἄνθος, ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπεράστου καὶ πᾶσι κεχαρισμένης ἐπιδημίας. Καὶ ὅτι ἐν βραχεῖ τὴν χάριν παρασχόμενος τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως, ταχεῖαν καὶ οἱονεὶ παροδικὴν ποιεῖται τὴν ἐπιδημίαν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ ῥίζαν λέγει τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ ἔσεσθαι. Πρόσχες τῷ Ἔσται· οὐχί φησι δόξει· οὐδὲ δόξει εἶναι, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν. Ἔσται. Οὐ γὰρ φαντασίᾳ, οὐδὲ οἰήσει τὴν σάρκα, ἀλλ' αὐτῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀνέ λαβεν.
English
All things (he says) whatsoever you wish that men should do to you, do you also to them in the same way. For this is the law and the prophets." You see the whole word accomplished and summed up in natural understanding and in righteousness: "For the Lord will make a shortened word in all the world." The Apostle, however, said: "The Lord will make it on the earth." And Symmachus and Theodotion agree with him: "In the midst of all the earth." For the hard-to-observe parts of the law—"do not touch, do not taste, do not handle"—the ordinances concerning feasts, concerning days, concerning whole burnt offerings, concerning purification, concerning atonement, all were summed up into one short and easily observed chapter, so that no pretext is left for those who do not live according to the Gospel. 11. CHAPTER 11 And it shall be in that day the root of Jesse, and he who rises to rule the nations. The word proclaims to us the Christ from the seed of David. For in that day, that is, in the times long ago foreordained and in the preappointed time, the root of Jesse shall be. Elsewhere he says that a rod shall spring from the root, and a flower shall come up from the root of Jesse, taking the rod to mean the rule, and the flower the beloved and pleasing-to-all visitation. And that, having provided the grace of the incarnation in a brief time, he makes his visitation swift and, as it were, passing. But here he says that the root of Jesse shall be. Attend to "shall be": he does not say "shall seem," nor "shall seem to be," but according to truth, "shall be." For not in appearance, nor in imagination did he take the flesh, but in very truth.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:344 · narrative
Source
Ἔσται οὖν ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, τουτέστι τὸ φύραμα τῆς σαρκὸς τὸ ἀπὸ Ἰεσσαὶ, ἔσται κατὰ ἀλήθειαν καὶ ὑποστή σεται. Καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος αὐτὸς καὶ ῥίζα καὶ ἀνιστάμενος. Ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ὅτι ἐκ βασιλικῆς διαδοχῆς ἡ θεοφόρος σὰρξ προσελήφθη. Ὁ δὲ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν ἐθνῶν. Διὰ τοῦτο τὰ ἔθνη ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἤλπισεν, ὡς δῆλον ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἐκκλησίας. Ἀναστὰς γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἦρξε τῶνἐθνῶν, καταλιπὼν τὸν φονέα λαόν· ἐκείνοις μὲν γὰρ τὸν θάνατον περιαφῆκε, τοῖς δὲ ἔθνεσι τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐχαρίσατο· διότι οἱ μὲν ἔκραζον Σταυρωθήτω, καὶ Τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν· οἱ δὲ ἐδέξαντο τὸν Ἐσταυ ρωμένον καὶ τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ ἐλυτρώθησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου. Καὶ ἔσται (φησὶν) ἡ ἀνάπαυσις αὐτοῦ τιμή. Αὕτη ἡ Χριστοῦ ἀνάπαυσις, ἡ τιμὴ τῶν τιμώντων αὐτὸν ὡς Λόγον Θεοῦ καὶ σοφίαν Θεοῦ καὶ δύναμιν. Ὁ ἀναπαύων τὸν Χριστὸν ὁμολογεῖ αὐτοῦ τὴν πρὸς τὸν γεγεννηκότα αὐτὸν ὁμοτιμίαν, τῆς ἀξίας τὴν κοινωνίαν· τῆς φύσεως τὴν ἐξ ἀϊδίου ὕπαρξιν. Οἱ δὲ μεριμνῶντες τί τῶν πρὸς ἀτιμίαν ῥη μάτων ἐξεύρωσιν, οὐ τὰ πρὸς ἀνάπαυσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ φθέγ γονται. Δύναται μέντοιγε ἡ ἀνάπαυσις λαμβάνεσθαι, μὴ μόνον ἣν αὐτὸς ἀναπαύεται παρὰ τῶν δοξαζόντων αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἣν ἀναπαύσει τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτὸν, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ὅτι ἐγὼ τοὺς ἐμὲ ἀγαπῶντας δοξάζω. Ἔστι γὰρ ἡ ἀνάπαυσις, ἣν ἀναπαύσει ὁ Κύριος, τιμὴ, ἥτις μετὰ τὴν δικαιοκρισίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὴν τῶν πεπραγμένων ἀξίαν διανεμηθήσεται. Τιμήσει γὰρ τοὺς μὲν
English
Therefore the root of Jesse will be—that is, the lump of flesh from Jesse—it will be truly, and will subsist. And he who rises is himself both root and he who rises. Root of Jesse, because the God-bearing flesh was taken from the royal succession. And he who rises to rule the nations. For this reason the nations hoped in him, as is clear from the Church of Christ among the nations. For having risen from the dead, he began to rule the nations, leaving behind the murderous people; for to them he fastened death, but to the nations he granted the resurrection as a gift; because they cried out, "Let him be crucified," and "His blood be on us and on our children"; but the others received the Crucified One and were redeemed from death by his blood. And his rest (he says) will be honor. This is the rest of Christ—the honor of those who honor him as the Word of God and the wisdom of God and the power. He who gives rest to Christ confesses his equality of honor with the one who begot him, the communion of worth, the existence of his nature from eternity. But those who are anxious about what words of dishonor they may invent do not speak what contributes to the rest of Christ. However, the rest can be understood not only as that in which the Lord himself rests among those who glorify him, but also as that in which he will give rest to those who love him, according to what is written: "I glorify those who love me." For the rest which the Lord will give is honor, which after the righteous judgment of God will be distributed according to the worth of what has been done. For he will honor those who
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:345 · narrative
Source
μείζοσι τιμαῖς, τοὺς δὲ ὑποδεεστέραις, ἐπειδὴ ἀστὴρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ πολλαὶ μοναὶ παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, τοὺς μὲν ἐν ὑπερεχούσαις καὶ ὑψηλοτέραις καταστάσεσι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ὑποδεεστέραις ἀναπαύσει. Πάντες μέντοι διὰ τιμῆς τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν ἕξουσιν. Καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, προσθήσει Κύριος τοῦ δεῖξαι τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ. Χεὶρ Κυρίου διαφόρως ἐδείχθη καθ' ἑκάστην γενεὰν, διὰ τῶν δυναμένων χωρῆσαι τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῶν θαυμασίων. Πρότερον μὲν γὰρ τὰ τεράστια ἔδειξεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, εἶτα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· εἶτα κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυῆ χρό νους, εἶτα κατὰ τοὺς Κριτὰς, καὶ τὰ μεγάλα διακονησαμένους Προφήτας. Νῦν δὲ χεὶρ Κυρίου δείκνυσθαι λέγεται κατὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν θεραπεύοντος ἐν τῷ λαῷ, καὶ ποιοῦντος τὰ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ κεκηρυγμένα. Ταύτην γὰρ τὴν δύναμιν προσέθηκεν ὁ Κύριος δεῖξαι, ἐπειδὴ τὰ προλαβόντα οὐκ ἐφάνη αὐτάρκη πρὸς τὸ ἐναγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν θεογνωσίαν τὸν ἀπει θοῦντα λαόν. Τοῦ ζηλῶσαι τὸ καταλειφθὲν ὑπόλοιπον τοῦ λαοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο προσθήσει τὴν χεῖρα δεῖξαι, ἵνα εἰς ζῆλον ἀγάγῃ τὸ ὑπόλοιπον τοῦ λαοῦ, ὅπερ λείψανον λέγει εἶναι ἀπὸ τῶν πο λεμίων περισωθέν. Καὶ ἀπαριθμεῖται τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πολεμη σάντων, Ἀσσυρίαν καὶ Αἴγυπτον, καὶ Βαβυλωνίαν, Αἰθίοπας καὶ Ἐλαμίτας καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ ἡλίου ἀνατολῶν, καὶ Ἄραβας. Πλήρης ἡ ἱστορία· περὶ μὲν Αἰθιόπων λέγουσα, ὅτι Ἐξῆλθε Ζαραὶ, ὁ Αἰθίοψ, ἐν δυνάμει καὶ χιλίαις χιλιάσι καὶ ἅρμασι τριακοσίοις. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ἀσὰ εἰς συνάντησιν καὶ ἐβόησε πρὸς Κύριον καὶ εἶπε·
English
with greater honors, and others with lesser, since star differs from star in glory. And since there are many mansions with the Father, some he will bring to rest in more excellent and higher states, and others in lesser ones. Yet all will have their rest through honor. And it shall be in that day, the Lord will add to show his hand. The hand of the Lord was shown in various ways in each generation, through those able to contain the working of his wonders. For formerly he showed portents in Egypt, then in the wilderness; then in the times of Joshua the son of Nun, then in the times of the Judges, and through the great Prophets who ministered. But now the hand of the Lord is said to be shown at the coming of our Savior, healing every disease and every sickness among the people, and doing the things proclaimed in the Gospel. For this power the Lord added to show, since the things that came before did not appear sufficient to lead the disobedient people to the knowledge of God. To provoke to zeal the remnant left of the people. Therefore he will add to show his hand, so that he may bring to zeal the remnant of the people, which he calls a remnant preserved from the enemies. And the multitude of those who warred is enumerated: Assyria and Egypt, and Babylonia, the Ethiopians and Elamites and those from the rising of the sun, and the Arabians. The history is full; speaking concerning the Ethiopians, that Zerah the Ethiopian went out in power with a thousand thousands and three hundred chariots. And Asa went out to meet him and cried to the Lord and said:
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:346 · narrative
Source
Κύριε, οὐκ ἀδυνατεῖ παρὰ σοὶ σώζειν ἐν πολλοῖς καὶ ἐν ὀλίγοις. Κατίσχυσον ἡμᾶς, Κύριε, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐπὶ σοὶ πεποίθαμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἤλθομεν ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος τὸ πολὺ τοῦτο. Κύριε, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, μὴ κατισχυσάτω πρὸς σὲ ἄνθρωπος. Ἀσσύριοι δὲ ἦσαν οἱ αἰχμαλωτεύσαντες, καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι οἱ ἐξ ἀρχῆς καταδουλωσάμενοι, καὶ Ναβουχοδονόσορ ἀπὸ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας. Ἐλαμῖται δέ εἰσι τὸ γένος τῶν Παρθυναίων, ὃ, μετὰ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Μεσο ποταμίας Συρίας, πολλάκις ἐπέθετο τῷ Ἰσραήλ. Ἄραβες δὲ, ἔθνος πολέμιον, πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἐκπολεμώμενον τῷ Ἰσραήλ. Πάντων οὖν τούτων πολεμούντων τῷ εὐγενεῖ σπέρματι, οἱ μὲν ἡττῶνται, οἱ δὲ περιγίνονται· Καὶ διὰ τὸ περιγενέσθαι καὶ ἐν πολλοῖς πόνοις γεγυμνάσθαι, οἷόν τι ἆθλον λαμβάνουσι τὴν προσθήκην θεωρῆσαι τῆς δεικνυμένης χειρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ. Διὸ καὶ ζηλωτοὶ ἔσονται μετὰ τὰς ἀριστείας καὶ τοὺς πό νους. Καὶ ἀρεῖ (φησὶ) σημεῖον εἰς τὰ ἔθνη καὶ συνάξει τοὺς ἀπολομένους Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ τοὺς διεσπαρμένους τοῦ Ἰούδα συνάξει ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων πτερύγων τῆς γῆς. Ἡ οὖν ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ, ὁ Ἀναστὰς ἐπὶ τῷ ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν, οὗτος ἀρεῖ σημεῖον εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, ἵνα συναχθῶσιν οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Ἦλθε γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός. Τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ σημεῖον, ὃ ἦρεν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, τὸ ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις λεγόμενον· Ὄψονται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὅπερ φήσεις εἶναι τὸν Σταυρὸν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δι' οὗ τοῖς Ἁγίοις ὁ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, καὶ αὐτοὶ τῷ κόσμῳ· ἐν ᾧ καὶ λέγει τοῦ σημείου τὴν δύναμιν.
English
Lord, it is not impossible with you to save by many or by few. Strengthen us, Lord our God, for we have trusted in you, and in your name we have come against this great multitude. Lord our God, let not man prevail against you. Now the Assyrians were those who took them captive, and the Egyptians those who enslaved them from the beginning, and Nebuchadnezzar from Babylonia. The Elamites are the race of the Parthians, which, together with those from Mesopotamia of Syria, often attacked Israel. And the Arabians are a hostile nation, at war with Israel all the time. So when all these were warring against the noble seed, some are defeated and others prevail; and because they prevail and have been exercised in many labors, they receive as a kind of prize the addition of seeing the hand of God that is shown forth. Therefore they will also be envied after their exploits and labors. And he will lift up (it says) a sign to the nations, and he will gather the lost of Israel, and he will gather the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth. The root of Jesse, then, the one who arose to rule the nations, he will lift up a sign to the nations, so that the lost of Israel may be gathered. For the Son of Man came to seek and to save what was lost. And this is the sign that he lifted up to the nations, the one spoken of in the Gospels: They will see the sign of the Son of Man, which you will say is the Cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, through which the world has been crucified to the saints, and they to the world; in which he also speaks of the power of the sign.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:347 · narrative
Source
Διὰ τί διὰ σταυροῦ ἡ οἰκονομία τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ἐτελέσθη; Ἵνα ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων πτερύγων τῆς γῆς συναχθῶσιν οἱ σωζόμενοι. Τετραχῆ γὰρ διαιρεῖται τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ μέρη, ὥστε ἕκαστον ἀπονεύειν πρὸς τὰ τέσσαρα μέρη τοῦ κόσμου. Εἴτε οὖν ἵνα πάντα τὰ μέρη διὰ τῶν μερῶν τοῦ σταυροῦ οἰκονομηθῇ πρὸς σωτηρίαν, διὰ τοῦτο προετιμήθη ὁ διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ θάνατος· ἢ ὅτι, πρὸ τοῦ ξυλίνου σταυροῦ νοητός τις τῷ κόσμῳ παντὶ συνεσταύρωται, τῶν τεσσάρων μερῶν τοῦ παντὸς εἰς τὸ μέσον συναπτομένων, καὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ δυνάμεως πρὸς τὰ τέσσαρα μέρη περατουμένης. Ἀρθέντος οὖν τοῦ σημείου τούτου, συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀπολόμενοι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ οἱ διεσκορπισμένοι τοῦ Ἰούδα συναχθήσονται ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων πτερύγων τῆς γῆς. Τούτου ἀρθέντος τοῦ σημείου (ἔχοντος δύναμιν καθαιρετικὴν ἀρχῶν καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, ἅστινας ἐθριάμβευσεν ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ, ἀπεκδυσάμενος αὐτὰς καὶ οἱονεὶ ἀποῤῥίψας ὃ εἴχομεν ἀπ' αὐτῶν ὑφασμένον ἡμῖν ἔνδυμα) ἐξεδύσατο τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παῤῥησίᾳ, θριαμβεύσας ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ. Διὰ τοῦτο Παῦλος, ἐκ τῶν ἀπολωλότων τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ διεσκορπισμένων τοῦ Ἰούδα ὑπάρχων, νοήσας τὸ ἀρθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη σημεῖον, προσέδραμε τῷ σταυρῷ, καὶ ἔλεγεν· Ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ἀκολουθεῖ δὲ τῷ συναχθῆναι τοὺς ἀπολομένους τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ (οἵτινες ἐβασιλεύοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἐφραῒμ) καὶ τοὺς διεσπαρμένους τοῦ Ἰούδα (οἵτινες ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ ἐπολιτεύοντο) τὸ μηκέτι εἶναι ζῆλον τοῦ Ἐφραῒμ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰούδα, μηδὲ ἀνύειν ἔτι τοὺς τοῦ Ἰούδαἐχθρούς·
English
Why was the economy of the incarnation accomplished through the cross? So that those who are saved might be gathered from the four corners of the earth. For the parts of the cross are divided fourfold, so that each part inclines toward the four regions of the world. Either, then, it was so that all the parts might be ordered to salvation through the parts of the cross, and for this reason the death through the cross was preferred; or because, before the wooden cross, a certain intelligible cross was fixed together with the whole world, the four parts of the universe being joined into the middle, and the power in the middle reaching out to the four parts. When this sign is taken up, therefore, those of Israel who were lost will be gathered, and those of Judah who were scattered will be gathered from the four corners of the earth. When this sign is taken up (having power to overthrow principalities and powers, which he triumphed over on the tree, having disarmed them and, as it were, cast off the garment that had been woven for us from them), he stripped off the principalities and the powers and made a public display of them with boldness, triumphing over them on the tree. For this reason Paul, being one of the lost of Israel and the scattered of Judah, understanding the sign taken up by Jesus to the Gentiles, ran to the cross and said: But far be it from me to boast, except in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ. And there follows upon the gathering of those of Israel who were lost (who were ruled by Ephraim) and of those of Judah who were dispersed (who were governed by those of the seed of David) that there is no longer jealousy of Ephraim against Judah, nor do the enemies of Judah prevail any longer.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:348 · narrative
Source
μετὰ γὰρ τὸ ἀρθῆναι τὸ σημεῖον, καὶ συναχθῆναι τοὺς ἀπολομένους τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ (ὅστις λέγεται Ἐφραῒμ) συναχθῆναι δὲ καὶ τοὺς διεσκορπισμένους τοῦ Ἰούδα, Ἀφαιρεθήσεται ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ Ἐφραῒμ, καὶ οἱ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα ἀπολοῦνται. Κατάμαθε δὲ, ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ἰσραὴλ ἀπολωλέναι λέγεται, ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας διεσπάρθαι. Πλὴν ἀλλὰ τῇ κατὰ Χριστὸν συμφωνίᾳ, τοῦ εἰρηνοποιοῦντος τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ ἐν οὐ ρανῷ καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ἀποκαταλλάσσοντος, ἀναιρεῖται τὰ πάθη, τὰ πρότερον ἐκ φιλονεικίας καὶ διαστάσεως ἐνδυνα στεύοντα τῷ βίῳ. Διὰ τοῦτο οὖν Ἐφραῒμ οὐ ζηλώσει τὸν Ἰούδαν, καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας οὐκέτι θλίψει Ἐφραΐμ, ἐπεὶ ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔχθρα ἀπολεῖται. Ἔοικε γὰρ μάλιστα ὁ ζῆλος γίνεσθαι τοῦ ἐχθραίνειν ἀφορμὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς. Ζῆλος δὲ νῦν, οὐχ ἡ τῶν καλῶν μίμησις, ἀλλ' ἡ ἐπὶ ταῖς εὐπραγίαις βασκανία παρὰ τῆς Γραφῆς εἴρηται. Τότε οὖν, ἐν συμφωνίᾳ γενόμενοι, Πετασθήσονται ἐν πλοίοις ἀλλοφύλων, θάλασσαν ἅμα προνομεύσουσι. Διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης καλῶς παρέστησε τοὺς ταχυναυτοῦντας, πτερῷ παρεικάσας τὴν κίνησιν· ὅταν πλήρει τῷ ἱστίῳ, συμμέτρως τοῦ πνεύματος κατὰ πρύμναν ἱσταμένου, ὑπὲρ θαλάσσης φέρωνται. Προνομεύουσι δὲ θάλασσαν, τοῦ δράκοντος περιγινόμενοι καὶ τῶν ὑπ' αὐτῷ τελουμένων, οὓς οἱ Ἀπόστολοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας μετατιθέντες, δικαίως ἂν λέγοιντο προνομεύειν, οἱονεὶ σκῦλα ἑαυτῶν ποιούμενοι τὰ προ κατεχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ αἰχμάλωτον ἀπαγαγόντος τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Θάλασσαν δὲ ἀκουστέον νῦν τὸν τῆς κακώσεως τόπον, ὃν καὶ κοιλάδα τοῦ κλαυθμῶνος ἀλλαχοῦ μεμαθήκαμεν.
English
For after the sign has been lifted up and the lost ones of Israel (who is called Ephraim) have been gathered, and the scattered ones of Judah have also been gathered, the jealousy of Ephraim shall be taken away, and the enemies of Judah shall perish. Consider carefully that Israel is said to have been lost, but Judah to have been scattered. Nevertheless, through the harmony that is in Christ, who makes peace between things on earth and things in heaven and reconciles all things in himself, the passions are abolished—those passions that formerly, from rivalry and dissension, held power in human life. For this reason, then, Ephraim shall not be jealous of Judah, and Judah shall no longer oppress Ephraim, since the enmity between them toward one another shall perish. For jealousy seems especially to become for many the occasion of enmity. But jealousy here is not the imitation of good things, but the envy at others' prosperity, as spoken of by Scripture. Then, therefore, having come into harmony, they shall fly in ships of foreigners, and at the same time they shall plunder the sea. Through the sea he has well represented those who sail swiftly, likening their motion to a wing—when, with the sail full, the wind standing fairly at the stern, they are borne over the sea. And they plunder the sea, overcoming the dragon and those who are initiated under him; whom the Apostles of Christ, transferring them to the knowledge of the truth, would rightly be said to plunder, making as it were spoils of their own the things formerly held by the one who led man away captive. And by "sea" here one must understand the place of affliction, which elsewhere we have learned to call the valley of weeping.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:349 · narrative
Source
Πλοῖα δὲ ἀλλοφύλων λέγεται τάχα τὰ σώματα ἡμῶν, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν οἰκείως πρὸς τὴν ψυχῆς κατασκευήν. Ἡ γὰρ σὰρξ τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, ἀλλ' ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. Οὗτοι δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἰδουμαίαν προνομεύειν λέ γονται, τουτέστι τῶν γηΐνων πραγμάτων ἐπικρατεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ Μωὰβ ἐπιβάλλειν τὰς χεῖρας. Μωὰβ ἑρμηνεύεται ἐκ πατρός. Πρὸς οὖν αὐτοὺς εἴρηκεν ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ, καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν. Τούτοις τὰς ἑαυτῶν χεῖρας ἐπιβάλ λουσιν, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀγαθῆς πράξεως ὑποχειρίους αὐτοὺς λάβωσιν. Εἶτα Υἱοὶ Ἀμμὼν πρῶτοι ὑπακούσονται. Ἀμμὼν ἑρμηνεύεται, λαὸς μεθ' ἡμῶν. Τάχα πρῶτοι ὑπακούσονται τῷ λόγῳ, οἱ ἐλάττονα τὴν κακίαν ἔχοντες, παρὰ τοὺς πλείονα αὐτὴν καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον κεχυμένην ἔχοντας. Εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· Καὶ ἐρημώσει Κύριος τὴν θάλασσαν Αἰγύπτου. Ὥσπερ ὁ Ἰεζεκιὴλ Αἰγύπτου ποταμοὺς εἶναι λέγει, οὓς Φαραὼ πεποιηκέναι ἀλαζονεύεται, οὕτως ὁ Ἡσαΐας θάλασσαν Αἰγύπτου ὀνομάζει, ἥντινα ὁ ἀγαθὸς Θεὸς ἐρημώσει. Εὐεργεσία γὰρ ἡ ἀπὸ μοχθηρῶν πραγμάτων ἐν καιρῷ δεκτῷ ἐπαγομένη ἐρήμωσις. Ὥσπερ δὲ Ἐρημώσει Κύριος τὴν θάλασσαν Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἐπιβαλεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν ποτα μὸν πνεύματι βιαίῳ, οὕτω Καὶ πατάξει τὰς ἑπτὰ τῆς Αἰ γύπτου φάραγγας. Καὶ τότε διαπορεύσεταί τις τὸν Αἰ γύπτου ποταμὸν ὑποδεδεμένος. Τὸ πενιχρὸν σημαίνει τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ὑπολειφθέντος τῷ ὕδατι τῷ ποταμίῳ· οὕτω γὰρ ὀλίγον ἔσται (ἢ καὶ παντελῶς ἀποξηρανθήσεται) ὡς μηδὲ ἰκμάδα ὑπολειφθῆναι, δι'
English
The ships of the foreigners are perhaps our bodies, because they have no natural kinship with the constitution of the soul. For the flesh is not subject to the law of God, but lusts against the spirit. These are said also to plunder Idumea, that is, to prevail over earthly things, and to lay hands on Moab. Moab is interpreted as "from a father." To them, then, the Lord has said, "You are from your father the devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father." Upon these they lay their own hands, so that through their own good action they may take them captive. Then the sons of Ammon shall be the first to obey. Ammon is interpreted as "a people with us." Perhaps those who have less evil will be the first to obey the word, compared with those who have more of it and it poured out more extensively. Then he adds: And the Lord shall desolate the sea of Egypt. Just as Ezekiel says that the rivers of Egypt are those which Pharaoh boasts that he has made, so Isaiah names the sea of Egypt, which the good God shall desolate. For it is a benefaction when desolation is brought upon worthless things at the acceptable time. And just as the Lord shall desolate the sea of Egypt, and shall bring upon the river a violent spirit, so also he shall strike the seven valleys of Egypt. And then anyone shall cross the river of Egypt wearing sandals. This signifies the poverty of the water that is left to the river water; for thus it shall be little (or even completely dried up), so that not even a drop of moisture is left, through
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:350 · narrative
Source
ἣν ἀναγκασθήσεταί τις ὑπολυσάμενος ἐμβῆναι τὸν ποταμόν. Ἢ τάχα δὲ, ἐπειδὴ Μωϋσεῖ καὶ Ἰησοῦ ἐλέχθη λῦσαι τὸ ὑπόδημα τοῦ ποδὸς, διὰ τὸ τὴν γῆν, ἐφ' ᾗ εἱστήκεισαν, ἁγίαν εἶναι, μήτοι αὐτὴν δὲ εἶναι τὴν Αἴγυπτον, ἀλλὰ βέβηλον, κελεύονται ὑποδεδεμένοι κατα πατεῖν τὸν ποταμὸν, καὶ μὴ ἀποτίθεσθαι τὰ ὑποδήματα. Ξηραίνεται δὲ βιαίῳ Θεοῦ κεκρατημένος πνεύματι. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀνάξιόν ἐστι τὸ ἔδαφος Αἰγύπτου γυμνὸν δέξασθαι τὸ ἴχνος τῶν διαπορευομένων ἁγίων. Ὅθεν καὶ οἱ τὸ πάσχα ἐσθίοντες, τὰ ὑποδήματα ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν ἔχειν ἐκελεύοντο. Ὅπου γὰρ ὄφις δάκνων καὶ σκορπίος, ἔστω τὰ ὑποδή ματα ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν, ἀσφαλιζόμενα τοὺς πόδας οἷς περιβέβληται· ἐπειδὰν δέ τις φθάσῃ ἤδη ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον τόπον, τότε ὑπολυέσθω ὡς οἱ Ἀπόστολοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, πρὸς οὓς εἴρηται μηδὲ ὑποδήματα αἵρειν. Καὶ ἔσται τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα, ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου. Καὶ γὰρ τότε μετὰ ὑποδη μάτων παρῆλθε τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν, ἐπειδὴ ἐπετί μησεν αὐτῇ ὁ Δυνατὸς, καὶ ἐξηράνθη. Καὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην παρῆλθον ποδὶ, ἄβροχον τὸ ἴχνος διαφυλάξαντες, τῷ πᾶσαν ἰκμάδα ὑποφεύγειν αὐτῶν τὴν βάσιν. 12. ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ιβʹ Τότε οὖν ἐρεῖ ὁ λαός· Εὐλογήσω σε, Κύριε, διότι ὠργίσθης μοι, καὶ ἀπέστρεψας τὸν θυμόν σου καὶ ἠλέησάς με. Ἀφίεταί τις πολλάκις καὶ ἐγκαταλείπεται, διὰ τὸ ἅπαξ ὑποσυρῆναι εἰς τὰ Αἰγύπτια κακὰ, καὶ χρόνον τινὰ ἀπο λαῦσαι τῆς ἰδίας ἀβουλίας, ἵνα θερίσῃ ἃ ἔσπειρε κακῶς· ὃς, ἐπειδὰν μὴ εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἐγκαταλειφθῇ, ἀλλὰ τύχῃ τινὸς εὐεργεσίας, ἐρεῖ τὸ Εὐλογήσω σε, Κύριε, διότι ὠργίσθης μοι καὶ ἀπέστρεψας τὸν θυμόν σου καὶ ἠλέησάς με.
English
which one will be compelled to take off his sandals and enter the river. Or perhaps, since it was said to Moses and Joshua to loose the sandal from the foot, because the ground on which they stood was holy—not indeed that it was Egypt, but profane—they are commanded to tread the river with sandals on, and not to take off their shoes. But it is dried up, held fast by the violent Spirit of God. For this reason the soil of Egypt is unworthy to receive bare the footprint of the holy ones who pass through. Hence also those who eat the Passover were commanded to have sandals on their feet. For where there is a serpent that bites and a scorpion, let the sandals be on the feet, protecting the feet that they cover; but whenever someone has already reached the holy place, then let him take off his sandals, like the Apostles of Christ, to whom it was said not even to take up sandals. And it shall be to Israel as the day when it came out from the land of Egypt. For then it passed through the Red Sea with sandals, since the Mighty One rebuked it, and it was dried up. And they crossed the Jordan on foot, keeping their footprint dry, since all moisture fled from their step. 12. CHAPTER 12. Then therefore the people will say: I will bless you, O Lord, because you were angry with me, and you turned away your wrath and had mercy on me. A person is often forgiven and abandoned, because he was once drawn aside into Egyptian evils, and for a time enjoyed his own folly, so that he might reap what he sowed badly; who, when he is not abandoned completely, but obtains some benefit, will say: I will bless you, O Lord, because you were angry with me, and you turned away your wrath and had mercy on me.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:351 · narrative
Source
Ὅμοιόν ἐστι τούτῳ τὸ Ὀργὴν Κυρίου ὑποίσω, ὅτι ἥμαρτον αὐτῷ, τοῦ δικαιῶσαι αὐτὸν τὴν δίκην μου. Καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐξάξει εἰς τέλος κρίμα. Οὐ γὰρ εἰς τέλος ὀργισθήσεται, οὐδὲ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μηνιεῖ. Ὁ δὲ λέγων· Εὐλογήσω σε, Κύριε, ὅτι ὠργίσθης μοι καὶ ἠλέησάς με, αἰσθανόμενος τῆς εὐεργεσίας τοῦ Θεοῦ, καυχήσεται ἐπ' αὐτῇ καί φησιν· Ἰδοὺ ὁ Θεός μου, Σωτήρ μου, πεποιθὼς ἔσομαι ἐπ' αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐ φοβηθήσομαι, διότι ἡ δόξα μου καὶ ἡ αἴνεσίς μου Κύριος. Ταῦτα οὐκ ἐροῦσιν οἱ ποιοῦντες τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ οἱ δόξαν παρ' ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες· καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ οὐ ζητοῦντες, καὶ ὅλως οἱ παραβαίνοντες τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ λέγοντος· Μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπαγγέλλεται ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Τοὺς δοξάζοντάς με δοξάσω, δηλονότι ὁ καλῶς δοξάζων τὸν Θεὸν, δεδοξασμένος ἐστὶ παρ' αὐτῷ. Οὕτω καὶ Μωϋσέως ἐδοξάσθη τὸ πρόσωπον, ἐπειδὴ καλῶς ᾔδει δοξάζειν τὸν Θεόν. Συμφωνεῖ δὲ τῇ δόξῃ καὶ ἡ αἴ νεσις, ὥστε ὁ καλῶς δοξάζων, καὶ ὑγιῶς αἰνέσει. Καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω τῶν ἐσφαλμένας περὶ Θεοῦ ἐχόντων ὑπολήψεις, ὅτι δεκταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν αἱ ἐν ψαλμῳδίαις αἰνέσεις. Τῆς γὰρ αὐτῆς καρδίας ἐστὶ δοξάζειν τε ἐπιτετευγμένως καὶ αἰνεῖν ὑγιῶς. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔλεγε τὸ καταλειφθὲν τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν Αἰ γύπτῳ τὸ Εὐλογήσω σε, Κύριε, διότι ὠργίσθης μοι καὶ ἀπέστρεψας τὸν θυμόν σου καὶ ἠλέησάς με, οὗτοι, δια βάντες τὴν Αἴγυπτον, ἐροῦσι τὸ Οὐ φοβηθήσομαι, διότι ἡ δόξα μου καὶ ἡ αἴνεσίς μου Κύριος, καὶ ἐγένετό μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν.
English
Similar to this is the saying, "I will bear the anger of the Lord, because I have sinned against him, to justify him in my cause. And after this he will bring judgment to completion." For he will not be angry to the end, nor will he be wrathful forever. But the one who says, "I will bless you, Lord, because you were angry with me and had mercy on me," perceiving the beneficence of God, will boast in it and say, "Behold, my God, my Savior; I will trust in him, and I will not be afraid, because the Lord is my glory and my praise." Those who practice almsgiving before men will not say these things, nor those who receive glory from one another and do not seek the glory that comes from the only God, and in general those who transgress the commandment of him who says, "Let us not become vainglorious." But since the Lord promises, "Those who glorify me I will glorify," it is clear that the one who glorifies God rightly is glorified by him. Thus also the face of Moses was glorified, because he knew well how to glorify God. Praise agrees with glory, so that the one who glorifies rightly will also praise soundly. And let no one among those who hold mistaken opinions about God suppose that his praises in psalmody are acceptable to him. For it belongs to the same heart to glorify perfectly and to praise soundly. Since, then, the remnant of the people in Egypt was saying, "I will bless you, Lord, because you were angry with me and you turned away your wrath and had mercy on me," these, having crossed Egypt, will say, "I will not be afraid, because the Lord is my glory and my praise, and he has become my salvation.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:352 · narrative
Source
Μνήσθητι δὲ καὶ τῆς ᾠδῆς, ἣν ἐν τῇ ἐξόδῳ ᾖσεν ὁ λαὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, ἐξαρχούσης τῆς Μαριὰμ καὶ λεγούσης· Ἄσωμεν τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται. Ὥστε τὴν παλαιὰν αἴνεσιν ἀνανεοῦνται νῦν οἱ λέγοντες· Ἡ δόξα μου καὶ ἡ αἴνεσίς μου Κύριος καὶ ἐγένετό μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν. Ἀκολούθως δὲ τῇ αἰνέσει Κυρίου ἀντλεῖ ὕδωρ μετ' εὐφρο σύνης ἐκ τῶν τοῦ σωτηρίου πηγῶν ὁ καλῶς αὐτὸν προσ κυνῶν. Εἰ ἐγκαλεῖται ὁ λαὸς ὁ εἰδωλολατρήσας (τὸ Ἐμὲ ἐγκατέλιπον, πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος) δηλονότι ὁ πιστεύων εἰς Θεὸν καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν πίστεως τοῖς σωτηρίοις δόγ μασι τὴν ψυχὴν ποτιζόμενος, οὗτος ἀντλεῖ ὕδωρ μετ' εὐ φροσύνης ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν τοῦ Σωτηρίου. Τὴν δὲ εὐφροσύνην, ἡλίκη ἐγγίνεται τοῖς καταξιουμένοις ἐκεῖθεν ἀρύεσθαι, νοήσεις ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ Δαβὶδ παρειλημμένης, ὅτι Ἐδίψησεν ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν ἰσχυρὸν, τὸν ζῶντα. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἀμήχανόν τινα τὴν εὐ φροσύνην ἐμποιεῖ τοῖς ἐπιτυγχάνουσι τῶν περισπουδάστων. Καὶ ὁ μελετῶν τὸν νόμον Κυρίου ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς (περὶ οὗ εἴρηται, ὅτι Στόμα δικαίου μελετήσει σοφίαν) ἐρευνῶν τὰς Γραφὰς καὶ διὰ τοῦ ὀρθῶς ζητεῖν εὑρίσκων τὸν Κύριον, διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ εὑρέσει εὐφροσύνην συνιεὶς τὸ πνευματικὸν βούλημα τῶν Γραφῶν, ἀντλήσει ὕδωρ μετ' εὐφροσύνης. Ὅταν οὖν αὐτοὶ ἐμπλησθῶμεν τοῦ πόματος τῶν ἐκ τοῦ σωτηρίου πηγῶν, τότε καὶ ἑτέρους προσλαμβάνομεν, ἐγκε λευόμενοι αὐτοῖς καὶ λέγοντες· Ὑμνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, βοᾶτε τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. Ἡ δὲ βοὴ φωνή ἐστι μέγεθος ἔχουσα, δυνάμενον διικνεῖσθαι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πόῤῥω. Βοᾶτε οὖν·
English
Remember also the song that the people of Israel sang at the Exodus, with Miriam leading and saying, "Let us sing to the Lord, for he has been glorified gloriously." So those who now say, "The Lord is my glory and my praise, and he has become my salvation," renew the ancient praise. And following the praise of the Lord, the one who rightly worships him draws water with gladness from the springs of salvation. If the people who practiced idolatry are accused (namely, "They abandoned me, the fountain of living water"), then clearly the one who believes in God and is watered in his soul from faith in him by the saving doctrines—this one draws water with gladness from the springs of the Savior. And how great the gladness is that arises in those deemed worthy to draw from there, you will understand from the image taken up by David: "My soul thirsted for God, the strong, the living." For the excess of desire produces an ineffable gladness in those who attain what they earnestly long for. And the one who meditates on the law of the Lord day and night (concerning whom it is said, "The mouth of the righteous will meditate on wisdom"), searching the Scriptures and by rightly seeking finding the Lord, because of the gladness at the finding, understanding the spiritual meaning of the Scriptures, will draw water with gladness. When, then, we ourselves are filled with the drink from the springs of salvation, then we also take in others, encouraging them and saying, "Sing to the Lord, cry out his name." And the cry is a voice possessing magnitude, able to reach even those far off. Cry out, then:
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:353 · narrative
Source
ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ μικρὰ περὶ Θεοῦ φρονεῖτε, ἀλλὰ μεγάλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐννοοῦντες, οὕτω θεολογεῖτε, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς μακρὰν οὖσι τῆς σωτηρίας δυνηθῆναι ἐξάκουστον ὑμῶν τὸν λόγον, διὰ τὸ τρανὸν τῆς διδασκαλίας γενέσθαι. Δηλοῖ δὲ τὸν νοῦν τοῦτον τὰ ἐφεξῆς· Ἀναγγείλατε γὰρ (φησὶν) ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τὰ ἔνδοξα αὐτοῦ, εἴπατε αὐτοῦ τὰ θαυμάσια. Δείξατε τοῖς ἀνοήτοις τὴν περὶ τὸν κόσμον διά ταξιν, ἵνα προσαχθῶσι τῇ ἀγάπῃ τοῦ Κτίσαντος τὰ ὅλα, Θεοῦ. Ὑμνήσατε τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ὑψηλὰ ἐποίησεν. Ἢπερὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θαυμάτων διηγήσασθε, ὅτι ὑψηλὰ καὶ ἀπρόσιτα, ἢ περὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δυνάμεων, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐποίησε τὰ ἐκεῖ ὑψηλά· ἢ περὶ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν χρηστό τητος, ὅτι ὑψοῖ τοὺς τεταπεινωμένους καὶ συντεριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν. Κύριος γὰρ ὑψοῖ δικαίους. Ὑψηλὸν οὖν ἐποίησε καὶ, ταπεινωθέντα τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, τῇ ἰδίᾳ δόξῃ ὑπερύψωσεν. 13. ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ιγʹ Ὅρασις κατὰ Βαβυλῶνος, ἣν εἶδεν Ἡσαΐας υἱὸς Ἀμώς. Οὐκ αἰσθητή τίς ἐστιν, οὐδὲ διὰ σωματικῶν ὀφθαλμῶν θεωρουμένη αὕτη ἡ ὅρασις, ἀλλ' ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ κατανοου μένη, τοῦ Θεοῦ φωτίζοντος αὐτὸν καὶ χαριζομένου ὁρᾷν αὐτόν. Τίς ἡ Βαβυλὼν καὶ τίνα τὰ ἀπαντησόμενα αὐτῇ; Δῆλον δὲ, ὅτι οὐ κατ' ἔκστασιν ἐλάλουν οἱ Προφῆται. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ πονηροῖς πνεύμασι κάτοχοι, παραφερόμενοι τὸν νοῦν, τὰς ἐκ τῶν δαιμόνων αὐτοῖς ἐγγινομένας φαντασίας οὐχ ὁρῶσιν, ἀλλὰ παρορῶσιν. Ὥσπερ οἱ δαιμονῶντες ποταμοὺς βλέπουσι καὶ ὄρη καὶ θηρία τὰ μὴ παρόντα·
English
Instead of thinking small thoughts about God, but rather understanding the things concerning him with a great mind, theologize in such a way that your word may be heard even by those far from salvation, because of the clarity of the teaching. The following words make this meaning clear: "Declare among the nations his glorious deeds," it says, "speak of his wonders." Show to the foolish the order of the world, so that they may be drawn to the love of God, the Creator of all things. "Sing praise to his name, for he has done lofty things." Either recount the wonders in the world, that they are lofty and inaccessible, or the powers in the heavens, that he himself made the lofty things there; or his goodness in us, that he exalts the humbled and the broken in heart. For the Lord exalts the righteous. He has therefore made him lofty, and having been humbled by sin, he has exalted him exceedingly by his own glory. 13. CHAPTER 13 The vision against Babylon, which Isaiah son of Amoz saw. This vision is not perceptible, nor is it beheld through bodily eyes, but it is understood by the mind, when God enlightens it and grants it to see him. What is Babylon, and what are the things that will befall her? It is clear that the prophets did not speak in ecstasy. For those possessed by evil spirits, carried away in their mind, do not see the fantasies that arise in them from the demons, but overlook them. Just as those possessed by demons see rivers and mountains and wild beasts that are not present;
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:354 · narrative
Source
καὶ χρώματα δοκεῖ τινα αὐτοῖς παρεῖναι, καὶ ὄψεις ἀνθρώπων, φίλων ἢ ἀγνοουμένων, ἐμφαντάζεσθαι, ὧν οὐδέν ἐστιν ὅρασις, ἀλλὰ παραφορὰ καὶ ἔκστασις τοῦ νοῦ τεθολωμένου, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐνέργειαν ἀπολωλεκότος. Ἐπὶ μέντοι τῶν Ἁγίων οὐχ οὕτως. Αὐτὸς γάρ φησιν ὁ Θεός· Ἐγὼ ὁράσεις ἐπλήθυνα. Ὅρασιν δὲ χαριζόμενος ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἀποτυφλοῖ τὸν νοῦν, ὃν αὐτὸς κατεσκεύασεν, ἀλλὰ φωτίζει αὐτὸν καὶ διαυγέστερον ποιεῖ τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Πνεύματος. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ οἱ Προφῆται ἐχρημάτιζον ὁρῶντες, διὰ τὸ οἱονεὶ ἐπιτετάσθαι αὐτοῖς τὴν τοῦ νοῦ διά βλεψιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ φωτίζοντος αὐτοὺς Πνεύματος παρουσίας. Τίς οὖν ἐποίησε βλέποντα καὶ τυφλόν; βλέποντα δηλονότι τὸν Προφήτην, διὰ τὸ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν τῇ ὀξυωπίᾳ τῆς διανοίας προενατενίζειν τῷ μέλλοντι· τυφλὸν δὲ (τὸν διὰ τὴν κακίαν ἀποτυφλωθέντα) ἵνα μὴ ὀφθαλμοὶ βέβηλοι τὰ τῶν μακαρίων ἴδωσι θεάματα. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Κύριος, Εἰς κρίμα ἐγὼ (φησὶν) εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον, ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες βλέπωσι, καὶ οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοὶ γένωνται. Τίς οὖν ἡ Βαβυλὼν, καθ' ἧς ἡ ὅρασις ἑώραται; Κατὰ μὲν οὖν τὴν ἱστορίαν δοκεῖ Βαβυλὼν κεκλῆσθαι ὁ
English
And they seem to have certain colors, and the appearances of men, either friends or strangers, are presented to their imagination, none of which is a vision, but a derangement and ecstasy of a mind that is muddied and has lost its own proper activity. In the case of the saints, however, it is not so. For God himself says: I have multiplied visions. And the Lord, when he grants a vision, does not blind the mind that he himself made, but enlightens it and makes it more translucent by the presence of the Spirit. For this reason the prophets also received oracles by seeing, because their mind's faculty of sight was, as it were, stretched out by the presence of the Spirit who enlightens them. Who then made the seeing and the blind? The seeing, clearly, is the prophet, because by the sharpness of his understanding he is able to look ahead to what is to come; and the blind (the one blinded by wickedness), so that profane eyes may not see the spectacles of the blessed. For this reason the Lord also says: I came into this world for judgment, that those who do not see may see, and those who see may become blind. What then is Babylon, against which the vision has been seen? According to the historical sense, then, it seems that Babylon was called the
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:355 · narrative
Source
τόπος, ἔνθα συνεχύθη ἡ διάλεκτος τῶν εἰπόντων· Δεῦτε, οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Ἐκεῖ τοίνυν κατελθὼν ὁ Θεὸς, συνέχεε τὰς γλώσσας· διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς, σύγχυσις. Χωρίον οὖν συγχύσεώς ἐστιν ὁ Βαβυλῶνος τόπος, οὐ διαλέκτου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δογμάτων καὶ νοημάτων καὶ τοῦ δοκοῦντος ταῦτα βλέπειν νοῦ. Ἡ μὲν οὖν ὅρασις κατὰ Βαβυλῶνος, οἱονεὶ παραμυθίαν φέρουσα τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, τῷ κακωθέντι ὑπὸ τῶν Βαβυλωνίων. Ὥστε γὰρ μὴ ὀλιγοψυχῆσαι αὐτοὺς, μήτε ἀπογνῶναι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ προνοίας, ὡς ἐγκαταλιπούσης αὐτοὺς, προλαβὼν τῇ προφητείᾳ ὁ Ἡσαΐας τὰ μέλλοντα, ἀπαντήσεσθαι σκυθρωπὰ τῇ Βαβυλῶνι διηγεῖται, ἵνα μὴ καταποθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῆς λύπης τῶν παρόντων, ἀλλὰ ῥᾴους γένωνται τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τῶν ἐπερ χομένων. Καὶ γὰρ οὐ μικρὰν φέρει ῥᾳστώνην τοῖς θλιβομέ νοις ἡ μετ' ὀλίγον προσδοκωμένη ἐκδίκησις. Πρόσκειται δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς τῇ προφητείᾳ, οὐχ ἵνα αὐτὸ τοῦτο γνῶμεν τὸν τῇ γενέσει τοῦ μακαρίου ὑπηρετησάμενον πατέρα, ἀλλ' ὅτι καὶ προφητείας αὐτῷ διδάσκαλος γέγονε, φροντίσας αὐτὸν ἁγιωτέρας καὶ καθαρωτέρας καὶ ἐξαιρέτου παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνατροφῆς καὶ παιδεύσεως τυχεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ κοινωνὸς τῆς προφητείας συμπαραγράφεται ὁ Ἀμώς. Ἐπ' ὄρους πεδινοῦ ἄρατε σημεῖον, ὑψώσατε τὴν φωνὴν ἑαυτοῖς, παρακαλεῖτε τῇ χειρί· ἀνοίξατε, οἱ ἄρχοντες. Ἐγὼ συντάσσω, καὶ ἐγὼ ἄγω αὐτούς. Δείκνυσι πῶς Βαβυλὼν ἀναιρεῖται καὶ καταστρέφεται καὶ αἰχμάλωτος γίνεται ἡ δυναστεία τῶν τὴν σύγχυσιν ἐργαζομέ νων.
English
The place where the language of those who said, "Come, let us build for ourselves a city and a tower whose head shall reach to heaven," was confounded. There, then, God descended and confounded the tongues; for this reason its name was called Confusion. The place of Babylon, therefore, is a region of confusion—not of language only, but also of doctrines and thoughts, and of the mind that seems to see these things. The vision, then, is against Babylon, as it were bringing consolation to Israel, which had been afflicted by the Babylonians. So that they might not lose heart, nor despair of God's providence as though it had abandoned them, Isaiah, by prophecy, anticipating the things to come, recounts that gloomy things will befall Babylon, so that they might not be swallowed up by the sorrow of present circumstances, but might become more at ease through the expectation of what was coming. For the vengeance expected shortly brings no small relief to those who are afflicted. The name of the father is added to the prophecy, not so that we might know this very man—the father who served at the birth of the blessed one—but because he also became his teacher of prophecy, having taken care that he obtain a holier and purer upbringing and education, and one more excellent than others. For this reason Amos is inscribed along with him as a sharer in the prophecy. On a level mountain lift up a sign, raise your voice to yourselves, encourage with the hand; open, you rulers. I give the command, and I lead them. He shows how Babylon is destroyed and overthrown, and how the dominion of those who work confusion becomes captive.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:356 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὰν ἐπ' ὄρος τις ἀνέλθῃ μὴ ἀπόκρημνον, μηδὲ ὀχθῶδες, ἀλλὰ πεδινὸν καὶ ὕπτιον, ὥστε ὕψος μὲν ἔχειν διὰ τὸ ἀνάστημα καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπὶ τὸν ἀέρα δίαρμα, ἀσφάλειαν δὲ παρέχειν τοῖς ἐφισταμένοις, διὰ τὴν ὑπτιότητα. Τὸ γὰρ πανταχόθεν περιεῤῥωγὸς καὶ ἀποτετμημένον ἀκροσφαλεῖς ποιεῖται τὰς στάσεις τῶν ἐπιβαινόντων. Ἵνα οὖν καὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ περὶ Θεοῦ νοῆτε, καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ταῦτα διηγῆσθε, διὰ μὲν τὸ ὕψος, ἐπ' ὄρους τις ᾖ βεβηκώς, διὰ δὲ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, ἀπερίτρεπτος διαμένει. Ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ πεδινοῦ ἄρατε σημεῖον καὶ ὑψώσατε τὴν φωνὴν, παρακαλεῖτε τῇ χειρί. Ὁ τὰ περὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ κηρύσσων μεγαλοφώνως, αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ πεδινοῦ αἴρων τὸ σημεῖον. Ὁ τὸν περὶ τοῦ Πάθους λόγον μεγαλῦναι δυνάμενος, οὗτος πληροῖ τὸ πρόσταγμα τὸ προφητικόν, οὐκ ἐν κοιλάσι καὶ φάραγξι διατρίβων, ἀλλ' ἀναβαίνων ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ λόγου ὕψος, καὶ ἐπ' αὐτὴν τὴν σοφίαν μετὰ ἐξομαλισμοῦ καὶ σαφηνείας τῶν ἀπαγγελλομένων τὸ κήρυγμα παραδιδούς. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καθ' ἑτέραν ἔκδοσιν ἀναγινώσκομεν Ἐπ' ὄρους νεφώδους, δηλονότι τὸ ὕψος ἑτέρῳ λόγῳ παρίστησι. Νεφῶδες γὰρ τὸ τὴν κορυφὴν ἔχον νέφεσιν ἀεὶ κεκαλυμμένην. Τὸ δὲ τοιοῦ τον ὑψηλὸν καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντα ἀνεστηκός. Ὑψώσατε (φησὶ) τὴν φωνὴν ἑαυτοῖς, τουτέστιν ἐξ ἑαυτῶν λάβετε τὸ ὕψος τῆς φωνῆς· τὰς ἐνυπαρχούσας ὑμῖν ἀφορμὰς πρὸς Θεοῦ δοξολογίαν ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν ἐννοιῶν, ταύτας ἀνα κινήσατε. Μὴ κάτω βλέπετε, μηδὲ τὰ γήϊνα σκοπεῖτε. Οὕτω γὰρ ταπεινὴ γίνεται ἡ φωνὴ τῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς φωνούντων, τῶν κενολογούντων.
English
When someone goes up a mountain that is not steep nor rugged, but level and gently sloping, so that it has height because of its elevation and the distance from the earth up into the air, and provides safety for those standing on it because of its gentleness. For what is broken off and cut away on every side makes the footing of those who step on it slippery. So that you may both understand the lofty things concerning God and expound them safely—by reason of the height, let one be mounted on a mountain, and by reason of the safety, let him remain unshaken. On the level mountain, then, lift up a sign and exalt your voice; encourage with the hand. He who proclaims the things concerning the cross with a loud voice—he it is who lifts up the sign on the level mountain. He who is able to magnify the word concerning the Passion—this man fulfills the prophetic command, not lingering in valleys and ravines, but ascending to the height of the word, and delivering the proclamation upon wisdom itself with levelness and clarity of the things announced. But since in another edition we read, "On a cloudy mountain," he clearly sets forth the height by another expression. For cloudy is that whose summit is always covered with clouds. And such a thing is lofty and stands above all things. Exalt (he says) your voice to yourselves, that is, from yourselves receive the height of your voice; the starting points that exist within you for the glorification of God from common notions—these stir up. Do not look downward, nor gaze at earthly things. For in this way the voice of those who speak from the earth becomes lowly—of those who babble vain things.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:357 · narrative
Source
Ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς ταπεινοποιοῦ λύπης καὶ ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀπηγορευμένου φόβου φθεγγόμενος, οὐχ ὑψοῖ τὴν ἑαυ τοῦ φωνήν. Καὶ ὁ ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς ἐν τῷ ἀπαγγέλλειν τὸν λόγον κεκρατημένος, ταπεινὴν ἔχει καὶ μὴ δυναμένην ἐπὶ τὸ ἄνω διακύπτειν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φωνήν. Πῶς οὖν ὑψοῦται φωνή; Ἐὰν μεγαλοπρεπὴς ᾖς κατεξανιστάμενος τῶν πα θῶν, καὶ κατ' αὐτοὺς τοὺς καιροὺς τῶν πειρασμῶν μὴ ὑπο κύπτων τοῖς πειρασμοῖς, ἀλλὰ τὸ γαῦρον φρόνημα τῆς ψυχῆς διασώζῃς, τότε ὑψοῖς τὴν φωνήν. Παρακαλεῖ δὲ τῇ χειρὶ ὁ τὴν παράκλησιν τοῖς θλιβομένοις δι' ἔργων ἀγαθῶν προφέ ρων, καὶ ἐν ἱλαρότητι τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ἀποπληρῶν. Ἐὰν ἴδῃς τινὰ ἐπὶ πενίᾳ καταπονούμενον, τῇ μεταδοτικῇ χειρὶ παρακάλει τὸν πένητα. Πλεῖον γὰρ παρὰ ἀσθενεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ ἡ δι' ἔργων μετάδοσις παρακαλεῖν δύναται, ἢ ἡ διὰ λόγων προτροπὴ τοῦ φέρειν πενίαν εὐγενῶς καὶ ἀταπεινώτως. Καὶ ἀνοίξατε (φησὶν) οἱ ἄρχοντες. Ἕπεται τῷ παρακαλεῖν τῇ χειρὶ τὸ ἀνοίγειν τὴν χεῖρα, ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῆς μεταδοτικῆς ἐνεργείας ἔθος ἐστὶ τῇ Γραφῇ λαμ βάνειν, ὅταν λέγῃ· Ἀνοίξαντος δέ σου τὴν χεῖρα, τὰ σύμ παντα πλησθήσονται χρηστότητος. Ἀνοίξατε οὖν τοὺς οἴ κους ὑμῶν, καὶ τοὺς θησαυροὺς τῆς κτήσεως ἀνοίξατε ξένοις καὶ πένησι· μὴ συνέχετε τὰ προσόντα ὑμῖν εἰς παραμυθίαν τῶν καταπονουμένων. Καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖτε πρῶτον, οἱ ἄρχον τες, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ ὑποδείγματος καὶ τὸν λαὸν ἐναγάγητε.
English
The one who speaks from humbling grief and from forbidden fear does not lift up his voice. And the one who, in proclaiming the word, is mastered by the desires of the flesh has a voice that is lowly and unable to peer upward. How, then, is a voice lifted up? If you are magnificent in rising up against the passions, and even in the very times of temptations do not bow down to the temptations, but preserve the noble-mindedness of your soul, then you lift up your voice. And he exhorts with his hand who offers exhortation to the afflicted through good works, and fulfills almsgiving in cheerfulness. If you see someone worn down by poverty, exhort the poor man with your giving hand. For the sharing through works is able to exhort more in a soul that is weak than the encouragement through words to bear poverty nobly and without abasement. And open, he says, you rulers. Opening the hand follows exhorting with the hand, which Scripture is accustomed to take for the giving activity, when it says: When you have opened your hand, all things will be filled with goodness. Open, then, your houses, and open the treasuries of your possessions to strangers and the poor; do not hold back what you have for the consolation of those who are worn down. And do this first, you rulers, so that by the example you may lead the people also.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:358 · narrative
Source
Δύναται δὲ νοηθῆναι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ διανοίγειν τὰς Γραφὰς καὶ τὰ κεκλεισμένα ὑποδεικνύναι, ἵνα μή τις γένηται τῷ κρίματι τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Γραμματέων ὑπόδικος, οἵτινες ἔχοντες τὰς κλεῖς τῆς βασιλείας, οὔτε αὐτοὶ εἰσέρχονται, καὶ τοὺς δυναμένους εἰσελθεῖν κωλύουσι. Πρὸς οὖν τοὺς ἄρχοντας δια λέγεται, τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰς κλεῖς τῆς γνώσεως. Τούτου κατακούσας τοῦ ῥητοῦ ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγε· Τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγε πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Κορίνθιοι. Ἐγὼ συντάσσω καὶ ἐγὼ ἄγω αὐτούς. Ἡμᾶς χρὴ ἐνεργεῖν τὸ ἡμῖν δυνατόν. Ὁ δὲ ἄγων αὐτοὺς Κύριός ἐστι, καὶ ὁ κατατάσσων ἕκαστον ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ἀξίαν. Γίγαντες ἔρχονται πλη ρῶσαι τὸν θυμόν μου, χαίροντες ἅμα καὶ ὑβρίζοντες. Ἀπειλεῖ ὁ λόγος πονηρῶν τινων καὶ θεομάχων ἐπιδημίαν εἰς ἐκδίκησιν ἀποστελλομένων κατὰ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων. Διὰ τοῦτο, προ νοούμενος τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν, ἀνάγει μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ καρτερὸν ὕψος τοῦ ὄρους, ἐνασφαλίζεται δὲ αὐτοὺς τῇ ὁμα λότητι τῆς κορυφῆς. Δίδωσι δὲ αὐτοῖς φυλακτήριον τὸ σημεῖον, ὑποτιθεὶς αὐτοῖς τὴν διὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων παρακαλεῖν τῇ χειρὶ τοὺς θλιβομένους, ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα πρὸς διδασκαλίαν τῶν μαθητευομένων, ἵνα φύγωσι τὴν ἐπιδρομὴν τῶν γιγάντων. Γίγαντες γὰρ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ, ἐπὶ τοῦ χείρονός εἰσι τεταγμένοι. Τάχα δὲ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα γίγαντας ὠνόμασε σαφέσ τερον ὁ Ψαλμὸς ἀγγέλους πονηροὺς, λέγων· Ἐξαπέστειλεν εἰς αὐτοὺς ὀργὴν θυμοῦ αὐτοῦ, θυμὸν καὶ ὀργὴν καὶ θλίψιν, ἀποστολὴν δι' ἀγγέλων πονηρῶν.
English
But it can also be understood of opening the Scriptures and showing forth the things that were closed, so that no one may become liable to the judgment of the Pharisees and Scribes, who, having the keys of the kingdom, neither enter in themselves nor permit those who are able to enter. Therefore it is spoken to the rulers, those who have the keys of knowledge. Having heard this saying, Paul said: Our mouth is opened to you, Corinthians. I give command, and I lead them. It is necessary for us to do what is possible for us. But the one who leads them is the Lord, and the one who appoints each one in the body of the Church according to his own worth. Giants come to fill up my wrath, rejoicing and at the same time insolent. The word threatens the arrival of certain wicked and God-fighting men, sent for vengeance against those who have sinned. Therefore, foreseeing for those who fear him, he leads them up to the steadfast height of the mountain, and secures them by the smoothness of the summit. And he gives them the sign as a safeguard, suggesting to them that through good works they should encourage the afflicted with the hand, open the mouth for the teaching of those being instructed, so that they may escape the assault of the giants. For giants, for the most part, are ranged on the side of the worse. And perhaps the Psalm named the giants here more clearly as evil angels, saying: He sent out upon them the anger of his wrath, wrath and anger and affliction, a sending by evil angels.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:359 · narrative
Source
Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ τοιοῦτοι διάκονοι τοῖς ἄξια κολάσεως πεποιηκόσιν ἐπινενόηνται, ἐπείπερ ἀπὸ πολλῆς ὠμότητος μηδεμίαν ἔχοντες πρὸς τοὺς κολαζομένους συμπάθειαν, μηδὲ οἰκτιρμοῦ σπλάγχνα ἀνα λαβεῖν δυνάμενοι, ἐπιχαίρουσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις μαστιζομένοις καὶ καθυβρίζουσιν αὐτοὺς, οἰκείαν ἀπόλαυσιν ποιούμενοι τὸν πόνον καὶ τὴν ὀδύνην καὶ τὴν λύπην τῶν μαστιγουμένων. Φωνὴ ἐθνῶν πολλῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων, ὁμοία ἐθνῶν πολλῶν, φωνὴ βασιλέων καὶ ἐθνῶν συνηγμένων. Τάχα τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν πολλῶν τῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων φωνή ἐστιν Ἐκκλησίας. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πεδινὸν ὄρος αὐτὴ ἐξελέχθη, ἵνα εὐρυχωρίαν ἔχῃ πρὸς τὴν συλλογὴν τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἀνα βαινόντων ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἶδεν οὖν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τῷ πεδινῷ πολὺ τὸ πλῆθος πολλαχόθεν συνειλεγμένων, καὶ φωνὴν μίαν ἀφιέντων τῆς πίστεως. Καί φησι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διὰ τοῦ Προφήτου· Φωνὴ ἐθνῶν πολλῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων (ἐφ' ὧν ἤρθη τὸ σημεῖον) ὁμοία ἐθνῶν πολλῶν. Καὶ μία ἐστὶν ἡ φωνὴ, καὶ ἔοικε φωναῖς πολλαῖς ἐθνῶν. Μία μὲν, κατὰ τὴν συμφωνίαν τῆς πίστεως, πολλαῖς δὲ φωναῖς ἔοικε διὰ τὸ μερισθῆναι γλώσσαις πυρὸς παρὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐφ' ἕκαστον τῶν Ἀποστόλων τῶν μελλόντων τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ἔθνεσιν ἐπισπείρειν τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον. Φωνὴ βασιλέων (φησὶ) καὶ ἐθνῶν συνηγμένων. Τάχα δεῖ τὰ μὲν ἔθνη νοῆσαι ἡμᾶς τοὺς πανταχόθεν συνδραμόντας ἐπὶ τὴν κλῆσιν· βασιλεῖς δὲ, τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, οὓς καὶ υἱοὺς βασιλείας ὠνόμασεν ὁ Κύριος. Ἢ τάχα τὸ πλῆθος ἐμφαίνει τῶν γιγάντων, ὅτι φωνή ἐστι πολλῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ φωνὴ βασιλέων.
English
For this reason such ministers have been devised for those who have done things worthy of punishment, since from great cruelty, having no sympathy for those being punished, nor being able to take up the bowels of compassion, they rejoice over men being scourged and they insult them, making their own enjoyment the pain and the anguish and the grief of those being scourged. The voice of many nations upon the mountains, like many nations, the voice of kings and nations gathered together. Perhaps the voice of the many nations upon the mountains is that of the Church. For this reason she herself was chosen as a mountain in the plain, so that she might have room for the gathering of the multitude of those ascending to the height of the knowledge of God. He saw, then, on the mountain in the plain the great multitude of those gathered from many places, and sending forth one voice of faith. And the Holy Spirit says through the Prophet: The voice of many nations upon the mountains (on which the sign was raised) like many nations. And the voice is one, and it resembles the many voices of nations. One, indeed, according to the harmony of faith, but it resembles many voices because of the division of tongues of fire by the Holy Spirit upon each of the Apostles who were to sow the Gospel among the nations in the inhabited world. The voice of kings (he says) and of nations gathered together. Perhaps we ought to understand the nations as those who have run together from everywhere to the calling; and kings as the elect in the Church, whom the Lord also named sons of the kingdom. Or perhaps it indicates the multitude of the giants, that it is the voice of many nations and the voice of kings.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:360 · narrative
Source
Διὰ γὰρ τὸ χαίροντας αὐτοὺς καὶ ὑβρί ζοντας τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ θυμοῦ Κυρίου, τεταγμένοι εἰς τὴν διακονίαν, μιμοῦνται πολλῶν ἐθνῶν ἦχον, καὶ βασιλέων τινῶν ἐπηρμένων τῷ φρονήματι, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι ὑπηρέται κολάσεώς εἰσι, βασανισταὶ τῶν ἁμαρτανόν των· οὐχὶ δὲ οἰκείᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ, οὐδὲ τῷ προσόντι αὐτοῖς ἀξιώματι ταῦτα ἐπάγουσι τοῖς ἀξίοις. Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐντέταλται ἔθνει ὁπλομάχῳ, ἔρ χεσθαι ἐκ γῆς πόῤῥωθεν· ἀπ' ἄκρου θεμελίου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Κύριος καὶ οἱ ὁπλομάχοι αὐτοῦ, καταφθεῖραι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην. Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐντέταλται ἔθνει ὁπλομάχῳ. Μὴ φοβηθῇς τὸν τύπτοντα, ἀλλὰ παρακάλει τὸν ἐπιτάσσοντα. Διδασκέσθωσαν οἱ εἰδωλολάτραι, οἱ λέγοντες θυσίας προσάγειν δαίμοσι πονηροῖς ἐκμειλισσόμενοι αὑτῶν τὴν κακίαν. Κύριος αὐτοῖς ἐντέταλται. Κἂν θεραπεύσῃς, κἂν μὴ, τὸ προστεταγμένον ποιήσει· ὑπερβαίνειν τὰς ὁροθεσίας οὐχ οἷόν τε. Οὔτε ὑφαιρεῖ τῆς πικρίας, οὔτε προστίθησί τι παρ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐνδιδομένῳ μέτρῳ κέχρηται ἀπαραιτήτως. Κύριος οὖν ἐντέταλται ἔθνει ὁπλομάχῳ. Ὅπλα ἔχουσιν οἱ πονηροὶ δαίμονες, ἀπεναντίως διακείμενα τῇ κατασκευῇ τῶν ὅπλων τοῦ δικαίου. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ δίκαιος θυρεὸν ἔχει πίστεως, τοῦ δὲ πονηροῦ ὁ θυρεὸς, θυρεός ἐστιν ἀπιστίας· οὗτος μάχαιραν λόγου, ἐκεῖνος μάχαιραν ἀλογίας· οὗτος θώρακι δικαιοσύνης ἠσφάλισται, ἐκεῖνος θώρακι ἀδικίας ἠμφίεσται· τούτου τὴν κεφαλὴν περισφίγγει περικεφαλαία σωτηρίας, ἐκείνῳ περίκειται περικεφαλαία ἀπωλείας· οὗτος τοὺς πόδας ἑτοίμους ἔχει πρὸς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς εἰρήνης, ἐκείνου οἱ πόδες τρέχουσι πρὸς τὴν ἀπαγγελίαν τῶν κακῶν.
English
For because they rejoice and exult to run to the fulfillment of the wrath of the Lord, having been appointed to the ministry, they imitate the din of many nations, and of certain kings exalted in their pride, not knowing that they are servants of punishment, tormentors of those who have sinned—not by their own authority, nor by the dignity that belongs to them do they bring these things upon those who deserve them. The Lord of Hosts has commanded a nation armed for battle to come from a land far off; from the very foundation of heaven, the Lord and his armed warriors, to destroy all the inhabited world. The Lord of Hosts has commanded a nation armed for battle. Do not fear the one who strikes, but entreat the one who commands. Let the idolaters be taught, those who say they bring sacrifices to evil demons, propitiating their own wickedness. The Lord has commanded them. Whether you serve or do not serve, he will do what has been commanded; it is not possible to overstep the boundaries. He neither subtracts from the bitterness nor adds anything of his own, but uses the measure given to him inexorably. Therefore the Lord has commanded a nation armed for battle. The evil demons have weapons, disposed in opposition to the construction of the righteous man's weapons. For the righteous man has the shield of faith, but the shield of the evil one is the shield of unbelief; the one has the sword of the word, the other the sword of unreason; the one is secured with the breastplate of righteousness, the other is clothed with the breastplate of unrighteousness; the helmet of salvation binds tightly around the head of the one, while the helmet of destruction is placed around the other; the one has his feet ready for the Gospel of peace, while the feet of the other run to the proclamation of evils.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:361 · narrative
Source
–̔Οπλομάχῳ οὖν ἔθνει, τούτοις τοῖς ὅπλοις ὡπλισμένῳ, ἐντέταλται Κύριος. Οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ γῆς εἰσι πόῤῥωθεν, ἵνα εἰδῇς ὅτι ἀλλότριοί εἰσι τοῦ βίου τούτου. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ συμπονοῦντες ἡμῖν τὰ πρὸς σωτηρίαν, σύνοικοι καὶ γείτονες, ἐγγύθεν παρεχόμενοι τὴν βοήθειαν, Ἄγγελοι εἰρηνικοί. Οἱ δὲ πρὸς κόλασιν παραλαμβανόμενοι, πόῤῥωθεν ἄγονται, κατακε χρημένου τῇ ὠμότητι αὐτῶν εἰς θεραπείαν ἡμετέραν τοῦ φιλανθρώπου Θεοῦ, ὡς κατακέχρηται ὁ σοφὸς ἰατρὸς τῷ ἰῷ τῆς ἐχίδνης εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀσθενούντων ἴασιν. Τοῖς μὲν τοιούτοις παραδίδοται οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα, ἀλλ' ἡ σὰρξ εἰς ὄλεθρον, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ. Ἀλλὰ καὶ Φύγελλος καὶ Ἑρμογένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου παρεδόθησαν τῷ Σατανᾷ, οὐκ εἰς ἀπώ λειαν, ἀλλ' ἵνα παιδευθῶσι μὴ βλασφημεῖν. Πῶς οὖν ἀπὸ γῆς πόῤῥωθεν καὶ ἀπ' ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸ ὁπλομάχον τοῦτο ἔθνος ἔρχεται; Ἀπὸ γῆς μὲν, ὅτι εἵλετο τὸν περίγειον τόπον καὶ τοῖς γηΐνοις πάθεσι συναναφύρεται· ἀπ' ἄκρου δὲ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι ἐκεῖθεν αὐτῷ ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς πτῶσις γέ γονεν. Ὀλολύζατε· ἐγγὺς γὰρ ἡ ἡμέρα Κυρίου, καὶ συν τριβὴ παρὰ Κυρίου ἥξει· διὰ τοῦτο πᾶσα χεὶρ ἐκλυθήσεται καὶ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου δειλιάσει. Ἐπειδὴ ἀπειλὴ πρόκειται, αὐτὸν τὸν Κύριον ἥξειν μετὰ τῶν ὁπλομάχων αὐτοῦ καταφθεῖραι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, διὰ τοῦτο προστέτακται ὀλολυγμὸς καὶ θρῆνος, ἵνα διὰ τού των δυσωπηθῇ ὁ Κύριος ἀποστρέψαι τὴν ἐπαγομένην ὀργήν. Ἀμφότερα γὰρ ποιεῖ ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Κύριος, καὶ τὰ φοβερὰ ἀπειλεῖ, καὶ τοῖς μετανοοῦσιν οὐκ ἐπάγει τὰ ἠπειλημένα. Κλαύσατε καὶ θρηνήσατε ἕκαστος τὰ ἴδια ἁμαρτήματα, μή ποτε πάθητε τὰ κεκηρυγμένα.
English
To this warrior nation, armed with these weapons, the Lord has given command. And these are also from a land far off, so that you may know that they are strangers to this life. For those who labor with us for salvation, fellow dwellers and neighbors, providing help from near at hand, are peaceful Angels. But those taken up for punishment are led from far off, the loving-kind God having used their cruelty for our healing, just as the wise physician has used the viper's venom for the healing of the sick. To such as these is handed over not the spirit, but the flesh for destruction, so that the spirit may be saved. But Hymenaeus and Hermogenes were handed over by Paul to Satan, not for destruction, but so that they might be disciplined not to blaspheme. How then does this warrior nation come from a land far off and from the end of heaven? From the land, because it chose the region around the earth and is mingled with earthly passions; from the end of heaven, because from there its fall from the beginning came about. Wail, for the day of the Lord is near, and tribulation from the Lord will come; therefore every hand will grow weak and every soul of man will be afraid. Since a threat is set before them, that the Lord Himself will come with His warriors to destroy the whole inhabited world, therefore wailing and lamentation have been commanded, so that by these the Lord may be moved to turn away the wrath that is being brought on. For the loving-kind Lord does both: He threatens fearful things, and upon those who repent He does not bring the things threatened. Weep and lament, each one, for your own sins, lest you suffer the things that have been proclaimed.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:362 · narrative
Source
Εἰ μὴ ἐβούλετο ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ τὴν μετάνοιαν, διὰ τί ἐκηρύσσετο ἐν Νινευῇ ἡ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀπώλεια; Ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ εἶδεν αὐτῶν τὸν συντριμμὸν ὁ ἐλεήμων, παρήγαγε τὴν ὀργὴν, καὶ διεσκέδασεν ὥσπερ νέφος. Παρ' αὐτοῦ οὖν τοῦ Κυρίου ἥξει ἡ συντριβὴ, χρησίμως συντρίβοντος τὰ ἀφανισμοῦ ἄξια, ὡς συντρίβει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ δικαίου, καὶ συντρίβει πολέμους. Κύριος γὰρ συντρίβων πολέμους· Κύριος ὄνομα αὐτῷ· καὶ Συν τρίβει Κύριος τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβάνου, τοὺς μεγαλαυχοῦντας καὶ ἀλαζονευομένους καὶ ὑπεραιρομένους κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, Λιβάνου κέδρους προσαγορεύων. Ἐπειδὴ οὖν ἔρχεται συντριβὴ παρὰ Κυρίου, προλαμβάνοντας ἑαυτῶν τὴν μεγαλόφρονα καρδίαν δεῖ συντρίβειν, ἵνα γένηται θυσία τῷ Θεῷ ἡ ταπείνωσις αὐτῆς. Πᾶσα οὖν χεὶρ, καὶ ἡ πρακτικωτάτη καὶ ἡ δραστικωτάτη, ὡς πρὸς Θεὸν καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, ἐκλυθήσεται· διὸ λέγει· Ἰσχύσατε, χεῖρες ἀνειμέναι καὶ γόνατα παραλελυμένα. Μηδεὶς πεποιθέτω δυνάμει πρὸς τὸ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ἐπερχομένους
English
If God did not will the repentance of the sinner, why was the destruction after three days proclaimed in Nineveh? But since the merciful one saw their contrition, he set aside his anger and scattered it like a cloud. Therefore from the Lord himself will come the crushing, as he usefully crushes the things worthy of destruction, as he crushes Satan under the feet of the righteous, and crushes wars. For the Lord is the one who crushes wars; the Lord is his name; and the Lord crushes the cedars of Lebanon, those who boast greatly and vaunt themselves and are exalted against the truth, whom he calls the cedars of Lebanon. Since, then, crushing comes from the Lord, we must first crush our own proud heart, so that its humility may become a sacrifice to God. Every hand, then, both the most practical and the most active, in relation to God and his works, will be weakened; therefore he says: Be strong, hands that are slackened and knees that are paralyzed. Let no one trust in strength to ward off those who come against him
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:363 · narrative
Source
ὁπλομάχους· μηδεὶς ἐπελπιζέτω ταχύτητι ποδῶν, ὡς ἀποδρᾶναι δυνάμενος τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς συντριβῆς, ἐν ᾗ ἔρχονται καταφθεῖραι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκου μένην. Πᾶσα γὰρ ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου δειλιάσει. Καλῶς πρόσκειται τὸ Ἀνθρώπου· οὔτε γὰρ Ἀγγέλων ψυχὴ δειλίᾳ ὑπόκειται (διὰ τὸ ἀνωτέραν εἶναι τοῦ πάθους τούτου) οὔτε δὲ ἡ τῶν ἀλόγων. Οὐ γὰρ ἅπτεται ἡ δειλία τῶν ἀλόγων, πάθος οὖσα τοῦ λογιστικοῦ, καὶ ἔλλειψις τῶν τῆς ἀνδρείας δογμάτων. Πτοήσει μὲν γὰρ ὑπόκειται τὰ ἄλογα· οἱ δὲ λογικοὶ, ἐπειδὰν τὰ μὴ ἄξια φόβου καταπλαγῶσι, τῷ ἐκλείπειν ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον (τὸν τὴν εὐτονίαν τῇ ψυχῇ ἐμποιοῦντα πρὸς τὰ δεινὰ) τῷ πάθει τῆς δειλίας ἁλίσκονται. Πολὺς δὲ ὁ χρόνος, ἀφ' οὗ ἡ ἡμέρα Κυρίου ἐγγίζειν λέγεται, πάντων τῶν Προφητῶν διαμαρτυρουμένων αὐτῆς τὴν ἐγγύ τητα, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἀναπεπτωκὼς, ὡς χρονιζούσης αὐτῆς, ἀνέτοιμος καταληφθῇ. Ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Σοφονίας διαμαρτύρεται, Εὐλαβεῖσθε (λέγων) ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ φόβου Κυρίου, διότι ἐγγὺς ἡ ἡμέρα Κυρίου. Καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα· Ἐγγὺς ἡ ἡμέρα Κυρίου, ἡ μεγάλη· ἐγγὺς καὶ καὶ ταχεῖα σφόδρα. Φωνὴ ἡμέρας Κυρίου πικρὰ καὶ σκληρά· ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη, ἡμέρα θλίψεως καὶ ἀνάγκης, ἡμέρα ἀωρίας καὶ ἀφανισμοῦ, ἡμέρα σκότους καὶ γνόφου, ἡμέρα νεφέλης καὶ ὁμίχλης, ἡμέρα σάλπιγγος καὶ κραυγῆς. Κἂν ἡ κοινὴ δὲ ἡμέρα τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου συντελείας μακρὰν ᾖ, ἀλλ' ἡ ἰδία ἑκάστου τῆς ἐξόδου (ἥτις ἐστὶ τοῦ καθ' ἕνα ἀνθρώπου συντέλεια) ἐγγὺς πάρεστιν· ἣν χρὴ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἔχοντας, τηρεῖν τὸ παρὰ τοῦ Ἡσαΐου λεγόμενον· Ὀλολύξατε· ἐγγὺς γὰρ ἡ ἡμέρα Κυρίου· καὶ πείθεσθε τῷ λέγοντι·
English
...armed warriors. Let no one place hope in swiftness of feet, as though able to escape the day of crushing, in which they come to destroy the whole inhabited world. For every soul of man will be afraid. Rightly is "of man" added; for neither is the soul of angels subject to fear (because it is superior to this passion), nor that of irrational beasts. For fear does not touch irrational beasts, since it is a passion of the rational faculty and a deficiency of the doctrines of courage. For irrational beasts are subject to being startled; but rational beings, whenever they are terrified by things not worthy of fear, because the reason in them fails (the reason that produces in the soul a well-strung tension against terrible things), are caught by the passion of fear. And great is the time since the day of the Lord is said to be drawing near, with all the Prophets testifying to its nearness, so that no one, having fallen back as though it were delayed, might be caught unprepared. Zephaniah also testifies to these things, saying, Be reverent before the face of the fear of the Lord, because the day of the Lord is near. And shortly after: Near is the great day of the Lord; near and very swift. The voice of the day of the Lord is bitter and harsh; that day is a day of affliction and distress, a day of untimely ruin and destruction, a day of darkness and gloom, a day of cloud and mist, a day of trumpet and cry. And even if the common day of the consummation of the whole world is far off, yet the individual day of each one's departure (which is the consummation of each individual man) is near at hand; keeping this before our eyes, we must observe what is said by Isaiah: Wail, for the day of the Lord is near; and obey the one who says:
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:364 · narrative
Source
Μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες καὶ Μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες. Πολλοὶ πρὸς τὰ τοῦ βίου δυσχεραίνοντες πράγματα, ἐπείγουσιν ἑαυτῶν τὴν ἔξοδον καὶ ἐπικαλοῦνται τὸν θάνατον· πρὸς οὓς καλῶς ἔχει τὸ τοῦ Ἀμὼς λέγειν· Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐπιθυ μοῦντες τὴν ἡμέραν Κυρίου· καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶ σκότος, καὶ οὐ φῶς. Ὃν τρόπον ἄν τις ἐκφύγῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ λέοντος, καὶ ἐμπέσῃ αὐτῷ ἡ ἄρκτος· καὶ εἰσπηδήσῃ εἰς τὸν οἶκον καὶ ἀπερείσῃ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν τοῖχον, καὶ δάκῃ αὐτὸν ὁ ὄφις. Οὐχὶ σκότος ἡ ἡμέρα Κυρίου καὶ οὐ φῶς, καὶ γνόφος οὐκ ἔχων φέγγος; Εἴ τις οὖν μὴ ἐπῳκοδόμησε τῇ οἰκοδομῇ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ βίου ξύλα, ἢ χόρτον, ἢ καλά μην, ἐπιθυμείτω τὴν ἡμέραν Κυρίου, ἐν ᾗ ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστι τὸ πῦρ δοκιμάσει. Εἰ δὲ οὐδεὶς καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ἔργων τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων, φοβείσθω τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην. Εἴ τινος γὰρ (φησὶ) τὸ ἔργον μένει, ὃ ἐποικοδόμησεν, μισθὸν λήψεται· εἴ τινος τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται, ζημιωθήσεται. Αὐτὸς δὲ σωθήσεται, οὕτω δὲ ὡς διὰ πυρός. Ταραχθήσονται οἱ πρέσβεις, καὶ ὠδῖνες αὐτοὺς ἕξουσιν, ὡς γυναικὸς τικτούσης. Καὶ συμφοράσουσιν ἕτερος πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, καὶ ἐκστήσονται· καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν ὡς φλὸξ μεταβαλοῦσι. Τίνες οἱ πρέσβεις ταρασσόμενοι, ἡνίκα ἂν συνεπιστῇ ἡ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμέρα; Ἢ δηλονότι ἐκεῖνοι, οὓς ὁ Κύριος διὰ παραβολῶν αἰνίσσεται, ἣν εἶπεν ἐγγὺς γενόμενος τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ πρὸς τοὺς δοκοῦντας, ὅτι μέλλει ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Κυρίου ἀναφαίνεσθαι. Ἄνθρωπος γὰρ (φησὶν) εὐγενὴς ἐπορεύθη εἰς χώραν μακρὰν, λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν καὶ ὑποστρέψαι.
English
Blessed are those who mourn, and blessed are those who weep. Many, being vexed by the circumstances of life, hasten their own departure and call upon death; to whom the saying of Amos is well applied: Woe to those who desire the day of the Lord; and this is darkness, and not light. As when a man flees from the face of the lion, and the bear meets him; and he leaps into the house and rests his hands upon the wall, and the serpent bites him. Is not the day of the Lord darkness and not light, and gloom having no brightness? If, then, anyone has not built upon the building of his own life wood, or hay, or stubble, let him desire the day of the Lord, in which the fire will test each one's work, what sort it is. But if no one is pure from forbidden works, let him fear that day. For if anyone's work remains, which he built upon, he will receive a reward; if anyone's work is burned up, he will suffer loss. But he himself will be saved, yet so as through fire. The ambassadors will be troubled, and pains will seize them, as of a woman giving birth. And they will rush one against another, and they will be astonished; and they will change their face like a flame. Who are the ambassadors who are troubled, whenever the day of the Lord comes upon them? Or is it clearly those whom the Lord intimates through parables, which he spoke when he drew near to Jerusalem, to those who supposed that the kingdom of the Lord was about to appear. For a certain nobleman, he says, went into a far country, to receive for himself a kingdom and to return.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:365 · narrative
Source
Εἶτα εἰπὼν περὶ τῶν δέκα μνῶν, ἃς ἔδωκε τοῖς δέκα δούλοις εἰς τὸ πραγματεύσεσθαι, ἐπήγαγεν· Οἱ δὲ πολῖται αὐτοῦ ἐμί σουν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔπεμψαν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ πρέσβεις, λέγοντες, ὅτι Οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ' ἡμᾶς. Εὐγενὴς μὲν οὖν ἄνθρωπος, ὁ πρὸς οὐδένα ἄλλον τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ γένους, ἢ πρὸς τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων Θεὸν κεκτημένος. Ὡς γὰρ εὐγενεῖς λέ γομεν τοὺς ἀπὸ αἵματος βασιλικοῦ, οὕτως ἀληθινῶς εὐγενὴς, ὁ ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Πατρὸς τὴν ὕπαρξιν ἔχων. Καὶ ὁ κατὰ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἄνθρωπος εὐγενὴς ἂν λέγοιτο. Οὐ μόνον γὰρ κατὰ τὴν θεότητα νοούμενος ὁ Κύριος εὐγενὴς, τὸ καθαρὸν καὶ εἰλικρινὲς καὶ ἀμιγὲς τῇ φύσει ἐν ἑαυτῷ κεκτημένος· ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον πάντως, γένος ἐκ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ κατὰ σάρκα. Πορεύεται οὖν εἰς χώραν μακρὰν, οὐ τοσοῦτον τῷ τόπῳ διεστῶσαν, ὅσον τῇ καταστάσει τῶν πραγμάτων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ αὐτὸς Θεὸς καὶ ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν, ὅταν αἱ ἀγαθαὶ πράξεις τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν οἰκείωσιν ἡμῖν προξενῶσι· καὶ μακρὰν γίνεται, ὅταν ἡμεῖς ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὸ προσεγγίζειν τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ μακρύνωμεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. Οὗτος ὁ Εὐγενὴς, θεασάμενος τὸν κόσμον ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας βασιλευόμενον καὶ τῇ πικρᾷ τυραννίδι τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ὑποκείμενον, ἐλεήσας τὴν ἀναρχίαν, κατεδέξατο αὐτῶν βασιλεῦσαι. Δεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, ἄχρις οὗ ἂν θῇ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοὺς πό δας αὐτοῦ. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν περίγειον τόπον τοῦτον, (τὴν χώραν, τὴν μακρὰν οὖσαν τοῦ Θεοῦ) ὥστε λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη βασιλείαν, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν ψαλμῷ·
English
Then, having spoken about the ten minas which he gave to the ten servants to trade with, he added: But his citizens hated him, and sent envoys after him, saying, We do not want this man to reign over us. Now a noble man is one who has kinship of race with no other than the God over all. For just as we call those of royal blood noble, so truly noble is he who has his existence from the substance of the Father. And the man according to the Savior would be called noble. For the Lord is understood as noble not only according to his divinity, possessing in himself what is pure and unmixed and unalloyed in nature, but also altogether according to his humanity, being of the race from the seed of David according to the flesh. He journeys, then, into a far country, not so much distant in place as in the condition of affairs. For the same God is both near to each of us, when good deeds procure for us intimacy with him, and becomes far off, when we remove ourselves far from him by drawing near to destruction. This noble man, seeing the world ruled by sin and subjected to the bitter tyranny of the enemy, taking pity on their anarchy, deigned to reign over them. For he must reign until he puts his enemies under his feet. Since, then, he came to this region around the earth (the country that was far from God) in order to receive the kingdom over the nations, according to what is said in the psalm:
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:366 · narrative
Source
Αἴτησαι παρ' ἐμοῦ καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ἄρχοντα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου τεταγμένοι (οὐ μόνον ἄνθρω ποι, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνάμεις αἱ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ στρατευόμεναι) οὐ κατεδέξαντο αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν· ἀλλὰ (δόντος αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐν τολὰς καὶ τὴν ἐργασίαν αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ ἀργὰς ταύτας κε λεύσαντος ἐπ' αὐτοῖς κατακεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐργασίαν αὐτῶν ἐπιζητοῦντος) ἔπεμψαν πρέσβεις ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ, ἀρνούμενοι αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν. Τίνες οὖν πρέσβεις, ἀλλ' ἢ οἱ τὸν θάνατον ἐνεργή σαντες τοῦ Σωτῆρος; Οἱ νομίσαντες διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ δια κόπτειν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν κόσμον βασιλείαν, οἱ λέγοντες τῷ Πιλάτῳ· Μὴ γράφε, ὅτι «ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων» ἀλλ' ὅτι ἐκεῖνος εἶπε «βασιλεύς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων». Ἀλλ' ὅμως ἡ πονηρία τῶν κωλυόντων, αὐτοὺς μὲν κατέκρινε, τῇ δὲ οἰκονομίᾳ οὐκ ἐνεπόδισε. Κρατήσας γὰρ τῆς βασιλείας καὶ διανείμας τοῖς δούλοις κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῆς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἐργασίας, ἐκέλευσεν αὐτοὺς φωνηθῆναι, ἵνα γνῷ τί ἐπραγματεύσαντο. Καὶ τῷ μὲν πρώτῳ, δέκα μνᾶς προσεργαμένῳ, ἔδωκεν ἐξουσίαν ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων· τῷ δὲ δευτέρῳ, πέντε μνᾶς προσπορίσαντι, λέγει· Γίνου ἐπάνω πέντε πόλεων. Τὸν δὲ ἐν σουδαρίῳ ἄπρακτον αὐτὴν ἀποδή σαντα, ἀφαιρεθῆναι προσέταξεν. Ὅτε δὲ τὰ περὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους διετάξατο (Καιρὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ) τότε καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, τοὺς ἀρνησαμένους αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν, ἐκέλευσεν ἀχθέντας εἰς τὸ μέσον κατασφαγῆναι. Πολλοὶ γοῦν εἰσιν, οἱ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ μὴ θέλοντες βασιλεύειν ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν τὸν Χριστόν.
English
Ask of me, and I will give you the nations for your inheritance—those who are appointed under the ruler of this age (not only men, but also the powers that are arrayed under him) did not accept his kingdom; but (when he gave them the commandments and their work, and commanded that these should not lie idle upon them, but sought out their work) they sent envoys after him, denying his kingdom. Who then are the envoys, but those who brought about the death of the Savior? Those who thought that by the cross they could cut off his kingdom over the world, those who said to Pilate: Do not write that he is "the king of the Jews," but that he himself said, "I am king of the Jews." But nevertheless the wickedness of those who hindered condemned them, yet did not obstruct the dispensation. For having taken hold of the kingdom and distributed to the servants according to the worth of each one's work, he commanded them to be summoned, so that he might know what they had gained by trading. And to the first, who had gained ten minas besides, he gave authority over ten cities; and to the second, who had acquired five minas, he says: Be over five cities. But the one who had returned it unproductive in a napkin, he ordered to be taken away. And when he had arranged matters concerning the Jews (For it is time, he says, for judgment to begin from the house of God), then also the enemies, those who had denied his kingdom, he commanded to be brought into the midst and slain. Many, then, are those who in this life do not wish Christ to reign over them.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:367 · narrative
Source
Οἱ γὰρ ὑπὸ τὴν πορ νείαν τεταγμένοι καὶ οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ κατακρατούμενοι καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς πλεονεξίας δεδουλωμένοι, οὐ θέλουσιν ἐφ' ἑαυ τοὺς βασιλεύειν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτῶν προ αιρέσει, παραιτοῦνται αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν. Περὶ τούτων ὁ Ἡσαΐας λέγει, ὅτι Ταραχθήσονται. Ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ἴδωσιν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἐπιδημίᾳ τὸν Κύριον οἱ ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ζήσαντες καὶ τὸν εὐαγγελικὸν τρόπον τῆς βασιλείας ἐξουδενώσαντες, Ταραχθήσονται δηλονότι, καὶ ὠδῖνες αὐτοὺς ἕξουσιν ὡς γυναικὸς τικτούσης. Τὸ ὀξὺ τῆς ἀλγηδόνος, νυσσούσης αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν καὶ κατατιτρωσκούσης ὑπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, διὰ τῆς ὠδῖνος παρέστησε. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ ὠδὶς δριμεῖά τίς ἐστιν ἀλγηδὼν τοῖς καιριωτάτοις μέρεσιν, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς κυνήσεως ταῖς τικτούσαις ἐγγινομένη. Καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν ὡς φλὸξ μεταβαλοῦσιν. Ἴδιον τῶν διατρε πομένων καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτῳ δεινῷ περιπεσόντων, τὸ μετα βαλεῖν τὸ χρῶμα τοῦ προσώπου, ἐρυθραινόμενοι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς πάθος διὰ τῆς ἐπιφαινομένης μεταβολῆς ἐπισημαίνοντες. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἡμέρα Κυρίου ἔρχεται ἀνίατος, θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς, θεῖναι τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔρημον καὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἀπολέσαι ἐξ αὐτῆς. Ἄνω μὲν εἶπεν· Ἐγγὺς ἡ ἡμέρα Κυρίου· ἐνταῦθα δέ· Ἡμέρα Κυρίου ἔρχεται, θεῖναι τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔρημον. Ὁ ἀκριβῶς τηρῶν τὰ ἀποδεδομένα, εὑρήσει ὅτι οὐ περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας ἀμφότεραι αἱ τῆς προφητείας περικοπαὶ διηγοῦνται· ἡ μὲν γὰρ προτέρα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας ἑκάστου συντελείας, ἥτις ἐγγὺς πάρεστιν· ἡ δὲ ἐν χερσὶ, περὶ τῆς καθολικῆς.
English
For those who are ordered under fornication, and those dominated by anger, and those enslaved by greed, do not wish the Lord to reign over them, and as far as lies in their own choice, they reject his kingdom. Concerning these Isaiah says, that They shall be troubled. For when those who lived in sins and despised the gospel manner of the kingdom see the Lord at his second coming, they shall surely be troubled, and pangs shall seize them as of a woman giving birth. The sharpness of the pain, piercing their heart and wounding them deeply through the conscience of their sins, he set forth by means of the birth-pang. For a birth-pang is a certain keen pain, arising in the most vital parts of women giving birth at the time of delivery. And they shall change their face as a flame. It is characteristic of those who are thrown into confusion and fall into unexpected calamity to change the color of their face, becoming red in countenance and signifying the passion of the soul through the change that appears on the surface. For behold, the day of the Lord comes, incurable, of wrath and anger, to make the inhabited world desolate and to destroy the sinners from it. Above he said, The day of the Lord is near; but here, The day of the Lord comes, to make the inhabited world desolate. One who carefully observes what has been set forth will find that both passages of the prophecy do not speak about the same day; for the former concerns each person's own consummation, which is near at hand; but the one in hand concerns the universal one.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:368 · narrative
Source
Θήσει γὰρ αὕτη τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔρημον, διὰ τὸ ἐπάγεσθαι, ὅτι Καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ὁ Ὠρίων οὐ δώσουσι φῶς. Τάχα δὲ ἡμέρα λέγεται κυρίως ἐκείνη, διὰ τὸ ἡνωμένον τῆς καταστάσεως· οὐ γὰρ διακόπτεται νυκτὶ, οὐδὲ περιγράφει αὐτὴν ἑσπέρα. Καὶ διὰ τὸ φανεροῦσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, ἡμέρα μὲν ἐκείνη κυρίως προσαγο ρεύεται. Νὺξ δὲ ὁ βίος οὗτος, ἐν ᾧ συγκεκάλυπται τὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης ἔργα, ὅθεν καὶ Ἡ νὺξ (φησὶ) προέκοψεν, ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν. Ἐκείνη δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα καὶ ἀνίατος λέγεται, θυμοῦ οὖσα καὶ ὀργῆς, ἐν ᾗ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐξιλάσασθαι, οὐδὲ οἷον ἰάσασθαι τοὺς προσαγομένους ἐπ' αὐτῇ πόνους. Μὴ οὖν ταμιευώμεθα εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν τὰς ἐξομολογήσεις, ἀλλὰ νοήσωμεν τὸ οἰκονομικὸν τῆς Γραφῆς, φόβον Θεοῦ γεννῆσαι βουλομένης καὶ παιδαγωγῆσαι τοὺς ἐντευξομένους ἐργά ζεσθαι, ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν· Ἔρχεται νὺξ, ὅτε οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐργάζεσθαι. Ὁ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ τῶν Ἐντολῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ περιπατῶν, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐστίν· ὁ παραδεδομένος τῷ σκότῳ τῷ αἰωνίῳ, ἐν νυκτὶ γενήσεται. Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ νυκτὶ οὐκέτι ἔργον, οὐκέτι ἐξομολόγησις· ἀλλ' αἱ μὲν χεῖρες δεδεμέναι καὶ οἱ πόδες τοῖς δεσμοῖς τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων· Δήσαντες γὰρ αὐτὸν χειρῶν καὶ ποδῶν, ἐκβάλλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον. Γλῶσσα δὲ οὐκέτι ἐξομολόγησιν, οὐδὲ αἴνεσιν Θεοῦ λαλήσει, ἀσχολουμένη περὶ τὸν στεναγμὸν, τὸν ἐκ τῶν πόνων αὐτῇ ἐγγινόμενον. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔρχεται ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη ἀνίατος.
English
For she will make the inhabited world desolate, because of what is brought in: "And the stars of heaven and Orion shall give no light." Perhaps that day is properly called day because of the unity of its condition; for it is not interrupted by night, nor does evening mark its bounds. And because the hidden things of darkness are made manifest in it, that day is properly called by that name. But this life is night, in which the works of shame are covered over, whence also "The night," he says, "has advanced, and the day has drawn near." And that day is also called incurable, being a day of wrath and anger, in which there is no propitiation, nor any healing, so to speak, of the pains brought upon it. Let us not, then, store up our confessions for that day, but let us understand the economy of Scripture, which wishes to beget the fear of God and to train those who encounter it to work while it is day: "Night comes, when no one can work any longer." He who walks in the light of the commandments of Christ is in the day; he who is handed over to eternal darkness will be in the night. In that night there is no longer work, no longer confession; but the hands and feet are bound with the bonds of one's own sins: "For having bound him hand and foot, cast him into the outer darkness." And the tongue will no longer speak confession, nor praise of God, being occupied with the groaning that arises in it from its pains. For this reason that day comes incurable.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:369 · narrative
Source
Οἱ γὰρ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ὁ Ὠρίων καὶ πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸ φῶς οὐ δώσουσι, καὶ σκοτισθήσεται τοῦ ἡλίου ἀνατέλλοντος, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φῶς αὐτῆς. Καὶ ἐντελοῦμαι τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ὅλῃ κακὰ, καὶ τοῖς ἀσεβέσι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. Φανερῶς τὴν συντέλειαν διαγράφει καὶ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς μεταποίησιν ὁ Προφήτης. Τότε γὰρ ἡλιακὸν φῶς ἐπιλείψει καὶ ἡ σελήνη σῶμα ἔσται ἀλαμπὲς, καὶ ὁ Ὠρίων, ὁ φανότατος τῶν ἀστέρων, τὸ φῶς οὐ δώσει· Οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ὁ Ὠρίων τὸ φῶς οὐ δώσουσιν, οὐχὶ σκοτιζόμενοι διὰ τὸ καταυγάζεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ ἡλίου ἀνα τολῶν. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ νῦν ἡμέρᾳ γίνεται, καὶ παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐξετάσασι τὰ κατ' οὐρανὸν φαινόμενα ὁμολογεῖ ται, ὅτι οὐχὶ ἀποσβέννυνται οἱ ἀστέρες ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ γῆν ἡμισφαιρίῳ κείμενοι, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὑπεραυγάζεσθαι ταῖς ἡλιακαῖς ἀκτῖσιν ἐξαμαυροῦνται. Ὅπερ καὶ ἐν ταῖς νυξὶ γίνεται ταῖς πανσελήνοις, περιλαμπούσης τῆς κατὰ τὴν σελήνην λαμ πρότητος τοὺς ἀστέρας, καὶ οὐκ ἐώσης αὐτῶν τὰς αὐγὰς διαφαίνεσθαι. Οὐδὲν οὖν τούτων τῶν κατὰ φύσιν συμβαινόντων ὁ λόγος παρίστησιν, ἀλλὰ παντελῆ τῶν ἀστέρων σκότωσιν καὶ τοῦ παντὸς μετακόσμησιν. Δῆλον δὲ ὅτι Ὠρίωνα λέγει ἡ Γραφὴ τὸ σύστημα τῶν εἴκοσι καὶ δύο ἀστέρων, ὅν τινες ὀνομάζουσι Βοώτην· οὓς οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοὶ καταμερίζουσι, καί φασι τοὺς μὲν τέσσαρας εἶναι τρίτου μεγέθους, ἐννέα δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς τετάρτου καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐννέα τοῦ πέμπτου. Κεῖται δὲ τοῦτο τὸ τῶν ἀστέρων ἄθροισμα ἐν τῷ βορείῳ μέρει, ὅπερ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς, ὡς ἓν σῶμα, Ὠρίων ὠνόμασται.
English
For the stars of heaven and Orion and the whole array of heaven shall not give their light, and the sun shall be darkened as it rises, and the moon shall not give her light. And I will command evils upon the whole inhabited world, and upon the impious their sins. The Prophet plainly describes the consummation and the transformation of the whole. For then the light of the sun shall fail, and the moon shall be a body without brightness, and Orion, the brightest of the stars, shall not give his light: "The stars of heaven and Orion shall not give their light," not being darkened by being illuminated by the risings of the sun. For this also happens on the present day, and it is agreed by all who have examined the phenomena in the heavens that the stars are not extinguished when they are situated in the hemisphere above the earth, but are obscured by being outshone by the sun's rays. This also happens on nights of full moon, when the brightness of the moon shines around the stars and does not allow their beams to show through. The word therefore presents none of these things that happen by nature, but a complete darkening of the stars and a reordering of the whole. It is clear that the Scripture calls Orion the cluster of twenty-two stars, which some name Boötes; those skilled in these matters divide them up and say that four of them are of the third magnitude, nine of them of the fourth, and the other nine of the fifth. This gathering of stars lies in the northern part, which the Scripture has also named Orion, as one body.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:370 · narrative
Source
Ἄστρα δὲ ταῦτα λέγουσι (καὶ οὐχὶ ἀστέρας) ὡς τῶν μὲν ἄστρων πλήθους σύστασιν ἐμφαινόντων, ἀστέρος δὲ τοῦ καθ' ἕκαστον λεγομένου. Καὶ τοῦ Ἀρκτούρου δὲ μέμνηται ἡ Γραφὴ, ὃν μεταξὺ τῶν μερῶν τοῦ Ὠρίωνος ὁρῶμεν κείμενον ἀστέρα, ὑπόκιῤῥον. Παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ ἡ Πλειὰς ὀνομάζεται ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς, ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν, τῶν δηλονότι παρ' Ἑβραίων πολυ πραγμονησάντων τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα. Φαίνονται δὲ καὶ ἐν Πλειάδι ἑπτὰ ἀστέρες συνεχεῖς καὶ καταπεπυκνωμένοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους (οὐχὶ δὲ ἓξ, ὅπερ τινὲς οἴονται)· κεῖνται δὲ ἐν τριγωνοειδεῖ σχήματι. Ὡς οὖν ἐνταῦθα εὕρομεν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Ὠρίωνος, οὕτω τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Ἀρκτούρου καὶ τοῦ Ἑσπέρου καὶ τῆς Πλειάδος ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ, ὅς φησιν· Ὁ ποιῶν Πλειάδα καὶ Ἕσπερον καὶ Ἀρκτοῦρον καὶ ταμεῖα Νότου. Ὁ οὖν ἀριθμῶν πλήθη ἄστρων καὶ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα καλῶν, καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἔχει πάντων αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς προσηγορίας. Ὀλίγαι δέ εἰσιν αἱ ἐκφωνηθεῖσαι, αἷς οἱ Ἕλληνες συγχρησάμενοι καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ προσύφηναν παρ' ἑαυτῶν, καὶ μυρίαις ὀνομασίαις προσαγορεύουσι τούς τε ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρας καὶ τοὺς πλανω μένους. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν διαιροῦσιν εἰς δώδεκα μέρη, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὸν ζωοφόρον κύκλον, δι' οὗ ὁ
English
These are called "stars" (not "a star"), since "stars" indicates the multitude as a collective, while "a star" is said of each one individually. Scripture also mentions Arcturus, which we see situated among the parts of Orion, a star, reddish. In like manner, the Pleiad is also named by Scripture, as also by those outside, namely by the Hebrews who diligently investigated the hidden things. And there appear in the Pleiad seven stars, close together and densely packed toward one another (not six, as some think); and they lie in a triangular shape. As, then, we found here the name of Orion, so too the name of Arcturus and of Hesperus and of the Pleiad in Job, who says: Who makes the Pleiad and Hesperus and Arcturus and the treasuries of the South. He, therefore, who numbers the multitudes of stars and calls names to them all, has both the number of all of them and their appellations. But few are those that have been uttered, which the Greeks, using them, also wove the rest from themselves, and they address both the fixed stars and the planets by countless names. And some they divide into twelve parts, others according to the zodiacal circle, through which the
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:371 · narrative
Source
ἥλιος τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖ ται, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὸ βόρειον καὶ νότιον μέρος παραπεπη γότας κατωνόμασαν, ὡς ἠβουλήθησαν. Καὶ ἀπολῶ (φησὶν) ὕβριν ἀνόμων καὶ ὕβριν ὑπερηφάνων ταπεινώσω. Ἀγαθοῦ ἔργον ἐστὶ Θεοῦ τὰ φαῦλα ἐξαφανίζειν, ἵνα καθαρὸν ἀπὸ πάσης κακίας τὸ ἑαυτοῦ δημιούργημα ἀπο καταστήσῃ καὶ, ἀπαλλαγὲν ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀῤῥωστήματος, εἰς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἐπαναγάγῃ. Ἀλλαχοῦ μὲν γὰρ λέγεται· Ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω, καὶ ὅτι ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σοφία, ἀπατῶσα τοὺς παραδεξαμένους αὐτὴν καὶ νομισθεῖσα εἶναι ἀληθινὴ, ἄγνοιαν ἐμποιεῖ τῶν πρὸς σωτηρίαν δογμάτων. Ἀφανίζεται οὖν ἡ σοφία ἀνατρεπομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας, λυομένων τῶν σοφισμάτων καὶ τῶν πιθανοτήτων αὐτῆς, ἵνα ῥυσθῇ ἀπὸ ἀπάτης καὶ ψευδοδοξίας ὁ ὑπ' αὐτῆς προειλημμένος. Ὡς οὖν ἀπόλλυται νόσος ὑπὸ ἰατροῦ καὶ ἀπόλλυται σκότος ὑπὸ ἡλίου, οὕτως ἀπόλλυται ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ Θεοῦ ὕβρις ἀνόμων καὶ ὕβρις ὑπερηφάνων ταπεινοῦται. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼβ, εὐλογῶν τοὺς υἱοὺς Συμεὼν καὶ Λευί· Ἐπικατάρατος (φησὶν) ὁ θυμὸς αὐτῶν, ὅτι αὐθάδης, καὶ ἡ μῆνις αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἐσκληρύνθη. Τὴν πονηρὰν ἕξιν τῆς κατάρας ἐξαναλίσκει, ἵνα τὸ καταλειπόμενον ἐν αὐτοῖς ἄξιον τῆς εὐλο γίας τοῦ πατριάρχου γένηται. Οὕτω δὲ καὶ Νῶε, γνοὺς ὃ ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ νεώτερος, εἶπεν· Ἐπικατάρατος Χαναάν. Καίτοι Χὰμ ἦν ὁ λελυπηκώς· ἀλλ' ὅμως οὐκ αὐτῷ καταρᾶται, ἀλλὰ τῷ γεννήματι αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ αὐτοῦ, ὅπερ συμβολικῶς ὀνομάζεται Χαναάν, διότι ἑρμηνεύεται Χαναὰν ὡς σάλος.
English
he sun makes its course, while those that have wandered to the northern and southern regions they named as they wished. And I will destroy, he says, the insolence of the lawless, and the insolence of the proud I will humble. It is the work of a good God to make evil things disappear, so that he may restore his own creation pure from every wickedness and, once it has been delivered from every infirmity, bring it back to its natural state. For elsewhere it is said: I will destroy the wisdom of the wise and set aside the understanding of the prudent, and that the wisdom of the world, deceiving those who receive it and being thought to be true, produces ignorance of the doctrines that lead to salvation. So wisdom is made to vanish when it is overturned by the truth, its sophistries and plausibilities being dissolved, so that the one who has been taken in by it may be rescued from deceit and false opinion. Therefore, just as disease is destroyed by a physician and darkness is destroyed by the sun, so the insolence of the lawless is destroyed by the good God, and the insolence of the proud is humbled. For this reason Jacob too, when blessing his sons Simeon and Levi, says: Cursed be their anger, because it is headstrong, and their wrath, because it was hardened. He consumes the evil disposition of the curse, so that what remains in them may become worthy of the patriarch's blessing. And in this way Noah also, when he knew what his younger son had done to him, said: Cursed be Canaan. And yet it was Ham who had grieved him; nevertheless he does not curse him, but his offspring and his deed, which is symbolically named Canaan, because Canaan is interpreted as a tossing.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:372 · narrative
Source
Διὰ τὸ οὖν ἐν κινήσει τὴν ἕξιν γινομένην τὸ πάθος ἐπιτελεῖν, οὐ τῇ διαθέσει καταρᾶται, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἔργῳ, τῷ ἀπ' αὐτῆς. Δύσκολον γὰρ τὸ ἐν καρδίᾳ καθαρὸν ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει διασωθῆναι. Δῆλον δὲ, ὅτι ἀφανίζων τὴν ὕβριν τῶν ὑπερηφάνων, οὐχ ἓν μόνον τῶν κακῶν ἐξαναλίσκει, ἀλλ' ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτή ματος διατατικῶς, ἐφ' ὅλα τὰ εἴδη τῆς κακίας ἐξακούειν προσήκει τῆς ὕβρεως. Οἱ γὰρ ἄνομοι ἐξυβρίζουσι μὲν εἰς τὸν ναὸν, ἐξυβρίζουσι δὲ εἰς τὸν πλησίον, ἐξυβρίζουσι δὲ εἰς τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα τοῦ Κτίσαντος, καὶ διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος ἡ ὕβρις ἀνα βαίνει ἐπὶ τὸν Κτίσαντα. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ βασιλικὴν εἰκόνα καθυβρίσας, ὡς εἰς αὐτὸν ἐξαμαρτήσας τὸν βασιλέα κρίνεται, οὕτω δηλονότι ὑπόδικός ἐστι τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὁ τὸν κατ' εἰκόνα γεγενημένον καθυβρίζων. Ὑβρίζει δὲ πρὸ πάντων καὶ ἑαυτὸν ὁ πόρνος, διὰ τῆς φθορᾶς· ὁ μοιχὸς, διὰ τοῦ ἔργου τῆς αἰσχύνης· ὁ κλέπτης, διὰ τῆς ταπεινῆς καὶ αἰσχρᾶς καὶ ἀνελευθέρου πράξεως· ὁ ψεύστης, διὰ τοῦ ἀρνήσασθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ὁ ἐπίορκος, διὰ τῆς ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἀλλοτριώσεως. Ὥστε πᾶσα ἁμαρτία ὕβρις ἐστὶ καὶ ὕβρεώς ἐστι βλάστημα, πρώτου ἁπτομένη τοῦ ὑβριστοῦ. Ταπεινώσει δὲ καὶ τὴν ὕβριν τῶν ὑπερηφάνων, διότι καὶ ἡ ὑπερηφανία ἀδελφὴ τῆς ἀνομίας ἐστίν. Ὁ γὰρ ἄδικος ὑπερη φανεῖ τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ κατεπαίρεται αὐτῆς· καὶ ὁ ἀκόλαστος κατὰ τῆς σωφροσύνης λαλεῖ, ὅταν διαπτύῃ τὸν ἀκριβῆ ἐν πᾶσι παρατετηρημένον καὶ τὴν μέχρις ὀφθαλμῶν κίνησιν παιδαγωγοῦντα. Ὁ ἄσωτος τὸν ἐν διαίτῃ μέτριον, ὁ ἄφρων καταχλευάζει τοὺς περιττοὺς ἐν σοφίᾳ καὶ φιλοπόνως πανταχόθεν ἑαυτοῖς συλλέγοντας τὰ μαθήματα.
English
Because, then, the disposition (hexis) coming to be in motion accomplishes the passion, he does not curse the disposition but the deed that comes from it. For it is difficult for what is pure in the heart to be preserved in human nature. And it is clear that, in destroying the insolence of the proud, he does not consume only one of the evils, but from one sin, by way of ordering, it is fitting to hear it extended to all the forms of wickedness of insolence. For the lawless are insolent against the temple, they are insolent against the neighbor, they are insolent against what is according to the image of the Creator, and through the image the insolence ascends to the Creator. For just as one who insults a royal image is judged as having sinned against the king himself, so clearly he is liable to sin who insults the one who has come to be according to the image. And the fornicator insults himself before all, through corruption; the adulterer, through the deed of shame; the thief, through the base and shameful and illiberal act; the liar, through the denial of the truth; the perjurer, through alienation from God. So that every sin is insolence and is a sprout of insolence, touching first the insulter himself. And he will humble the insolence of the proud, because pride also is a sister of lawlessness. For the unjust man will be proud against righteousness and will exalt himself over it; and the licentious man speaks against chastity, when he spits upon the one who has been strictly observed in all things and who disciplines even the movement up to the eyes. The prodigal mocks the one who is moderate in his manner of life, the foolish man mocks those who are abundant in wisdom and who laboriously gather learning for themselves from every side.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:373 · narrative
Source
Ὁ οὖν ἀντιτασσόμενος ὑπερηφάνοις Κύριος καὶ ταπεινῶν ἁμαρτω λοὺς ἕως γῆς, οὗτος ἐπαγγέλλεται τὴν ὕβριν τῶν ὑπερηφάνων ταπεινώσειν. Ὁ οὖν ταπεινῶν τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους, ῥύεται μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὸν διάβολον ὁμοιότητος, ὅστις ἐστὶ πατὴρ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας, ἐνάγει δὲ αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸ μαθητεύεσθαι τῷ εἰπόντι· Μάθετε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ. Καὶ ἔσονται οἱ ἐγκαταλελειμμένοι ἔντιμοι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ χρυσίον τὸ ἄπυρον· καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἔντιμος ἔσται μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ λίθος, ὁ ἐκ Σουφείρ. Μετὰ τὸ ἐπαχθῆναι τοὺς μεγάλους πειρασμοὺς καὶ ἐλθεῖν τοὺς ὁπλομάχους τοὺς ἐξαφανίζοντας τὴν οἰκου μένην καὶ μετὰ τὸ ταπεινωθῆναι πᾶσαν ὑπερηφανίαν, τότε οἱ εὑρισκόμενοι ἄνθρωποι ἐκ πολλῶν, μηδὲν βλαβέντες τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀνόμους κοινωνίας, ἀλλὰ διὰ μυρίων πειρασμῶν καὶ δοκιμαστηρίων ἐξετασθέντες, βάσανον τῆς ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεως ἀκριβῆ δεδωκότες, παντὸς ἀπύρου χρυσίου ἔσονται τιμιώτεροι καὶ παντὸς λίθου τιμιωτάτου, ὃς δοκεῖ ἐν τῇ Σουφεὶρ εὑρίσκεσθαι. Ἔοικε δὲ χώραν τινὰ λέγειν ἐν τῷ ἔθνει τῷ Ἰνδικῷ τὴν Σουφεὶρ, περὶ ἣν οἱ πολυτίμητοι τῶν λίθων πεφύκασι γίνεσθαι. Ἄπυρον δὲ χρυσίον, τὸ μηδεμίαν ἀμφιβολίαν ὕλης ἀλλο τρίας ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλ' ὁμοῦ τῷ φανῆναι, πεῖθον τὴν ὄψιν τῶν ὁρώντων, ὅτι δόκιμόν ἐστι καὶ ἀμιγὲς χαλκοῦ, ἤ τινος ἄλλης ἐπιπλοκῆς. Ὁ γὰρ οὐρανὸς θυμωθήσεται καὶ ἡ γῆ σεισθήσεται ἐκ τῶν θεμελίων αὐτῆς, διὰ θυμὸν ὀργῆς Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ, ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ᾗ ἂν ἐπέλθῃ ὁ θυμὸς αὐτοῦ. Πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συγκινεῖται τῷ Δεσπότῃ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἡμαρτηκότων.
English
The Lord, therefore, who opposes the proud and humbles sinners to the earth, promises that he will bring low the insolence of the proud. He who humbles the proud rescues them from likeness to the devil, who is the father of pride, and leads them to become disciples of him who said: Learn from me, that I am gentle and humble in heart. And those who have been left behind shall be honorable rather than unrefined gold; and an honorable man shall be more honorable than the stone from Souphir. After the great temptations have been brought on and the warriors have come who wipe out the inhabited world, and after all pride has been humbled, then the men who are found—out of many, having suffered no harm in their soul from fellowship with the lawless, but having been tested through countless temptations and trials, having given a precise proof of their own disposition—shall be more precious than all unrefined gold and than every most precious stone, which is thought to be found in Souphir. It seems that he is speaking of a certain region in the Indian nation, Souphir, around which the highly valued stones naturally occur. Unrefined gold is that which has no ambiguity of foreign matter in itself, but as soon as it appears persuades the sight of those who see it that it is genuine and unmixed with bronze or any other admixture. For heaven will be enraged and the earth will be shaken from its foundations, because of the fury of the anger of the Lord Sabaoth, on the day when his fury comes upon it. All creation is stirred together with the Master for the vengeance of those who have sinned against him.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:374 · narrative
Source
Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐξίσταται ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ φρίσσει ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀπροσδοκήτοις παρανομίαις τοῦ λαοῦ, ὅταν ἐγκαταλείπωσι τὸν Κύριον, οὕτως, ἐπειδὰν συμπληρωθῶσιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι τῶν ἀποστατησάντων καὶ ἔλθῃ ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως, θυμοῦσθαι λέγεται καὶ συνδια νίστασθαι τῇ ὀργῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Θυμὸν δὲ οὐρανοῦ νοεῖν χρὴ τὰ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ φοβερὰ ἐπιπίπ τοντα τοῖς κολαζομένοις, ὅταν σκότωσις μὲν γένηται τῶν ἀστέρων, ἀφεγγὴς δὲ ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐκέτι πεφωτισμένη· ὅταν σκηπτοὶ διατρέχοντες καὶ βρονταὶ φοβερῶς κα ταῤῥηγνύμεναι· ὅταν ὁ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς ἀὴρ ἐσκοτισμένος ὑπάρχῃ, ὡς πανταχόθεν ἀπαραμύθητον εἶναι τοῖς τῇ ὀργῇ παραδεδομένοις τὴν βάσανον. Ἡ γὰρ κτίσις, τῷ Ποιήσαντι ὑπηρετοῦσα, ἐπιτείνεται μὲν εἰς κόλασιν κατὰ τῶν ἀδίκων, ἀνίεται δὲ εἰς εὐεργεσίαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπ' αὐτῷ πεποιθότων. Ταῦτα δὲ γίνεται διὰ θυμὸν ὀργῆς Κυρίου. Θυμὸν δὲ ὀργῆς λέγειν τῇ Γραφῇ σύνηθες τὴν ἀναθυμίασιν καὶ οἱονεὶ ἔξαψιν τῆς ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνταποδόσει τῶν πονηρῶν ἔργων γινομένης κολάσεως. Ἡ δὲ γῆ σεισθήσεται ἐκ τῶν θεμελίων αὐτῆς. Δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιπόλαιος, οὐδὲ συνήθης ὁ σεισμὸς ἔσται, περὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ βρασμοῦ γινομένου, ἀλλ' αὐ τὴν τὴν ἕδραν αὐτῆς ἀναστρέφει, καὶ ὁ κλόνος αὐτῆς δι' ὅλου ἅψεται. Θεμέλια δὲ γῆς ἄγνωστα ἀνθρώπου φύσει, ὡς μεμαθήκαμεν ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ, τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· Ποῦ ἦς ἐν τῷ θεμελιοῦν με τὴν γῆν; Ἀπάγγειλον δέ μοι, εἰ ἐπί στασαι σύνεσιν. Τίς ἔθετο τὰ μέτρα αὐτῆς, εἰ οἶδας; Ἢ τίς ὁ ἐπαγαγὼν σπαρτίον ἐπ' αὐτῆς; Ἐπὶ τίνος οἱ κρίκοι αὐ τῆς πεπήγασι; Τίς δέ ἐστιν ὁ βαλὼν λίθον γωνιαῖον ἐπ' αὐ τῆς;
English
For just as heaven is thrown into disorder and shudders at the unexpected lawlessness of the people, when they forsake the Lord, so, when the sins of those who have fallen away are fulfilled and the time of recompense comes, he is said to be angry and to rise up together with the wrath of God. By the anger of heaven one must understand the fearful things that fall from it upon those being punished, when there is a darkening of the stars, and the sun is lightless and the moon no longer illuminated; when lightning bolts run across and thunders break forth fearfully; when the air above our heads is darkened, so that from every side the torment is beyond consolation for those handed over to wrath. For creation, serving its Maker, is strained for punishment against the unjust, but is relaxed for beneficence on behalf of those who have trusted in him. And these things come about through the fury of the Lord's anger. Scripture is accustomed to call the fury of anger the exhalation and, as it were, the kindling of the punishment that comes upon the recompense of evil deeds. And the earth shall be shaken from its foundations. He shows that the shaking will not be superficial nor ordinary, occurring only at the surface of the agitation, but it overturns its very seat, and its convulsion will touch it through and through. The foundations of the earth are unknown to human nature, as we have learned in Job, when the Lord says: Where were you when I founded the earth? Declare to me, if you understand discernment. Who set its measures, if you know? Or who stretched a line upon it? Upon what are its clasps fixed? And who is it that laid its cornerstone?
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:375 · narrative
Source
Ἤπου κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἔξωθεν ὑπόληψιν ἐθεμελίωσεν ὁ Κύριος τὴν γῆν, ἐν τῷ κέντρῳ τῆς περιεχούσης τὸν κόσμον σφαίρας, ὡς διὰ τὴν ἰσοῤῥοπίαν αὐτῆς ἴσον ἀπεχούσης πανταχόθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, βεβηκέναι ἀσφαλῶς καὶ ἐρηρεῖσθαι ἀκλινῶς. Εἰ δὲ οὕτως ἐστήρικται βεβαίως ἡ γῆ, δηλονότι ἐκ θεμελίων κινουμένη, ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῇ βάσεως μετατεθήσεται. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ θυμοῦσθαι ἴδιόν ἐστι τῶν λογικῶν καὶ ἐμψύχων, ἤδη τινὲς ἐφαντάσθησαν καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔμψυχον εἶναι καὶ λόγῳ κεχρῆσθαι, ὡς δύνασθαι καὶ εἰς ἀγανάκτησιν τῷ Δεσπότῃ συνδιαναστῆναι. Ἔστι δὲ μυθικὸν ἀνάπλασμα τὸ τοιοῦτον· Πολλάκις γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ μετωνυμικῶς οὐρανὸν ὀνομάζει τὰ ἐπουράνια ζῶα, ὡς ἔθος καὶ παρ' ἡμῖν λέγειν· ἡ πόλις ἐκβέβηκε πᾶσα· καὶ ἡ πόλις ᾔτησε παρὰ τοῦ ἄρχοντος τόδε· ἀντὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐνοικούντων τὴν πόλιν λέγο μεν. Οὕτως οὖν καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς θυμοῦται, τῶν οὐρανίων δυνάμεων συντιθεμένων τῇ δικαία ὀργῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ὡς γὰρ χαρὰ γίνεται ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι, οὕτω καὶ παροξυσμὸς καὶ λύπη ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀποστατοῦσι διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ κτίσαντος. Καὶ ἔσονται οἱ καταλελειμμένοι, ὡς δορκάδιον φεῦ γον καὶ ὡς πρόβατον πλανώμενον, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ συν άγων, ὥστε ἄνθρωπον εἰς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀποστραφῆναι καὶ ἄνθρωπον εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτοῦ διῶξαι. Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἁλῷ, ἡττηθήσεται· καὶ οἵτινες συνηγμένοι εἰσὶ, μαχαίρᾳ πεσοῦνται. Καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν ῥάξουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰς οἰκίας αὐτῶν προνομεύσουσι καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας αὐ τῶν ἕξουσιν. Ἐν τῇ ἐφόδῳ τῶν πολεμίων, οἱ μὲν εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθόντες,
English
Perhaps, according to the opinion of those outside, the Lord founded the earth at the center of the sphere that encompasses the world, so that by its equilibrium, being equally distant on all sides from heaven, it stands securely and is established without inclination. But if the earth has been so firmly fixed, it is clear that when it is moved from its foundations, it will be displaced from the base that it has. And since being angry is proper to rational and living beings, some have already imagined that heaven too is living and possesses reason, so as to be able to rise up together with the Master in indignation. But such a thing is a mythical fiction. For often Scripture, by metonymy, calls the heavenly creatures "heaven," as is our custom also to say: "The whole city has gone out," and "The city asked the ruler for such-and-such"; for instead of the inhabitants we speak of the city. So then heaven also is angry, when the heavenly powers concur with the just wrath of God. For just as there is joy in the heavens over one sinner who repents, so also there is provocation and grief over those who apostatize through the sin of the Creator. And those who are left shall be as a gazelle fleeing and as a sheep wandering, and there shall be no one to gather them, so that a man may turn back to his people and a man may pursue to his country. For whoever is caught shall be defeated; and those who are gathered together shall fall by the sword. And they shall dash their children before them, and plunder their houses and take their wives. In the assault of the enemies, those who come to hand,
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:376 · narrative
Source
ἐπ' αὐτῆς τῆς παρατάξεως ἔπεσον· οἱ δὲ διαφυγόντες, ὡς δορκάδιόν εἰσι φεύγοντες. Εὐπτόητον δὲ τὸ ζῶόν ἐστι καὶ δειλὸν, καὶ δι' ὀξύτητα τῶν ποδῶν ἐπὶ πολὺ φεῦγον, καὶ οὐχ ἱστάμενον. Ἔσονται οὖν ὡς δορκάδιον καὶ ὡς πρό βατον πλανώμενον. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδεμίαν οἰκείαν σύνεσιν ἔχει τὸ πρόβατον πρὸς τὸ ὁρμῆσαι μὲν ἐπὶ τὰς τροφίμους νομὰς, αὐλισθῆναι δὲ ἐν τόποις ἀσφαλεστέροις, ἢ ποτὸν ἑαυτοῖς ἐκζητῆσαι, ἐὰν μή τις ᾖ ὁ ποιμαίνων καὶ ἐπὶ ταῦτα καθη γούμενος. Ἔσονται οὖν οἱ τότε, διαφεύγοντες μὲν ὡς δορ κάδες, ἀβοήθητοι δὲ ὡς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ πλανώμενα, τῷ μὴ εἶναι αὐτῶν ἄρχοντα. Καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ συνάγων, ἀλλ' οἱ μὲν δειλοὶ σπαρήσονται ὑπὸ τῶν διωκόντων, οἱ δὲ κατα λειφθέντες ἡττηθήσονται ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων· κἂν δυνηθῶσι συστῆναι καὶ κοινωνίαν τινὰ βοηθείας ποιήσασθαι, ἀλλ' οὖν μαχαίρᾳ πεσοῦνται. Εἶτα λέγει τὰ ἐλεεινὰ πάθη τῶν ἐξανδραποδιζομένων. Τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν ῥάξουσιν ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τῶν γονέων καὶ τὰς οἰκίας αὐτῶν διαρπάσονται καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἐφ' ὕβρει πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς μεταστήσουσιν. Ἰδοὺ ἐπεγερῶ ὑμῖν τοὺς Μήδους, οἳ οὐ λογίζονται ἀργύριον, οὐδὲ χρυσίου χρείαν ἔχουσι. Τοξεύματα νεανί σκων συντρίψουσι καὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἐλεήσουσιν· οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς τέκνοις σου φείσονται οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐ τῶν. [Πολλοῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις, ὡς ἡ ἱστορία παραδέδωκεν, οἱ Μῆδοι τῇ ἀρχῇ τῇ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων ἐπέθεντο καὶ κατεστρέψαντο Βαβυλῶνα· ἔστι μὲν οὖν ἡ προφητεία τοῦ Ἡσαΐου πρὸ πολλῶν γενεῶν τῆς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ αἰχμαλωσίας· πάλιν δὲ μετὰ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ πολλοῖς ὕστερον ἔτεσι φαίνονται οἱ Μῆδοι, ἐπιστρατεύσαντες τοῖς Ἀσσυρίοις].
English
They fell in that very battle line; but those who escaped are fleeing like a gazelle. The creature is easily startled and timid, and by the swiftness of its feet it flees far and does not stand still. They shall be, then, like a gazelle and like a wandering sheep. For the sheep has no understanding of its own to rush to the nourishing pastures, or to lodge in safer places, or to seek out drink for itself, unless there is someone to shepherd it and lead it to these things. Those at that time, then, shall be like gazelles in escaping, but helpless like wandering sheep, because they have no ruler. And there shall be no one to gather them, but the timid shall be scattered by their pursuers, and those left behind shall be defeated by the enemy; and even if they are able to stand together and make some fellowship of help, yet they shall fall by the sword. Then he speaks of the pitiable sufferings of those being enslaved. They shall dash their children in the sight of their parents, and plunder their houses, and carry off their wives for outrage. Behold, I will rouse up the Medes against you, who do not reckon silver, nor have need of gold. They shall shatter the arrows of young men, and they shall not pity your children; nor shall their eyes spare your children. [Many years later, as history has handed down, the Medes attacked the empire of the Assyrians and destroyed Babylon. The prophecy of Isaiah is, then, many generations before the captivity of Israel; but again, after Israel, many years later the Medes appear, marching against the Assyrians.]
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:377 · narrative
Source
Παραμυθία οὖν τῶν αἰχμαλωτιζομένων ἡ προσδοκία τῆς ἐκδικήσεως μετ' οὐ πολὺ καταληψομένης τὸν λαὸν τὸν κακώσαντα τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Ἐπεγερῶ (φησὶν) ὑμῖν τοὺς Μήδους, οἵτινες οὔτε ἀργυρίῳ παραπεισθήσονται, οὔτε χρυσίῳ. Οὐδὲ δυνήσεσθε ὑμεῖς, οἱ Βαβυλώνιοι, τῇ περιουσίᾳ τοῦ πλούτου ἐξωνήσασθαι παρ' αὐ τῶν τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν. Οὐδὲ γάρ εἰσιν ἐπτοημένοι περὶ χρήματα, τῷ καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑπερπλουτεῖν. Διόπερ οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις περισπῶνται ὑπὸ τῆς νεκροσυλίας, οὐδὲ ἀσχο λοῦνται περὶ τὴν λείαν καὶ τὸ λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν ἑαλω κότων ἀγενὲς οἴονται. Ἀλλὰ τὴν τοξείαν τῶν παρ' ὑμῖν νεανίσκων συντρίψουσι καὶ οὐδένα οἶκτον, οὐδὲ φειδῶ ποιή σονται τῶν νηπίων. Τὸ δὲ Μήδων ὄνομα μεταλαμβανόμενον σημαίνει ἀπὸ ἱκανοῦ. Οὐκοῦν ὁ Ἱκανὸς ἐν πᾶσι καὶ δυνατὸς ἐπάγειν τὰ πρὸς ἀξίαν, οὗτος κινεῖ τοὺς Μήδους. Ἢ τάχα, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Μαδαεὶ κτίστης ἐστὶ τῆς Μηδείας, ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ οὗτος ἐκμέτρησις, λέγοιντο ἂν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐπάγεσθαι εἰς τὸ κολάζειν ἐμμέτρως τοὺς κακῶς βεβιωκότας, διότι ᾧ μέτρῳ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν μεμέτρηκεν, ἤτοι ἐν τῷ κατορθοῦν, ἢ ἐν τῷ ἁμαρτά νειν, ἐν τούτῳ ἢ τὰ τῆς ἀμοιβῆς, ἢ τὰ τῆς κολάσεως ἀπο λήψεται. Τοιοῦτοι δὲ οἱ Μῆδοι· οὐκ ἐλεήσουσι τὰ τέκνα τῶν Βαβυλωνίων, οὐδὲ περιποιήσασθαι καταδέξονται. Τάχα δὲ τέκνα τοὺς καρποὺς καὶ τὰ γεννήματα τῆς Βαβυ λωνίων ψυχῆς νῦν φησιν ἡ Γραφή. Τοιαῦτα νομίζω εἶναι καὶ τὰ τοῦ μακαριζομένου παρὰ τῷ Ψαλμῷ τέκνα, ἐν ᾧ ἡ μὲν γυνὴ ἡ σοφία ἐστὶν, ἥντινα ἐκζητήσας νύμφην ἠγάγετο καὶ σύνοικον ἑαυτῷ ὁ Κύριος, γενόμενος ἐραστὴς τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς·
English
The consolation, then, of those being taken captive is the expectation of vengeance, which will soon overtake the people that maltreated Israel. I will rouse against you, he says, the Medes, who will be persuaded neither by silver nor by gold. Nor will you, the Babylonians, be able to buy off from them by the abundance of your wealth the suffering of nothing. For they are not excited about money, since they themselves are exceedingly rich. Therefore they are not distracted in wars by the despoiling of the dead, nor are they busy about the spoil, and they consider it base to take from the captives. But they will shatter the archery of your young men, and they will show no pity nor spare the infants. The name of the Medes, when translated, means "from what is sufficient." Therefore the Sufficient in all things and mighty to bring on things according to worth—this one stirs up the Medes. Or perhaps, since Madai is the founder of Media, and this name is interpreted as "measurement," the Medes might be said to be brought on to punish in due measure those who have lived badly, because with whatever measure each of us has measured, whether in doing right or in sinning, in this he will receive either the things of recompense or the things of punishment. Such are the Medes: they will not have mercy on the children of the Babylonians, nor will they consent to preserve them alive. Perhaps the Scripture now calls "children" the fruits and offspring of the soul of the Babylonians. Such, I think, are also the children of the one called blessed in the Psalm, in which the woman is wisdom, whom the Lord sought out and led as a bride and made his housemate, having become a lover of her beauty.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:378 · narrative
Source
οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ, τὰ γεννήματα τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας ἅμα συνελθόντα. Περὶ τούτων οἶμαι τῶν τέκνων εἰρῆσθαι ἐν τῷ ρλϛʹ Ψαλμῷ· Θυγάτηρ Βαβυλῶνος ἡ ταλαίπωρος· μακάριος, ὃς ἀνταποδώσει σοι τὸ ἀνταπόδομά σου, ὃ ἀνταπέδωκας ἡμῖν. Μακάριος, ὃς κρατήσει καὶ ἐδαφιεῖ τὰ νήπιά σου πρὸς τὴν πέτραν. Ταύτην γὰρ προβλέπει τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς ἀνταπο δόσεως, καθ' ἣν οἱ Μῆδοι, κρατήσαντες τῶν Βαβυλωνίων, οὐκ ἐλεήσουσιν, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν φείσονται οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν. Σκόπει δὲ ὅτι ὁ Ψαλμὸς μακαρίζει, οὐ τὸν ὁπωσδήποτε τέκνον Βαβυλώνιον ἀνελόντα, ἀλλ' ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν θέλει τὰ νήπια αὐτῶν ἀφανίζεσθαι τὰ ἀρτιγενῆ, μὴ ἐπιτραπέντα ἐλθεῖν εἰς αὔξησιν, ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον χωρήσῃ τῆς πονηρίας· δεύτερον δὲ, ὅτι οὐχ οἵῳ δήποτε τρόπῳ ἀναιρεθῆναι. Μακα ρίζει γὰρ τὸν κρατήσαντα καὶ περιγενόμενον τῇ ἑαυτοῦ σοφίᾳ τῆς τεκνογονίας τοῦ συγκεχυμένου νοῦ, ὅστις ὀνομάζεται Βαβυλώνιος, ἔπειτα δὲ προσαράσσων αὐτὰ τῇ πέτρᾳ. Ἡ πέτρα δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν· ὁ γὰρ συγκρούων τὰ φαῦλα δόγματα τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὰ Βαβυλώνια νήπια τῇ πέτρᾳ προσεδαφίζων. Εἰ οὖν τέκνα Βαβυλῶνος, τὰ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων δόγματα (συγχέοντα τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παραδεχομένου) καλῶς τὸ Βαβυλώνιον τέκνον κρατηθὲν ἐδαφίζοιτο πρὸς τὴν πέτραν. Καὶ ἔσται Βαβυλὼν, ἣ καλεῖται ἔνδοξος ὑπὸ βασιλέως Χαλδαίων, ὃν τρόπον κατέστρεψεν ὁ Θεὸς Σόδομα καὶ Γόμοῤῥα· οὐ κατοικηθήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον, οὐδὲ μὴ εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς αὐτὴν διὰ πολλῶν γενεῶν, οὐδὲ μὴ διέλθω σιν αὐτὴν Ἄραβες, οὐδὲ ποιμένες οὐ μὴ ἀναπαύσωνται ἐν αὐτῇ.
English
The sons, however, are the offspring of the mind and of wisdom coming together at once. It is about these children, I think, that it was said in the 136th Psalm: “Daughter of Babylon, the wretched one; blessed is he who will repay you your repayment, which you repaid to us. Blessed is he who will seize and dash your infants against the rock.” For it foresees that day of repayment, on which the Medes, having gained control of the Babylonians, will show no mercy, nor will their eyes spare their children. Consider that the Psalm pronounces blessed, not the one who has destroyed a Babylonian child in any chance way, but that first it wants their infants, newly born, to be destroyed, not permitted to come to growth, so that evil may not advance further; and second, that they be destroyed not in just any manner. For it blesses the one who has seized and prevailed by his own wisdom over the child-bearing of the confused mind, which is called Babylonian, and then dashes them against the rock. And the rock in this too is Christ; for the one who strikes the base doctrines with the word of truth, this is the one who dashes the Babylonian infants against the rock. If, then, the children of Babylon are the doctrines of the heterodox (which confuse the soul of the one who receives them), rightly would the Babylonian child, once seized, be dashed against the rock. And Babylon, which is called glorious by the king of the Chaldeans, will be as God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah; it will not be inhabited for ever, nor will they enter into it for many generations, nor will Arabians pass through it, nor will shepherds rest in it.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:379 · narrative
Source
Καὶ ἀναπαύσονται ἐκεῖ θηρία, καὶ ἐμπλησθήσονται αἱ οἰκίαι ἤχου. Καὶ ἀναπαύσονται ἐκεῖ σειρῆνες, καὶ δαι μόνια ἐκεῖ ὀρχήσονται· καὶ ὀνοκένταυροι ἐκεῖ κατοικήσουσι καὶ νοσσοποιήσουσιν ἐχῖνοι ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν. Ταχὺ ἔρχεται καὶ οὐ χρονιεῖ, καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ ἐφελκυ σθῶσιν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις διηγεῖται τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς Βαβυλῶνος. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ σφοδροτέραν ποιεῖται τὴν ἐνέργειαν ἡ ὑπόμνησις τῆς πρὸ τούτου δόξης, δείκνυσιν ἀπὸ οἵας καταστά σεως εἰς οἵαν ἦλθε μεταβολήν. Καὶ ἔσται (φησὶ) Βαβυλὼν, ἣ καλεῖται ἔνδοξος. Ὥσπερ ἴδιον ἐπώνυμον ἐγένετο τοῦτο, καὶ πάντες αὐτὴν μετὰ προσθήκης ὠνόμαζον· Βαβυλὼν ἡ ἔνδοξος. Ἐποίει δὲ αὐτὴν περιβόητον ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Χαλδαίων, τῷ πολλοὺς καταστρεψάμενος εἰς αὐτὴν μεταθεῖναι τῶν ἑαλωκότων τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ μεγάλα μὲν αὐτῇ περιβαλεῖν τείχη, πολλὴν δὲ στρατιωτικὴν δύναμιν ἐξαρτύσασθαι, λαμπροῖς δὲ οἰκοδομήμασιν αὐτὴν ἐξᾶραι. Αὕτη τοίνυν καταστραφήσεται Ὃν τρόπον κατέστρεψεν ὁ Θεὸς Σόδομα καὶ Γόμοῤῥα, καὶ οὐ κατοικηθήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον. Τάχα δὲ περιορίζει τὴν καταστροφὴν αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν χρόνῳ τινί, διὸ οὐκ εἶπεν ἀπολύτως «καὶ καταστραφήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα», ἀλλὰ προσέθηκεν· Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον. Δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς, ὅτι οὐ παντελῆ αὐτῆς προαγορεύει τὴν ἐρήμωσιν· Οὐ γὰρ μὴ εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς αὐτὴν διὰ πολλῶν γενεῶν, ὡς ἐν πολλαῖς γενεαῖς τῆς ἐρημώσεως γενησομένης, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκιζομένης. Οὐδὲ μὴ διέλθωσιν αὐτὴν Ἄραβες, οὐδὲ ποιμένες οὐ μὴ ἀναπαύσωνται ἐν αὐτῇ.
English
And there wild beasts shall rest, and the houses shall be filled with noise. And there sirens shall rest, and demons shall dance there; and onocentours shall dwell there, and hedgehogs shall make their nests in their houses. It comes quickly and shall not delay, and her days shall not be drawn out. After these things he recounts the humiliation of Babylon. And since the reminder of her former glory makes the effect more forceful, he shows from what condition to what change she came. And Babylon (he says) shall be, she who is called glorious. As though this had become her own surname, and all named her with the addition: Babylon the glorious. And the king of the Chaldeans made her renowned, by having overthrown many and transferred to her the strength of the captives, and by having thrown great walls around her, and equipped a great military force, and exalted her with splendid buildings. This city, then, shall be overthrown in the manner in which God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah, and shall not be inhabited for a time everlasting. Perhaps he limits her overthrow and desolation to a certain time, which is why he did not say absolutely “and she shall be overthrown forever,” but added: for a time everlasting. And the things that follow also make clear that he does not foretell her desolation as complete: For they shall not enter into her through many generations, as though the desolation would come to pass through many generations, and after these things she would again be inhabited. Nor shall Arabs pass through her, nor shall shepherds rest in her.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:380 · narrative
Source
Σκυθρωπὴν ἐρήμωσιν ὑπογράφει ὁ λόγος, ὅτι οὕτως ἔσται ἔρημος, ὥστε μηδὲ ποιμέσι σκέπην ἐν αὐτῇ εὑρίσκεσθαι, μηδὲ Ἄραβας, τοὺς τὴν ἔρημον οἰκοῦντας. Οἳ πάντα λεηλατοῦντες καὶ λῃστεύοντες διερευνῶνται πόλεις καὶ κώμας, οὗτοι οὐκ εἰσέρχονται, διὰ τὴν ἀπόγνωσιν αὐτῆς τῷ μήτε οἰκοῦντας εἶναι, μήτε εὑρίσκεσθαί τι τῶν πρὸς βίον. Ἀλλ' ἔσται (φησὶ) καταγώγιον θηρίων, ἐμπλησθήσονται δὲ αἱ οἰκίαι ἤχου. Ὑπερβολὴν τῆς ἐρημώσεως ὁ ἦχος σημαίνει· φωνὴ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνακλωμένη ὁ ἦχος, ἀπὸ στεῤῥῶν καὶ ἀντιτύπων ἐπὶ τὸν προέμενον πάλιν ἐπανιοῦσα· Ἥτις ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἐρημίαις εὐήχως ἐπανακάμπτει· ἐν δὲ ταῖς οἰκουμέναις πόλεσιν ἢ κώμαις, ὑπό τε τῶν παραφερομένων σκευῶν τοῦ ἀέρος δια κοπτομένου καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκ πλαγίου παρεμπιπτούσης φωνῆς καταθραυομένη, ἀποτελεῖσθαι οὐ συγχωρεῖται. Ἐκεῖ τοίνυν αἱ οἰκίαι ἤχου ἐμπλησθήσονται. Ἐρημώσεως σύμβολον ὁ ἦχος. Ἀναπαύσονται δὲ ἐκεῖ σειρῆνες, καὶ δαιμόνια ἐκεῖ ὀρχήσονται· καὶ ὀνοκένταυροι ἐκεῖ κατοικήσουσι, καὶ νοσσοποιήσουσιν ἐχῖνοι ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν. Σειρῆνας ὁ μὲν ἔξωθεν λόγος παραδέδωκε γυναῖκάς τινας μελῳδούσας· ἐνταῦθα δὲ δαιμόνων ἔοικεν ὄνομα εἶναι· διὸ Ἀκύλας τὰς σειρῆνας στρουθοκαμήλους εἶπε. Φιλέρημον δὲ τὸ ζῶον καὶ ταῖς ἀγονω τάταις ψάμμοις, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, ἐμφωλεῦον. Τὴν οὖν ὑπερ βολὴν τῆς ἐρημίας ὁ λόγος διὰ τῆς τῶν στρουθοκαμήλων σκηνώσεως παραδίδωσι. Τοὺς δὲ ὀνοκενταύρους, οὓς εἶπον οἱ Ἑβδομήκοντα, τριχιῶντας ὠνόμασεν ὁ Ἀκύλας. Δαιμόνων τι γένος ἔοικε παριστᾷν, κάθυλον καὶ ἐσκοτισμένον τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ, ὧν ἔργον ἐστὶ
English
The word depicts a gloomy desolation, such that it will be so deserted that not even a shelter will be found in it for shepherds, nor for Arabians, those who dwell in the desert. These, plundering and robbing everything, search out cities and villages; yet they do not enter, because of its hopelessness, since neither are there inhabitants, nor is anything for living found there. But it shall be (he says) a dwelling-place of wild beasts, and the houses shall be filled with noise. The noise signifies the excess of the desolation; for noise is a sound reflected back, returning again from hard and resisting surfaces to the one who emitted it. And this in the wilderness returns with a good sound; but in inhabited cities or villages, being broken up both by the air being cut through by objects carried about and by the voice falling in from the side, it is not permitted to be completed. There, then, the houses shall be filled with noise. Noise is a symbol of desolation. And there sirens shall rest, and demons shall dance there; and onocentours shall dwell there, and hedgehogs shall make their nests in their houses. The outside account has handed down that sirens are certain women who sing; but here it seems to be a name of demons; therefore Aquila called the sirens ostriches. And the creature is a lover of the wilderness and, for the most part, lurks in the most barren sands. The word therefore delivers the excess of the desert through the dwelling of ostriches. But the onocentours, which the Seventy called, Aquila named hairy ones. It seems to represent a certain kind of demons, of a swinish and darkened appearance, whose work is
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:381 · narrative
Source
τὸ ἄστατον καὶ τὸ μηδέποτε ἑστῶσι τοῖς ποσὶ, μήτε τῇ διανοίᾳ κεχρῆσθαι. Καὶ ὀνοκένταυροι ἐκεῖ κατοικήσουσι. Καὶ τοῦτο ἕτερον εἶδος δαιμόνων ἔοικεν ἡ Γραφὴ παριστᾷν, ὅπερ Σίειν ὠνό μασαν, αὐτὴν τὴν Ἑβραϊκὴν φωνὴν μεταθέντες οἱ λοιποί. Ἐκεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐχῖνοι (φησὶ) τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῷ ποιήσουσι. Πάντα φιλέρημα ζῶα διηγεῖται ὁ τόπος, ὡς οἰκειωθησόμενα τῇ Βαβυλῶνι μετὰ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν. Ταχὺ ἔρχεται καὶ οὐ χρονιεῖ, καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ ἐφελκυσθῶσιν. Ἠπειγμένην λέγει τὴν καταστροφὴν τῆς Βαβυλῶνος, καὶ οὐδεμίαν παράτασιν τῶν ἠπειλημένων. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἠπείληται καταστρέφεσθαι Βαβυλὼν ὡς Σώδομα, εἰδέναι ἡμᾶς δεῖ, ὅτι πολλαὶ αἱ ἑρμηνεῖαι τοῦ ὀνόματος Σο δόμων. Ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ ὄνομα καὶ τύφλωσις καὶ στείρωσις, καὶ ἑστῶσα σιωπὴ καὶ ὁμοίωμα, καὶ ἔκκλησις καὶ θεμέλιος αὐτῶν. Γόμοῤῥα δὲ μεταλαμβάνεται εἰς μέτρον καὶ εἰς στάσιν. Πάντων δὲ οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι χρῄζειν τὸν βουλό μενον ἑρμηνεῦσαι, πῶς ἡ Βαβυλὼν ὁμοίως Σοδόμοις καταστραφήσεται. Ἔοικε γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς, εὐεργετῶν τοὺς κατα στρεφομένους, καταστρέφειν ὡς ἰατρὸς τυφλότητα· κατα στροφὴ δὲ τυφλότητος, ὁράσεως ἀρχή. Καὶ καταστρέφει στείρωσιν, ἵνα, τὴν ἀγονίαν ἐξελάσας, χαρίσηται αὐτοῖς γεν νήματα ἔργων δικαιοσύνης. Καὶ τὴν σιωπὴν τὴν ἑστῶσαν καταστρέφει, ἵνα λόγον ἐμβάλῃ καρδίαις πρὸς τὸ δοξάζειν τὸν Θεόν. Καὶ Γόμοῤῥα οὖν καταστρέφων (ἐπειδὴ ἀμφότερα ἑρμηνεύεται καὶ μέτρον καὶ στάσις τὰ Γόμοῤῥα) τὴν στάσιν τὴν ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ τὴν ταραχὴν καθαιρεῖ, ἵνα οἱ στασιάζοντες, καὶ ἐν τῇ καταστάσει τῇ ἐναντίᾳ (τῆς εἰρήνης) ὄντες, βελτιω θῶσι.
English
the instability and the fact that they never stand firm on their feet, nor use their mind. And onocentours shall dwell there. And this too the Scripture seems to present as another kind of demons, which the rest, translating the Hebrew speech itself, called Sein. And there, he says, the hedgehogs shall make their homes for it. The passage describes all creatures that love the desert, as those that will become at home in Babylon after its desolation. It comes quickly and will not delay, and her days shall not be prolonged. He says that the overthrow of Babylon is hastened, and that there is no postponement of the threats. But since Babylon has been threatened to be overthrown like Sodom, we must know that there are many interpretations of the name Sodom. For the same name is interpreted both as blindness and as barrenness, and as standing silence and as likeness, and as calling and as their foundation. And Gomorrah is rendered as measure and as standing. But I do not think that anyone who wishes to interpret needs all of these, namely how Babylon will be overthrown like Sodom. For God seems, in benefiting those who are overthrown, to overthrow them as a physician does blindness; and the overthrow of blindness is the beginning of sight. And he overthrows barrenness, so that, having driven out childlessness, he may grant them the offspring of works of righteousness. And he overthrows the standing silence, so that he may implant speech in hearts for the glorifying of God. And so, overthrowing Gomorrah also (since Gomorrah is interpreted as both measure and standing), he demolishes the standing and the confusion in it, so that those who are in faction, and are in the state opposite to peace, may be improved.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:382 · narrative
Source
Πᾶς δὲ ὁ τὰ τῆς γενέσεως πράγματα ἀποδεχόμενος καὶ ἀνάγκην καὶ εἱμαρμένην καὶ πεπρωμένην πρεσβεύων καὶ (τὸ ὅσον ἐφ' ἑαυτῷ) διὰ τῆς τούτων συστάσεως ἀφιστὰς τῆς εἰς τὸν Θεὸν πίστεως καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, οὗτος τὰ Βαβυλωνίων πράγματα ἔνδοξα ὀνομάζει. Χαλ δαίων γὰρ εὕρημά ἐστιν ἡ ἀστρολογία· οἵ φασι τὰ ὄντα ἑαυτῶν ἠρτῆσθαι, καὶ οὐ τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ, τῇ τῶν ἄστρων φορᾷ ὑποτιθέντες τὰ πράγματα, ἐκβάλλουσι πρόνοιαν τὴν οἰκονομοῦσαν τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ὡς μήτε εὐχὴν, μήτε εὐ σέβειαν δύνασθαί τι, ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰ δοκῇ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι, τῷ λόγῳ τῆς εἱμαρμένης καὶ αὐτὰ ὑποκεῖσθαι. Καλεῖ δὲ ἔνδοξόν τινα Βαβυλῶνα, καὶ πλούτους κοσμικοὺς καὶ δόξας καὶ τὰς κατὰ σάρκα εὐγενείας καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἐστὶ παραπλήσια, δοξάζων. Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα συγχυτικὰ διανοίας καὶ ἄξια εἶναι ὁμώνυμα τῇ Βαβυλῶνι. Ταύτην καταστρέφει ὁ Κύριος, καὶ γίνεται οἰκητήριον δαι μόνων ἐξηγριωμένων, εἴτε τὴν πόλιν βούλει λαμβάνειν, εἴτε ψυχὴν συγκεχυμένην. Ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὴν ἐρημωθεῖσαν ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, οἰκητήριον γενέσθαι πονηρῶν πνευμάτων. Ἐκεῖ μὲν οὖν ποιμὴν οὐ καταλύει. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀγαθοῦ ποιμένος τὴν πεπιστευμένην ποίμνην κατεσ τραμμένην ἐναυλίζειν. Ἀλλὰ σειρῆνες (φησὶ) καὶ δαιμόνια καὶ ὀνοκένταυροι καὶ ἐχῖνοι. Ὅταν οὖν ἴδῃς ψυχὴν συγκεχυμένην, γίνωσκε ὅτι ἐνεπλήσθη ἐκείνη ἤχου, διὰ τὸ μηδὲν τετρανωμένον, μηδὲ διηρθρωμένον ἐν αὐτῇ εἶναι ῥῆμα, ἀλλὰ θόρυβον ἄσημον, τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἐπανιστάμενον, κατέ χειν τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκείνης.
English
But everyone who accepts the things of generation and champions necessity and fate and destiny, and—as far as lies in his power—through the constitution of these things separates men from faith in God and from piety, this man calls the affairs of the Babylonians glorious. For astrology is the invention of the Chaldeans, who say that existing things depend on themselves and not on God; and, subjecting affairs to the motion of the stars, they cast out the providence that orders the affairs of men, so that neither prayer nor piety can do anything, but even if these things seem to happen, by the account of fate they too are subject. And he calls something glorious Babylon, and worldly wealth and reputations and noble births according to the flesh and whatever is similar to these, glorifying them. For all these things are confounding to the mind and worthy to be homonymous with Babylon. This the Lord overthrows, and it becomes a dwelling-place of savage demons, whether you wish to take it as the city or as a confounded soul. For it is necessary that what has been made desolate from the dwelling of God become a dwelling-place of evil spirits. There, then, a shepherd does not lodge. For it is not the part of a good shepherd to encamp in the flock entrusted to him when it has been overthrown. But sirens (he says) and demons and onocentours and hedgehogs. When, therefore, you see a confounded soul, know that it has been filled with noise, because no word in it is made clear or articulated, but a confused din, raised up by the passions, occupies the governing principle of that soul.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:383 · narrative
Source
Ἐοίκασιν οὖν πονηραί τινες δυνάμεις διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν φωνὴν ἐκκλήσεως, ἡδονὴν ἐμποιοῦσαι ταῖς ψυχαῖς, ὧν κατα μελῳδοῦσιν ἐπ' ὀλέθρῳ, θηρεύειν τοὺς διερχομένους. Εἴτε διὰ φωνῆς ἡ ἡδονὴ, εἴτε δι' ἄλλου τινὸς τρόπου ἐρεθισμοὶ καὶ προκλήσεις πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν διὰ τῶν δαιμόνων ἐκείνων γίνονται, ἄδηλον· πλὴν ὅτι οἱ ὑπὸ τρυφῆς κατακηλούμενοι τῆς πρὸς τὴν ἀληθινὴν πατρίδα ἐπανόδου ἐπιλανθάνονται. Ἐὰν δέ τινα ἴδῃς κνηθόμενον τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποστρέφοντα αὐτὴν, ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς μύθους ἐκτρεπόμενον καὶ εὐτόνου μὲν λόγου μὴ ἀνεχόμενον, μηδὲ ἔλεγχον, μηδὲ ἐπιτίμησιν αὐστηρὰν (εἰς ἐπιστρέφειαν ἄγουσαν τὸν ἀκροατὴν) ὑπομένοντα, φίλον δὲ ὄντα τοῦ πρὸς χάριν καὶ ἡδονὴν ἀπαγγέλλοντος λόγου, νόμισον ὑπὸ σειρήνων κατέχεσθαι τὸν τοιοῦτον, ὑπὸ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας ἐξαπατώμενον. Καὶ δαιμόνια δὲ, τὰ ποικίλας ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργοῦντα ἁμαρ τίας, ὀρχεῖσθαι λέγεται, διὰ τὸ τὴν ὄρχησιν παντοδαπὴν εἶναι μελῶν κίνησιν. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ οἱ ὀρχησταὶ, ἄλλοτε ἄλλα πρόσωπα ἔχοντες, τὴν σκηνὴν καταλαμβάνουσιν, οὕτως οἱ δαίμονες, ὡς προσωπείοις ἡμῖν κεχρημένοι, νῦν μὲν ὀρχοῦνται τὸν θυμούμενον, νῦν δὲ τὸν ἐπιθυμοῦντα καὶ περὶ τὴν τῶν σαρκῶν ἀπόλαυσιν ἐπτοημένον, ἄλλοτε τὸν ψευδό μενον· καὶ οὕτω γινόμεθα ποικίλα ἐνεργήματα δαιμόνων ὑποδεχόμενοι, κατὰ τὸ βούλημα ἐκείνων καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἑαυτῶν καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέλη μετατιθέντες.
English
Certain evil powers, then, seem through the invocation of the voice to produce pleasure in souls, and by the things they sing to destruction they hunt those who pass by. Whether the pleasure comes through the voice, or whether incitements and provocations to sin come about through those demons in some other way, is unclear; except that those enchanted by luxury forget the return to the true fatherland. But if you see someone whose ear is being tickled, who turns it away from the truth and diverts it to myths, who does not endure a vigorous word, nor reproof, nor a stern rebuke (one that leads the hearer to conversion), but is a friend of the word that speaks for favor and pleasure, consider such a person to be held by sirens, deceived by fair speaking and smooth words. And the demons, who work various sins in us, are said to dance, because dancing is a movement of limbs of every kind. And just as dancers, wearing now one mask and now another, occupy the stage, so the demons, using us as masks, sometimes dance the angry man, sometimes the man of desire, frantic for the enjoyment of the flesh, and at other times the liar; and so we become receivers of the various workings of demons, shifting both our own heart and the members of our body according to their will.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:384 · narrative
Source
Ὅταν οὖν ἴδῃς νῦν μὲν ἀκράτῳ γέλωτι κατεχόμενόν τινα, νῦν δὲ ὑπὸ λύπης τεταπεινωμένον, σπαρασσόμενον ἐν κοπετοῖς καὶ κλαυθμοῖς καὶ οἰμωγαῖς, ἐνθυμήθητι, ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ὀρχεῖταί τις, ἄλλα καὶ ἄλλα μεταλαμβάνων σχήματα· καὶ νῦν μὲν τὸ τῆς φιλαργυρίας εἰσέρχεται δρᾶμα, νῦν δὲ τὸ τῆς κενοδοξίας, ἄλλοτε τὸ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας. Ὅλως δὲ κατασκιρτᾷ τοῦ γέ νους τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐγχορεύων τε καὶ ὀρχούμενος ταῖς εὐκόλοις ψυχαῖς καὶ πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν εὐμεταβλήτοις. Τὸ δὲ τῶν ὀνοκενταύρων ὄνομα σύνθετον ἐμφαίνει τινὰ καὶ ἀλλόκοτον ζώου σύστασιν, πλὴν ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ δαίμονός ἐστιν εἶδος, νῦν μὲν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὰ ἀνθρώπινα ἀποβλέπειν ποιοῦν τος, νῦν δὲ πρὸς τὰ κτηνώδη κατασύροντος πάθη. Ὁ δὲ ἐχῖνος ζῶόν ἐστιν ἀντὶ τριχῶν ἀκάνθας ἠμφιεσμένον, δύσληπτον καὶ πανοῦργον. Ταῦτα πάντα ταχὺ ἥξει ἐπὶ τὴν συγκεχυμένην ψυχὴν, καὶ οὐδεμία παράτασις ἔσται τῶν ἡμερῶν. 14. ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΟΝ ιδʹ Καὶ ἐλεήσει Κύριος τὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ ἐκλέξεται τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Νομίζω λόγον ἔχειν τὸ μὲν Ἐλεήσει, τετάχθαι ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, ὅπερ ἐχρημάτιζεν ὄνομα μέχρι τῆς πάλης τῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, τὸ δὲ Ἐκλέξεται ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, ὅπερἆθλον ἐπὶ τῇ πάλῃ δέδοται τῷ πατριάρχῃ. Ἐμφαίνει δὲ τὸ μὲν ταπεινότερον ὁ ἐλεούμενος, τὸ δὲ διαφορώτερον ὁ ἐκλεγόμενος. Διόπερ Ὁ Κύριος ἐλεήσει μὲν τὸν Ἰακὼβ, ἐκλέξεται δὲ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ, ὅμοιόν ἐστι τούτῳ· Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου, ἀντιλήψομαι αὐτοῦ· Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου, προσ εδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ Ἰακὼβ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἔτι στοιχειουμένου καὶ σωματικοῦ λαμβάνεται, τὸ δὲ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπὶ τοῦ κρείττονος καὶ πνευματικοῦ.
English
When, then, you see someone now possessed by unrestrained laughter, now brought low by grief, torn apart in lamentations and weeping and wailing, consider that someone is dancing in him, taking on now one shape and now another; and now the drama of love of money enters, now that of vainglory, at another time that of pride. In short, he leaps wildly over the race of humans, joining in the dance and dancing upon souls that are pliant and easily changed toward sin. The name of the onocentaurs indicates a certain composite and strange constitution of an animal, except that it too is a form of a demon, now making us look toward human things, now dragging us down toward bestial passions. The hedgehog is an animal clothed with spines instead of hair, hard to catch and crafty. All these things will quickly come upon the confused soul, and there will be no extension of the days. 14. CHAPTER 14: And the Lord will have mercy on Jacob and will choose Israel. I think there is reason that "will have mercy" is assigned to Jacob, which was the name he bore until the wrestling of Jacob, and "will choose" to Israel, which was given to the patriarch as a prize for the wrestling. The one who receives mercy indicates the more lowly, while the one who is chosen indicates the more excellent. Therefore, "The Lord will have mercy on Jacob and will choose Israel" is similar to this: "Jacob my servant, I will help him; Israel my chosen, my soul has accepted him." For Jacob is taken of the people still under elementary instruction and bodily, while Israel is taken of the better and spiritual.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:385 · narrative
Source
Ὅλως δὲ ὁ Ἰακὼβ καὶ ὁ Ἰσραὴλ Ἀναπαύσονται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν, γῆς ἐκείνης, περὶ ἧς εἴρηται· Μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονο μήσουσι τὴν γῆν· ἥτις οὐκ ἔστι μέρος ταύτης τῆς γῆς, τῆς ὑπὸ κατάραν γεγενημένης, ἣν ἐν λύπαις ἐσθίει πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐργαζόμενος αὐτήν. Προστεθή σεται δὲ καὶ ὁ γειώρας τῷ Ἰακὼβ καὶ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, ἀναπαυομένῳ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ. Ὁ περὶ τὴν γῆν διαπονούμενος, ὁ προσήλυτος, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γειώρας. Τάχα οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸς, ὁ προστιθέμενος τῷ Ἰακὼβ, ὃν γειώραν ἡ Γραφὴ προσαγορεύει, οἷον πάροικον καὶ προσήλυτον ὄντα. Εὐεργεσία δὲ τοῖς ὑποδεεστέροις καὶ ἄρχειν ἑαυτῶν μὴ ἐπισταμένοις, τὸ δουλεύειν τοῖς κατ' ἐπιστήμην ἄρχουσι. Διόπερ ἐν εὐλογίαις εἴρηται τῷ Ἡσαῦ· Καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου δουλεύσεις. Τοῦτο οὖν ἐστι τὸ Καὶ πληθυνθήσονται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς δούλους καὶ δούλας. Ἀντ' εὐεργεσίας πρόσκειται αὐτοῖς τὸ δουλεύειν. Καὶ ἔσονται οἱ αἰχμάλωτοι οἱ αἰχμαλωτεύσαντες αὐτούς. Οἱ μὲν τυραννικῶς ἦγον εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν, τῇ δουλείᾳ τοῦ διαβόλου ὑποβάλλοντες τοὺς κρατουμένους· οἱ δὲ φιλανθρώπως ἀνθυπάγονται τῇ αἰχμα λωσίᾳ, ἐκ τῆς τυραννίδος τοῦ διαβόλου τῇ δουλείᾳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ προσαγόμενοι. Ἐπαγγελία δὲ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, ἀπαλλαγὴ τῆς δουλείας τῆς σκληρᾶς, ἧς ἐδούλευσε τοῖς Βαβυλωνίοις, καὶ προτροπὴ εἰς εὐσπλαγχνίαν, ὥστε λαβεῖν τὸν θρῆνον ἐπὶ τὸν βασιλέα Βαβυλῶνος, καὶ μὴ ἐπιχαίρειν αὐτοῦ τῷ πτώματι, ἀλλὰ θρηνεῖν αὐτὸν, ὡς
English
In general, Jacob and Israel will rest upon their own land, that land concerning which it is said: Blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the land—a land that is not a part of this land, which has come under a curse, which the one who works it eats in sorrows all the days of his life. And the geōras will be added to Jacob and to Israel, who rests upon his own land. The one who labors around the land, the proselyte, this is the geōras. Perhaps this is the people from the nations, the one being added to Jacob, whom Scripture calls a geōras, as being a sojourner and a proselyte. And it is a benefaction for those who are inferior and do not know how to rule themselves, to be slaves to those who rule according to knowledge. Therefore it was said in blessings to Esau: And you shall serve your brother. This, then, is that And they shall be multiplied upon the land of God as male and female slaves. Instead of a benefaction, slavery is set before them. And the captives shall be those who took them captive. The one side led them into captivity tyrannically, subjecting those held captive to the slavery of the devil; the other side leads them back in captivity in a humane way, bringing them from the tyranny of the devil to the slavery of Christ. And there is a promise to Israel of release from the harsh slavery with which they served the Babylonians, and an exhortation to compassion, so as to take up a lamentation over the king of Babylon, and not to rejoice over his fall, but to lament him, as
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:386 · narrative
Source
οἴκτου καὶ ἐλέου ἄξια πεπονθότα. Ὃν τρόπον ἱμάτιον ἐν αἵματι πεφυρμένον οὔκ ἐστι καθαρόν, οὕτως οὐδὲ σὺ ἔσῃ καθαρός. Διότι τὴν γῆν μου ἀπώλεσας καὶ τὸν λαόν μου ἀπέκτεινας, οὐ μὴ μείνῃς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον. Ἔτι μέρη θρήνου ἐστὶν εἰς τὸν ἄρχοντα Βαβυλῶνος καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν ὁ ἐκπεσὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Ἑωσφόρος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ· Ἀναβήσομαι εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἔσομαι ὅμοιος τῷ Ὑψίστῳ, ἵνα δειχθῇ πόσον ἀπέχει τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἅγιον ὁμοιώσεως ὁ ἐν πάσῃ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ καὶ μιαιφονίᾳ κατεῤῥυπωμένος, ἱματίῳ παραβάλ λεται· ὅσον, ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει, εἰς κόσμον ἀνθρώπου πεποιημένῳ, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἐμφυρῆναι αἵματι, μηκέτι δυναμένῳ εἰς χρῆσιν ἀνθρωπίνην παραδεχθῆναι. Ἐκ τούτου δῆλον, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῇ κατασκευῇ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει ὁ πονηρὸς, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ ἐνεφύρη αἵματι, τὴν γῆν ἀπολέσας τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ τὸν λαὸν ἀποκτείνας διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Ἤδη καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἔγνωμεν ἱματίῳ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν παρεικαζομένην ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ Προφήτου, λέγοντος πρὸς τοὺς πεπαλαιωμένους διὰ τῆς κακίας· Ἰδοὺ πάντες ὑμεῖς ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσεσθε, καὶ σὴς καταφάγεται ὑμᾶς. Δεινὴ δὲ ἡ ἀπειλὴ, τὸ μηδὲ εἰς ὕστερον καθαρὸν ἔσεσθαι. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ τινὶ πεφυρμένος, τὴν μὲν εἰς τὸ παρὸν καθαρότητα ἀποβάλλει, τῆς δὲ εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐκ μετανοίας ἐλπιζομένης καθάρσεως, οὐκ ἀποστερεῖται. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀπόφασις παντελῶς, τὸ μηδὲ εἰς ὕστερον ἔσεσθαι καθαρόν, ἐπειδὴ πέφυρται ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὃν ἐνέκρωσε διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς, ὑποσύρων αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν κακίαν.
English
...having suffered things worthy of pity and mercy. Just as a garment soaked in blood is not clean, so neither shall you be clean. Because you destroyed my land and killed my people, you shall not endure forever. There remain also portions of lamentation against the ruler of Babylon and his affairs. For since the one who fell from heaven, the Morning Star, said in his heart: I will ascend into heaven, I will be like the Most High—in order that it might be shown how far he is from likeness to the Holy One, he who is defiled in all uncleanness and bloodshed is compared to a garment; to the extent that, by its own nature, it was made for the adornment of a man, but because it has been soaked in blood, it can no longer be accepted for human use. From this it is clear that the evil one does not have uncleanness in his constitution, but because he was soaked in blood, having destroyed the land of the Lord and killed his people through sin. Already elsewhere we have learned that human nature is likened to a garment by the Prophet himself, when he says to those grown old through wickedness: Behold, all of you shall grow old like a garment, and a moth shall devour you. But dreadful is the threat—that he shall not even afterward be clean. For one who has been soaked in some sin loses his present purity, but he is not deprived of the purification hoped for in the future through repentance. Here, however, the sentence is absolute—that he shall not even afterward be clean, because he has been soaked in the blood of the people of God, whom he put to death through disobedience, dragging him down into wickedness.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:387 · narrative
Source
Τάχα γὰρ, πρὸ τοῦ κτισθῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τόπος τις μετανοίας καὶ τῷ διαβόλῳ ὑπελείπετο, καὶ ἐδύνατο ὁ τῦφος (εἰ καὶ ἀρχαιότερον ἦν νόσημα) ὅμως διὰ μετανοίας ἑαυτὸν ἐξιασαμένου θεραπευθεὶς, ἀποκαταστῆσαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ἐξαρχῆς. Ἀφ' οὗ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου ἡ κατασκευὴ καὶ παρα δείσου φυτεία καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐντολὴ Θεοῦ καὶ φθόνος τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ φόνος τοῦ τετιμημένου, ἀπεκλείσθη αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ τόπος τῆς μετανοίας. Εἰ γὰρ Ἡσαῦ μετανοίας τόπον οὐχ εὗρε, τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἀποδόμενος, τίς τόπος ὑπολείπεται μετανοίας τῷ τὸν πρωτόπλαστον ἀποκτείναντι ἄνθρωπον καὶ δι' ἐκείνου τὸν θάνατον εἰσενεγκόντι; Φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ λύθρου τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου ἐγγινόμενον σπῖλον τῷ ἱματίῳ μηδενὶ τρόπῳ δύνασθαι ἀποπλύνασθαι, ἀλλὰ συγγηρᾷν αὐτῷ τὴν ἅπαξ ἐγγενομένην ἐκ τῆς ἐν τῷ αἵματι βαφῆς ἀλλοίωσιν· οὐδὲ οὖν ἐκείνῳ δυνατὸν, ἀπο θεμένῳ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος σπῖλον, γενέσθαι καθαρόν. Τήρησον δὲ τὴν λέξιν ἐμφαντικῶς παριστῶσαν τὸν ἐκ τῆς μιαιφονίας ῥύπον. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν «ἐν αἵματι βαφέν» ἀλλὰ Πεφυρμένον, ἵνα ἐνδείξηται αὐτὸν ἐγκυλιόμενον τῷ φόνῳ τῶν ἀναιρουμένων. Οὗτος τὴν γῆς ἀπώλεσε τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀνῄρηκεν. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Ναβουχοδονόσορ ἠρήμωσε τὴν γῆν, ἐκτεμὼν αὐτῆς τὰ καρποφόρα φυτὰ, κώμας τῷ ἀφανισμῷ τοῦ ἐμπρησμοῦ παραδιδούς· αὐτὸς καὶ τὸν λαὸν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, τὸν μὲν ἀπέκτεινεν ἐν μαχαίρᾳ, τὸν δὲ αἰχμάλωτον ἀπήγαγεν εἰς τὴν Βαβυλῶνα. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὁ μυστικῶς ὀνομαζόμενος Βαβυλῶνος βασιλεὺς ὁ Κοσμοκράτωρ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐστίν. Οἰκείως γὰρ καὶ τὴν σύγχυσιν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου Βαβυλῶνα ἄν τις προσείποι·
English
Perhaps even before man was created, some place of repentance was left even for the devil, and his blindness (even if it was an older malady) could nonetheless have been healed, if he had cured himself through repentance, and have restored him to his original state. But from the time when the world's construction and the planting of paradise and man in it and God's commandment and the devil's envy and the murder of the honored one came to be, the place of repentance was closed to him as well. For if Esau found no place of repentance, having sold his birthright, what place of repentance is left for the one who killed the first-formed man and through him brought death in? They say also that the stain that comes upon a garment from human gore can in no way be washed out, but the alteration once produced in it from the dyeing in blood grows old with it; so neither is it possible for that one, having put off the stain from blood, to become clean. Observe the wording, vividly presenting the filth from murder. For he did not say "dyed in blood" but "steeped," so as to indicate that he was wallowing in the slaughter of those being killed. This one destroyed the land of God and killed his people. Now Nebuchadnezzar laid waste the land, cutting off its fruit-bearing plants, delivering villages over to destruction by burning; he also took the people of Israel, some he killed with the sword, and some he led away captive to Babylon. But already the one mystically named the king of Babylon is the ruler of this world. For one might fittingly call the confusion of this world Babylon as well.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:388 · narrative
Source
αἰχμάλωτον γὰρ ἐποίησε τὸν λαὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπὸ τῆς ζωῆς μεταστήσας εἰς θάνατον· ἠρήμωσε δὲ τὴν γῆν, τὴν ἑκάστου σάρκα διαφθείρας διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι Κατέφθειρε πᾶσα σὰρξ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτῆς. Σπέρμα πονηρὸν, ἑτοίμασον τὰ τέκνα σου σφαγῆναι ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις τοῦ πατρός σου, ἵνα μὴ ἀναστῶσι καὶ ἐμπλή σωσι τὴν γῆν πόλεων. Καὶ ἐπαναστήσομαι αὐτοῖς, λέγει Κύριος Σαβαὼθ, καὶ ἀπολῶ αὐτῶν ὄνομα καὶ κατάλειμμα καὶ σπέρμα. Οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς οὐκ ἔσται καθαρὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ διαδοχὴ τοῦ πονηροῦ συναφανισθήσεται αὐτῷ δι' ἀγαθότητα τοῦ φιλανθρώπου Θεοῦ, συγχωροῦντος τὸν ἀφανισμὸν τῶν τέκνων, οὐ τοσοῦτον τῆς σαρκίνης τεκνογονίας, ὅσον τῆς τῶν ἀπὸ πονηρᾶς ἕξεως ἐπιτελουμένων ἔργων. Σπέρμα πονη ρόν. Ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦν πατὴρ τῆς κακίας, ἀλλ' ἐξ ἑτέρου προ καταρξαμένου τῆς κακίας, τὴν γένεσιν εἴληφε, καὶ πεποίηκε κατὰ τὴν πονηρίαν τοῦ σπείραντος αὐτὸν, Σπέρμα λέγεται πονηρόν. Ἑτοίμασον τὰ τέκνα σου σφαγῆναι ταῖς ἁμαρ τίαις τοῦ πατρός σου. Λέγεται δέ ποτε σπέρμα πονηρόν τινος, οὐ πάντως ἐκ προαγούσης σπορᾶς γενόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατάρχον εἰς τὴν ἑτέρου γένεσιν σπέρμα προσαγορεύεται. Ὡς γὰρ ἐν τῇ κοσμοποιίᾳ τὰ πρώτως βλαστήσοντα, σπέρματα μὲν ἦν ἑτέρων, αὐτὰ δὲ οὐκ ἦν ἐξ ἑτέρων (πρεσβύτερα γὰρ ἦν τῶν κατὰ σπέρμα τελειουμένων) οὕτω τάχα καὶ νῦν ὁ λόγος τὸν ἄλλοις εἰς ὑπόδειγμα πο νηρίας κατάρχοντα καὶ οἱονεὶ σπέρμα γινόμενον διὰ τῆς μιμήσεως, σπέρμα πονηρὸν ὀνομάζει, οὐχ ὡς ἀπὸ προα γόντων τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχοντα, ἀλλ' ὡς τοῖς ἐπιγινομένοις τὴν ἀρχὴν παρεχόμενον.
English
For he made the people of God captive, having removed them from life to death; and he laid waste the land, having corrupted each one's flesh through sin, as it is written, that "All flesh corrupted its way." Evil seed, prepare your children to be slaughtered by the sins of your father, so that they may not rise up and fill the land with cities. And I will rise up against them, says the Lord of Hosts, and I will destroy their name and remnant and seed. Not only will he himself not be clean, but the succession of the evil one will also be utterly destroyed with him, through the goodness of the man-loving God, who permits the destruction of the children—not so much of fleshly childbearing as of the works carried out from an evil disposition. Evil seed. Since there was no father of evil, but it received its origin from another who first began evil, and it has acted according to the wickedness of the one who sowed it, it is called an evil seed. Prepare your children to be slaughtered by the sins of your father. And sometimes someone is called an evil seed, not altogether having come into being from a preceding sowing, but that which itself first begins into another's generation is also called a seed. For just as in the creation of the world, the things that first sprouted were seeds of others, but were not themselves from others (for they were older than those brought to completion by seed), so perhaps now too the word calls "evil seed" the one who first begins as an example of wickedness for others and, as it were, becomes a seed through imitation—not as having its existence from predecessors, but as providing the beginning for those who come after.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:389 · narrative
Source
Δύναται δὲ παρ' ἑαυτόν τις σπέρμα πονηρὸν εἶναι, ἀρχηγὸς τῆς κακίας ὑπάρχων· καὶ πάλιν ὁ πονηροῖς διδασκάλοις μαθητευθεὶς, ὁμοίως προσαγορεύεσθαι. Σπέρμα Χαναὰν, καὶ οὐκ Ἰούδα, ἤκουσεν ὁ ἁμαρτω λὸς ἐκεῖνος, οὐ τῷ τὸ γένος τῆς σαρκὸς νόθον ἔχειν καὶ ἐπίμικτον ἀπὸ τοῦ Χαναάν· ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν μίμησιν τοῦ Χαναὰν, σπέρμα Χαναὰν ὀνομάζεται. Δύναται οὖν ἕκαστος ἐκ τῆς αὐτοῦ προαιρέσεως ἢ σπέρμα ἅγιον εἶναι, ἢ τὸ ἐναντίον. Ἄκουε γὰρ Παύλου, λέγοντος· Ἐν γὰρ Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰτοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα. Καὶ τὸ Ὅσοι ἔλαβον αὐτὸν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι. Καὶ Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγέννηται. Τί δὲ βουλόμενος ὁ λόγος προστάσσει τῷ πονηρῷ σπέρματι, ἑτοιμάσαι τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ εἰς σφαγὴν ταῖς ἁμαρ τίαις τοῦ πατρός; Πολλαχοῦ τετηρήκαμεν, τὰ ἑκάστου ἔργα καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς τῆς ψυχῆς τέκνα προσαγορεύεσθαι. Σω θήσεται γὰρ (φησὶ) διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας, ἐὰν μείνωσιν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ καὶ ἁγιασμῷ μετὰ σωφροσύνης. Σώζεται γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ, ὡς γυνὴ τοῦ μὴ ἀπατηθέντος νυμφίου, ἐπειδὰν διὰ τοῦ λόγου καρποφορεῖν ποιήσῃ τέκνα, τὰς ἀγαθὰς πράξεις, ἐὰν ἐπιμείνῃ τῇ ἕξει τῇ ἀγαθῇ καὶ μὴ ἀμαυρωθῇ ἀπό τινων ἐπιγινομένων ἁμαρτημάτων. Οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς (κατὰ τὸν πνευ ματικὸν καὶ θεῖον ἀκούοντες νόμον τῆς εὐλογίας, λεγούσης· Εὐλογημένα τὰ ἔγγονα τῆς κοιλίας σου) οὐκ ἄλλο τι νομίζομεν εἶναι, ἢ τοὺς καρποὺς τῆς ψυχῆς. Ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ φόβου σου, Κύριε, ἐν γαστρὶ ἐλάβομεν καὶ ὠδινήσαμεν καὶ ἐτέκομεν πνεῦμα σωτηρίας, ὃ ἐποιήσαμεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.
English
But a person can be an evil seed of himself, being the originator of wickedness; and again, one who has been taught by evil teachers is addressed in the same way. That sinner heard "Seed of Canaan, and not of Judah"—not because he had a spurious and mixed fleshly lineage from Canaan, but because of his imitation of Canaan he is called a seed of Canaan. Each person, then, can by his own free choice be either a holy seed or the opposite. For hear Paul saying: "For in Christ Jesus through the Gospel I begot you." And: "As many as received him, he gave them authority to become children of God." And: "Everyone who commits sin has been begotten of the devil." But with what intent does the word command the evil seed to prepare its children for slaughter by the sins of the father? We have observed in many places that each person's works and the fruits of the soul are called children. For she will be saved (it says) through childbearing, if they remain in faith and love and holiness with modesty. For the soul is saved, as the wife of the bridegroom who was not deceived, when through the word she makes herself bear fruit in children—that is, good deeds—if she perseveres in the good disposition and is not darkened by any sins that arise afterward. So we too (hearing according to the spiritual and divine law of the blessing that says, "Blessed are the offspring of your womb") consider these to be nothing other than the fruits of the soul. For from your fear, Lord, we conceived in the womb and were in labor and gave birth to a spirit of salvation, which we wrought upon the earth.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:390 · narrative
Source
Ὁ οὖν ἀφανισμὸς τῶν πονηρῶν ἔργων σφαγὴ τέκνων λέγε ται, ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ γινομένη τοῦ γεννήσαντος πατρός. Λανθά νουσαν οὖν ἔχει φιλανθρωπίαν ἡ κατὰ τὸν τόπον τροπολογία προστάσσουσα τῷ πονηρῷ σπέρματι (κατὰ τὸ ἐνδεχόμενον) κουφίσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ βάρους τῶν κακιῶν αὐτῶν. Οἱ γὰρ μεμορφωμένοι κατὰ τὸν πονηρὸν καὶ υἱοὶ τῆς κακίας γενό μενοι, πάντα τὰ ἔγγονα τῆς ἑαυτῶν ψυχῆς σφάζειν ὀφεί λουσι ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις. Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ἀποθάνωμεν τῇ ἁμαρ τίᾳ, πῶς ζήσομεν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ; Ἵνα γὰρ (φησὶ) μὴ ἀνα στῶσι καὶ ἐμπλήσωσι τὴν γῆν πόλεων. Πονηρὸν γὰρ ἡ ἐπανάστασις τῆς κακίας· διὸ δεῖ αὐτὴν μένειν νεκρὰν, καὶ μὴ συγχωρεῖσθαι ἐν συστήματι καὶ πλήθει γίνεσθαι. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἡ πόλις. Πρέπει γὰρ Κυρίῳ Σαβαὼθ ἀπολλύειν τὸ κακίας ὄνομα καὶ ἐγκατάλειμμα καὶ σπέρμα. Μακαρία κατάστασις ψυχῆς καὶ πολιτείας ἀνθρω πίνης, ἐν ᾗ ὄνομα κακίας οὐ χρηματίζει, κατὰ τὸν Ἀπό στολον, εἰπόντα· Πορνεία δὲ καὶ ἀκαθαρσία ἢ ἀσέλγεια μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις. Δεύτερον δὲ, τὸ ἐγκατάλειμμα γοῦν μὴ εἶναι. Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐπιστρέ ψαντες ἀπὸ πονηρῶν ἔργων, οἱονεὶ τὰς μνήμας τῶν πα λαιῶν ἔργων παρακατέχοντες, δι' αὐτῶν πολλάκις ἀνανεοῦν ται τὴν ἡσυχάζουσαν ἁμαρτίαν. Ἵνα οὖν μηδὲ ἐγκατά λειμμα ᾖ, ἤγουν τὸ τελευταῖον σπέρμα μὴ ὑπάρχῃ πονηρᾶς διδασκαλίας τοῖς ἐφεξῆς μὴ ὑπολείπεσθαι ἐκ τῆς μιμήσεως τῶν προειληφότων, Τάδε λέγει Κύριος· Καὶ θήσω τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν ἔρημον, ὥστε κατοικεῖν ἐχίνους καὶ ἔσται εἰς οὐδέν· καὶ θήσω αὐτὴν πηλοῦ βάραθρον εἰς ἀπώλειαν. Ἔρημον θήσεσθαι τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Κύριος
English
The destruction of evil works, then, is called the slaughter of children, taking place for the benefit of the father who begot them. So the figurative treatment in this passage has a hidden love for humanity, commanding the evil seed (as far as possible) to be lightened of the burden of its own vices. For those who have been formed according to the evil one and have become sons of wickedness ought to slaughter all the offspring of their own soul by their sins. For if we do not die to sin, how shall we live to righteousness? "So that," he says, "they may not rise up and fill the earth with cities." For the uprising of evil is evil; therefore it must remain dead, and not be allowed to become a body and a multitude. For this is the city. For it is fitting for the Lord of Hosts to destroy the name of evil, and the remnant, and the seed. Blessed is the condition of a soul and of human society in which the name of evil does not hold sway, according to the Apostle, who said: "But fornication and impurity or licentiousness—let them not even be named among you, as is fitting for saints." And secondly, that there be not even a remnant. For many who have turned from evil works, as it were retaining the memorials of their former deeds, are often through them renewed to the sin that was at rest. So that there may not even be a remnant—that is, that there may not exist a final seed of evil teaching left behind for those who come after through the imitation of those who went before—"Thus says the Lord: And I will make Babylonia desolate, so that hedgehogs dwell there, and it shall be for nothing; and I will make it a pit of mud for destruction." The Lord, who loves humanity, will make Babylonia desolate
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:391 · narrative
Source
ἀπειλεῖ. Πονηρᾶς δὲ οἰκήσεως ἐρήμωσις καὶ συγκεχυμένου βίου ἀφανισμὸς, ἀγαθὸν περισπούδαστόν ἐστι τοῖς αἰσθανομένοις. Ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν ἀπειλεῖ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας, ὥστε ἄνθρωπον μὲν Βαβυλώνιον μηκέτι κατοικεῖν, ἐχίνους δὲ ἀντεισάγεσθαι. Ἔστι δὲ τὸ ζῶον τοῦτο σκληραῖς καὶ ὀξυτάταις ἀκάνθαις περιπεφραγμένον, καὶ κεφαλὴν καὶ πόδας συνέλκον ὅτε βούλεται, καὶ εἰς ἀκριβὲς σχῆμα σφαίρας ἑαυτὸ σχηματίζον, ὥστε δύσληπτον εἶναι, τῆς μὲν κεφαλῆς καὶ τῶν ποδῶν συνεσπειραμένων, τῆς δὲ ἐπιφα νείας πανταχόθεν ἠκανθωμένης. Μόνον γὰρ ζῶον τοῦτο ἡσυχάζον ἀμύνεται τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας. Ὁ γὰρ ἐπιβαλὼν αὐτῷ τὰς χεῖρας ἀμύσσεται δεινῶς, καὶ ὅσῳπερ ἂν πλέον αὐτὸ βουληθῇ κατασφίγξαι, τοσούτῳ χαλεπώτερον ταῖς ἀκάνθαις περιπείρεται. Τάχα οὖν ἤθη ἀνθρώπων αἰνίσσεται ἀντὶ τῶν Βα βυλωνίων ἐνοικήσαντα τῇ πόλει, ἀκοινώνητα, ἀπιδιαστικὰ, σκληροτέρᾳ τῇ ἀγωγῇ χαίροντα. Ὅτι γὰρ τὰ εἴδη τῶν ζώων πρὸς τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἤθη μεταλαμβάνεται, ἐδιδάχθημεν ἀπὸ τῆς ὀπτασίας Πέτρου, ὅτε ἐν τῷ σκεύει τῷ καθιεμένῳ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν πᾶν εἶδος ἦν, ζώων, ἑρπετῶν καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων. Ἠνίσσετο γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοὺς μέλλοντας ἀπὸ ποικίλων ἁμαρτημάτων τῇ πίστει προσ άγεσθαι, τούτους εἶναι τοὺς ὡμοιωμένους ἢ τετραπόδοις διὰ τὸ κτηνῶδες, ἢ ἑρπετοῖς διὰ τὸ ἰοβόλον, ἢ πετεινοῖς διὰ τὸ κοῦφον καὶ ἄστατον. Καὶ ὁ ἐχῖνος οὖν ἐστι παρὰ τῇ Γραφῇ τάχα τροπολογούμενος ἐπί τινας ἀνθρώπους, ὡς οἱ ὄφεις ἐπὶ τοὺς Σαδδουκαίους καὶ Φαρισαίους· καὶ ὁ ἀλώπηξ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἡρώδην· καὶ ἵπποι θηλυμανεῖς ἐπὶ τοὺς φιληδόνους·
English
He threatens. The desolation of an evil dwelling and the obliteration of a disordered life is a good greatly sought after by those who perceive it. He threatens the desolation of Babylonia to such an extent that no Babylonian man dwells there any longer, but hedgehogs are brought in instead. This creature is fenced about with hard and very sharp spines, and it draws in its head and feet whenever it wishes, forming itself into the exact shape of a sphere, so as to be hard to grasp, with its head and feet coiled together and its surface bristling with spines on every side. For this is the only creature that defends itself against attackers while at rest. For whoever lays hands on it is terribly scratched, and the more he wishes to squeeze it tight, the more grievously is he pierced by its spines. Perhaps, then, it hints at the characters of men who have settled in the city in place of the Babylonians—unsociable, repulsive, rejoicing in a harsher manner of life. For that the species of animals are transferred to the characters of men, we were taught from the vision of Peter, when in the vessel let down from the heavens there was every kind of animal, reptiles and birds and four-footed beasts. For the word hinted at those who were to be brought to the faith from various sins, that these are the ones made like either four-footed beasts because of their brutishness, or reptiles because of their venomousness, or birds because of their lightness and instability. So the hedgehog too is perhaps allegorized in Scripture with reference to certain men, as serpents are with reference to the Sadducees and Pharisees, and the fox with reference to Herod, and lustful horses with reference to the pleasure-loving.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:392 · narrative
Source
τὰ πρόβατα ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀκακωτέρους τῶν ἀνθρώπων· τὰ ἐρίφια ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀκοινωνήτους καὶ ἀμεταδότους. Ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἐχίνους εὔλογον παρα βαλέσθαι (ζώῳ τὴν ἐλπίδα τοῦ μὴ βλαβήσεσθαι ἐπὶ ταῖς οἰκείαις ἀκάνθαις ἔχοντι) τοὺς πλουσίους τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, οὓς ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων ἀκανθῶν συμπνίγειν τὸν λόγον καὶ ἄκαρπον ποιεῖν ὁ Κύριος εἴρηκε. Γενήσεται δὲ ἡ Βαβυλὼν εἰς οὐδὲν, καὶ ὡς πηλοῦ βάραθρον. Ὡς πρὸς τὸ αἰσθητὸν, ἐνδείκνυται ὁ λόγος, ὅτι ὁ ποταμὸς ὁ Εὐφράτης (μέσην αὐτὴν διατέμνων) μὴ τυγχάνων τῆς κατὰ ῥεῖθρα διεξόδου, ἐλλιμνάζων αὐτῇ, παντελῶς ἀφανίσει αὐτὴν καὶ ἀποδείξει βάραθρον, οὐχ ὕδατος καθαροῦ, ἀλλὰ βορβόρου. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ τὸ τέλος τῆς καταστροφῆς τῶν παροξυνάντων τὸν Κύριον. Τάδε λέγει Κύριος Σαβαώθ· Ὃν τρόπον εἴρηκα, οὕτως ἔσται· καὶ ὃν τρόπον βεβούλευμαι, οὕτως μενεῖ· τοῦ ἀπολέσαι τοὺς Ἀσσυρίους ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῆς ἐμῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων τῶν ἐμῶν. Καὶ ἔσονται εἰς καταπάτημα, καὶ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ' αὐτῶν ὁ ζυγὸς αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ κῦδος αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ὤμων αὐτῶν. Ὁ μὲν κατὰ σάρκα Ἰσραὴλ, περὶ τῆς νενομισμένης αὐτοῖς γῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶναι, καὶ ὀρέων τούτων τῶν γηΐνων τῇ αἰσθητῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, τὸν λόγον ὑπολαμβάνει ὑπάρχειν τῷ Προφήτῃ, καὶ τὴν Ἀσσυρίαν αἰχμάλωτον ἀπάγειν τὸν Ἰσραὴλ, ζυγὸν δου λείας αὐτοῖς ἐπιθέντα. Ἡμεῖς δὲ, οἱ συνεγερθέντες Χριστῷ καὶ εὐχόμενοι τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖν, γῆν μὲν ὀνομάζομεν τὴν καρδίαν τὴν καλὴν, καθ' ἃ παρ' αὐτοῦ δεδιδάγμεθα τοῦ Κυρίου, λέγοντος·
English
The sheep are for the more innocent of men; the goats for the unsociable and ungenerous. So that it is reasonable to compare even hedgehogs (a creature having the hope of not being harmed in its own thorns) to the rich of this age, whom the Lord has said are choked by their own thorns and make the word unfruitful. And Babylon shall become as nothing, and as a pit of mire. With respect to the sensible, the word shows that the river Euphrates (cutting through its midst), not obtaining an outlet along its channels, flooding it, will utterly destroy it and show it to be a pit, not of clear water, but of mire. For such is the end of the destruction of those who provoked the Lord. Thus says the Lord of hosts: As I have spoken, so it shall be; and as I have counseled, so it shall remain: to destroy the Assyrians upon my land, and upon my mountains. And they shall be for a trampling underfoot, and their yoke shall be taken away from them, and their glory from their shoulders. The Israel according to the flesh supposes that the prophet's word concerns the land that they think belongs to God, and these earthly mountains in sensible Judea, and that Assyria leads Israel captive, imposing on them a yoke of slavery. But we, who have been raised together with Christ and pray to seek the things above, call the good heart a land, according to what we have been taught by the Lord himself, who says:
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:393 · narrative
Source
Ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρεὶς, οὗτος ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ συνιεὶς, καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ ὁ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὁ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα. Καὶ ὄρος οὖν τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναται χρηματίζειν, ἐν ᾧ εἰς καταπάτημα γενήσονται οἱ Ἀσσύριοι, ὁ αὐξήσας ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ λόγῳ καὶ γνώσει ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνεστηκώς· ἐν τούτῳ καταπάτημα ἔσον ται οἱ ἐχθροί. Καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζυγὸς τῶν Ἀσσυρίων ἀφαιρεθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Μέγα μὲν γὰρ ἐφρόνουν, ὡς τοῖς ὤμοις τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς μερίδος τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιβαίνοντες καὶ ὑπὸ τὸν ἴδιον ζυγὸν ποιοῦντες τοὺς τῆς δουλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀποσπασθέντας. Ἔχοντες οὖν τὴν κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐλπίδα περὶ τοῦ ἀπολέσθαι μὲν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων αὐτοῦ καταπατηθήσεσθαι καὶ τὸν ζυγὸν αὐτῶν ἀφαιρεθήσεσθαι καὶ τὸ κῦδος, ᾧ ἐπεγαυρίων (ὡς κατάρχοντες ἡμῶν καὶ ἐπιβεβηκότες ἡμῖν) συντριβήσεσθαι πάντα πράττωμεν, ἵνα τέλεον αὐτῶν τὴν δυναστείαν ἀποσεισώμεθα. Ἐὰν γὰρ γενώμεθα ὄρη Θεοῦ, οἱ θεμέλιοι αὐτοῦ ἔσονται ἐν ἡμῖν, τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας καταβληθέντος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων ἐποικοδομουμένων τῇ πίστει. Δεῖ δὲ καθαρῶς ἀποτάξασθαι ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἐλεύθερον τὸν αὐχένα τοῦ ζυγοῦ ἔχωμεν τῶν Ἀσσυρίων καὶ δυνηθῶμεν γενέσθαι Χριστοῦ ὑποζύγιον. Δύο γὰρ ζυγοὺς οὐ δυνατὸν ἐπικεῖσθαι ἡμῶν τῷ τραχήλῳ, τὸν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἀσσυρίου· Τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ, ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος;
English
But the one sown on the good soil, this is the one who hears the word and understands it, and bears fruit and produces, one a hundredfold, one sixty, one thirty. Therefore a mountain of God can also be called that on which the Assyrians will be trampled down—the one who has grown in good works and stands out above others in word and knowledge; in him the enemies will be trampled down. And every yoke of the Assyrians will be taken away by God. For they were greatly proud, as though treading upon the shoulders of men who belong to God's portion and bringing under their own yoke those who through sins had been torn away from the servitude of God. Having, then, the hope according to what has been said—that our enemies will perish in the land of God and be trampled down on his mountains, and that their yoke and the glory in which they exulted (as though ruling over us and trampling upon us) will be shattered—let us do all things, so that we may shake off their dominion completely. For if we become mountains of God, his foundations will be in us, when the word of truth has been laid down in our hearts and good works are built upon faith. But we must renounce sin purely, so that we may have our neck free from the yoke of the Assyrians and be able to become a beast of burden of Christ. For two yokes cannot lie upon our neck, the Lord's and the Assyrian's: For what fellowship has righteousness with lawlessness, or what communion has light with darkness?
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:394 · narrative
Source
Αὕτη ἡ βουλὴ, ἣν βεβούλευται Κύριος ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην, καὶ αὕτη ἡ χεὶρ ὑψηλὴ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς οἰκουμένης. Ἃ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος βεβούλευται, τίς διασκεδάσει; τὴν δὲ χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν ὑψηλὴν τίς ἀποστρέψει; Σαφῶς δείκνυσιν, ὅτι ταῦτα λέγεται περὶ τῶν ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, οὐδενὸς δυναμένου διασκεδάσαι ὅπερ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος βεβούλευται, καὶ οὐδενὸς οἵου τε ὄντος τὴν ὑπέρμαχον χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῶν ὀρέων ἀποστρέψαι. Ἅμα δὲ παρατήρει τὴν φωνὴν οὐ μόνον (ὡς πολλαχοῦ παρεστήσαμεν) ἐπὶ τοῦ σπανίου ση μαινομένην, οἷον τὸ Τίς σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; καὶ τὸ Τίς πιστὸς καὶ φρόνιμος οἰκονόμος; Νῦν γὰρ τὸ Τίς διασκεδάσει; ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ οὐδείς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ θεμιτὸν, ἐννοῆσαι τὸ εἶναί τινα δυνάμενον διασκεδάσαι τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Κυρίου. Τοῦ ἔτους, οὗ ἀπέθανεν Ἀχὰζ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐγενήθη τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο· Μὴ εὐφρανθείητε πάντες οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι, συνετρίβη γὰρ ὁ ζυγὸς τοῦ παίοντος ὑμᾶς· ἐκ γὰρ σπέρματος ὄφεων ἐξελεύσονται ἔγγονα ἀσπίδων, καὶ τὰ ἔγγονα αὐτῶν ἐξελεύσονται ὄφεις πετόμενοι. Καὶ βοσκηθήσονται πτωχοὶ δι' αὐτοῦ· πτωχοὶ δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἐπὶ εἰρήνης ἀναπαύσονται· ἀνελεῖ δὲ λιμῷ τὸ σπέρμα σου καὶ τὸ κατάλειμμά σου ἀνελεῖ. Εἴπερ πάντα Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ εἴρηται τὰ γεγραμμένα παρὰ τῶν Προφητῶν, δηλονότι καὶ ἡ ἀναγραφὴ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς προφητείας οὐ μάτην παρεμβέβληται. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος ἐκ τοῦ μαθεῖν, ὅτι τοῦτο ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆμα πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους τῷ ἔτει, ᾧ ἀπέθανεν Ἀχὰζ, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς Ἰουδαίας;
English
This is the counsel that the Lord has counseled against the whole inhabited world, and this is the high hand against all the nations of the inhabited world. For what the holy God has counseled, who will scatter? And his high hand, who will turn back? He clearly shows that these things are said concerning those in the whole inhabited world and among all the nations, since no one is able to scatter what the holy God has counseled, and no one is able to turn back the champion hand of God from his land and from the mountains. At the same time, observe that the word "who" is not only used, as we have set forth in many places, in the sense of the rare, such as "Who is wise and will understand these things?" and "Who is a faithful and prudent steward?" For now, "Who will scatter?" is equivalent to "No one." For it is not even lawful to conceive that there is anyone able to scatter the counsel of the Lord. In the year in which King Ahaz died, this word came: Do not rejoice, all you foreigners, for the yoke of the one who strikes you has been broken; for out of the seed of serpents shall come forth the offspring of asps, and their offspring shall come forth flying serpents. And the poor shall be fed by him; and poor men shall rest in peace; but he shall destroy your seed with famine, and he shall destroy your remnant. If indeed all the things written by the prophets were spoken by the Holy Spirit, then clearly the record of the time of the prophecy has not been inserted in vain. For what benefit is there from learning that this word came to the foreigners in the year in which Ahaz, the king of Judea, died?
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:395 · narrative
Source
Λογιζόμεθα οὖν, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ γέγραπται, ὅτι Ἐτελεύτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατεστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀνέβη ἡ βοὴ καὶ εἰσήκουσεν ὁ Θεὸς τῶν στεναγμῶν αὐτῶν. Ζῶντος μὲν γὰρ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ πονηροῦ, στενάζειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν οὐκ ἠδύναντο· κατηνάγκαζε γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐν ἔργοις σκληροῖς, μὴ ἐπιτρέπων ἀνα νεύειν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκποδὼν ἐγένετο ὁ πονηρὸς, τότε δέον κροτεῖν καὶ ἐπιχαίρειν τῇ πτώσει τοῦ ἐχθροῦ. Οἱ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ παραδόξου ἀναγράφονται στένειν, ἐνδεικνυμένου τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι (ἕως ὁ φιλοσώματος νοῦς ἐκεκράτει) ὑπὸ τῆς ἀναισθησίας οὐδὲ ᾔδεσαν ὀδύρεσθαι τὸ ἐκ τῆς ἁμαρτίας κακόν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔλαβον σχολὴν ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν, ἄρχονται τῆς θεραπείας ἀπὸ τοῦ στένειν, ἐν τοῖς ὑλικοῖς καὶ σωματικοῖς ἔργοις βαρυνόμενοι. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήκουσεν αὐτῶν ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεός. Ὅμοιον οὖν τῇ διηγήσει ταύτῃ δηλοῦται καὶ ἐν τοῖς κατόπιν τοῦ Ἡσαΐου. Ἐγένετο γὰρ (φησὶ) τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ, οὗ ἀπέθανεν Ὀζίας ὁ βασιλεὺς, εἶδον τὸν Κύριον, καθήμενον ἐπὶ θρόνου ὑψηλοῦ καὶ ἐπηρμένου. Πονηρὸς βασιλεὺς Ὀζίας ὑπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας παραδέδοται, διότι Ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ τοῦ καταφθεῖραι καὶ ἠδίκησεν ἐν Κυρίῳ, Θεῷ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ναὸν Κυρίου θυμιάσαι ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ ἐλεπρώθη. Καὶ τότε τοίνυν, ἀνατραπέντος τοῦ πονηροῦ ἄρχοντος καὶ τῶν μιασμάτων ἐλευθερωθείσης τῆς κατὰ τὸν νόμον λατρείας, τὰ τῆς θεολογίας μυστήρια φανεροῦται τῷ Προφήτῃ.
English
We reason, then, that just as it is written in Exodus, that the king of Egypt died, and the sons of Israel groaned because of their works, and their cry went up and God heard their groaning. For while the wicked king was alive, they could not groan to God; for he compelled them in harsh works, not permitting them to look up to God. But when the wicked one was removed, then it was fitting to clap and rejoice at the fall of the enemy. But they are recorded, contrary to expectation, as groaning, the account indicating that (as long as the body-loving mind prevailed) through their insensibility they did not even know how to bewail the evil that comes from sin; but when they got leisure from the passions, they begin their healing from groaning, weighed down in material and bodily works. Therefore the philanthropic God also heard them. The same, then, as in this narrative is also made clear in what follows in Isaiah. For it came to pass (he says) in the year in which Ozias the king died, I saw the Lord sitting on a high and lifted-up throne. Ozias is handed down by the history as a wicked king, because his heart was lifted up to corrupt, and he did wrong against the Lord his God, and he entered into the temple of the Lord to burn incense upon the altar and was struck with leprosy. And then, therefore, when the wicked ruler had been overthrown and the worship according to the law had been freed from its defilements, the mysteries of theology are made manifest to the Prophet.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:396 · narrative
Source
Καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν τὸν Ἀχὰζ, οὐ σπουδαῖον ἄρχοντα, ὁ λόγος ἀναγράφει ἀποθνήσκοντα, ἵνα δειχθῇ, ὅτι ἐν τῇ τοῦ χείρονος ὑποχωρήσει, τὸ ῥῆμα γίνεται πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους παρὰ τοῦ εὐεργέτου Θεοῦ. Εὕραμεν γὰρ ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ Ἀχὰζ οὐκ ἐποίησε τὸ εὐθὲς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς Κυρίου· καί γε υἱὸν αὐτοῦ διῆγεν ἐν πυρὶ, κατὰ τὰ βδελύγματα τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ ἐθυσίαζε καὶ ἐθυμία ἐν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς. Οὗτος δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν θησαυρῶν τοῦ οἴκου Κυρίου χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον ἀπέστειλε τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, ἐν οἷς οὐ μικρὰ αὐτοῦ κατηγορεῖται ἡ ἀσέβεια περὶ τὰ ἱερὰ χρήματα. Πεσούσης οὖν τῆς πονηρᾶς δυναστείας, γίνεται τὸ κατὰ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ῥῆμα. Ἀλλόφυλοι δὲ ἰδίως οἱ Φυλιστιαῖοι λέγονται, οὓς Παλαιστινοὺς Ἕλληνες ὀνομάζουσιν. Ἰστέον δὲ, ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ζωῇ, ἐπει δὰν ἡ βασιλεύουσα ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ἡμῶν σώματι ἁμαρτία ἀποθάνῃ, τότε γίνεται ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν ἡμῖν. Τάχα γὰρ ἑκάστη ἁμαρτία πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς κατηγορουμένων καὶ ὅλως ψεκτῶν βασιλέων ἀναλογίαν τινὰ ἔχει, ὧν πολλαχοῦ τὰ ὀνόματα δι' ὅλης τῆς Γραφῆς δηλοῦται· ὡς καὶ νῦν ἑρμηνεύεται ὁ Ἀχὰζ κατάσχεσις, σύμβολον ὢν προκαταλαβόντος καὶ κατέχοντος τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν δόγματος πονηροῦ· οὗ ἀποθανόντος, ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν, ἐλευθερωθεῖσα ἀπὸ τοῦ κατέχοντος, ἱκανοῦται πρὸς τὸ θεωρῆσαι τὸ κατὰ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ῥῆμα. Ὁ μὲν οὖν πρόχειρος νοῦς οὗτός ἐστι· Μὴ εὐφραίνεσθε, πάντες ἀλλόφυλοι, συνετρίβη γὰρ ὁ ζυγὸς τοῦ παίοντος ὑμᾶς.
English
And here, then, the word records the death of Ahaz, a ruler who was not good, so that it might be shown that when the worse one withdraws, the word comes against the Philistines from the beneficent God. For we have found in the Fourth Book of Kingdoms that this Ahaz did not do what was right in the eyes of the Lord; indeed, he even passed his own son through fire, according to the abominations of the nations, and he sacrificed and burned incense on the high places. This man also sent gold and silver from the treasures of the house of the Lord to the king of the Assyrians, in which his impiety concerning the sacred money is not a little accused. When the evil dominion has fallen, then the word against the Philistines comes to pass. And Philistines is properly the name for the Phylistiaioi, whom the Greeks call Palaistinoi. But it must be known that also in each of our lives, whenever the sin that reigns in our mortal body dies, then the word of the Lord comes to be in us. For perhaps each sin has a certain analogy to each of the kings accused in the Scriptures and altogether blameworthy, whose names are made clear in many places throughout all the Scripture; as even now Ahaz is interpreted as "possession," being a symbol of an evil doctrine that has preoccupied and possesses our soul; when this has died, our soul, freed from what possessed it, is made sufficient to contemplate the word against the Philistines. This, then, is the ready sense: Do not rejoice, all you Philistines, for the yoke of the one who strikes you has been broken.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:397 · narrative
Source
Μὴ νομίσητε, ὦ Φυλιστιαῖοι, ὅτι, ἀποθανόντος τοῦ Ἀχὰζ, ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε τοῦ ἐπικειμένου ὑμῖν φόβου ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· ὥστε μὴ εὐφραίνεσθε ἐπὶ τῷ πτώματι τοῦ βασι λέως. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ συνετρίβη ὁ ζυγὸς, τουτέστιν ἡ δουλεία, ἡ ἐπικειμένη ὑμῖν παρὰ τῶν καταπατούντων ὑμᾶς καὶ μαστι γούντων διὰ τῆς δυναστείας, ἀλλ' ὅμως ἐκ σπέρματος ὄφεων ἐξελεύσεται ἔκγονα ἀσπίδων. (Τὴν διαδοχὴν τοῦ Ἀχὰζ ση μαίνει)· ὅτι Εἰ ὄφεως οὗτος εἶχε πικρίαν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπιχαίρετε αὐτοῦ τῷ θανάτῳ, ἀναστήσεται ἐφ' ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ ὄφεως τούτου ἔκγονα ἀσπίδων· καὶ πάλιν τὰ ἐκείνων ἔκγονα ἐξελεύσεται. Τὸ πικρὸν τῆς διαδοχῆς τῶν ἐφεξῆς βασιλευόντων ὁ λόγος ἐκ τούτου παρίστησιν. Ἀσπίδες γὰρ ἔσονται (φησὶ) πετόμεναι, καὶ τὸ ἰοβόλον τῶν ἑρπετῶν ἔχουσαι καὶ τὸ ταχὺ τῶν πτηνῶν. Εἶτα (ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἀκολουθία τῆς γενεα λογίας ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον φέρει) διακόψας ὁ λόγος τὸ συνεχὲς, μεταβαίνει ἐπ' ἀγαθὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. Βοσκηθήσονται γὰρ (φησὶ) πτωχοὶ δι' αὐτοῦ. Τίς ἐστιν ὁ βόσκων πτωχοὺς, ἢ ὁ ποι μὴν τῶν προβάτων; Πτωχοὺς δὲ οὐ τοὺς κατὰ χρήματα ἐνδεεῖς λέγει, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῇ διανοίᾳ ἠλαττωμένους. Οὗτοι δὲ οἱ πτωχοὶ, οἱ παρ' αὐτοῦ μακαριζόμενοι (τοῦ Κυρίου Μακάριοι γὰρ, φησὶν, οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι) Ἐπ' εἰρήνης ἀναπαύσονται, ἀνελεῖ δὲ λιμῷ τὸ σπέρμα σου. Τῶν ἀλλοφύλων τὸ σπέρμα λιμῷ διαφθαρήσεται καὶ τὸ κατά λειμμα αὐτῶν ἀναιρεθήσεται. Οἱ ὑπὸ πονηρῶν τρεφόμενοι λόγων (ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ψυχῶν) λιμῷ παραδίδονται. Ἡ γὰρ ἔνδεια τοῦ πρὸς τὸ κακὸν ἐφοδιάζοντος αὐτοὺς διδασκάλου ἀφορμὴ πρὸς εὐεξίαν τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ σωτηρίαν γίνεται.
English
Do not suppose, O Philistines, that when Ahaz has died you will be freed from the fear that lies upon you from Israel; so do not rejoice over the fall of the king. For even if the yoke has been shattered—that is, the slavery imposed on you by those who trample and scourge you through their dominion—nevertheless, from the seed of serpents shall come forth the offspring of asps. (He signifies the succession of Ahaz.) For if this one had the venom of a serpent and for this reason you rejoice at his death, there shall rise against you from the seed of this serpent offspring of asps; and again their offspring shall come forth. The word sets forth from this the bitterness of the succession of the kings who follow in order. For there shall be (he says) flying asps, possessing both the venom of creeping things and the swiftness of winged creatures. Then (since the sequence of the genealogy leads to the Lord) the word, cutting off the continuity, passes over to a good promise. For the poor shall be fed by him (he says). Who is it that feeds the poor, if not the shepherd of the sheep? And he calls poor not those who are lacking in money, but those who are diminished in mind. And these poor, who are pronounced blessed by him (for the Lord says, Blessed are the poor in spirit), shall rest in peace, but he shall destroy your seed with famine. The seed of the foreigners shall be corrupted by famine, and their remnant shall be destroyed. Those who are fed by evil words (for the benefit of their souls) are handed over to famine. For the destitution of the teacher who supplies them toward evil becomes a starting point for the good health of their souls and for salvation.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:398 · narrative
Source
Οὕτω δὲ ἐκλαβεῖν τὴν ἔν νοιαν τοῦ ῥητοῦ δυνατόν· Μὴ εὐφραίνοιτο μηδεὶς ὁ συντρί βων τὸν ἐπικείμενον αὐτῷ ζυγὸν, τὸν ἐπιτεθέντα παρὰ τοῦ παίοντος αὐτόν· πολλάκις γὰρ πρόφασις γίνεταί τινι πρὸς τὸ συντρίβειν τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ζυγὸν (ἤδη κληθέντι ἐπὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ) ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου πληγὴ, καὶ ὁ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἔλεγχος, μαστίζων καὶ κολάζων ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις τὴν τοῦ ἐπταικότος συνείδησιν. Μὴ φέρων γάρ τις τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐλέγχου καὶ τῆς ἐπιπλήξεως πόνον, ἀφηνιαστὴς, τρόπον ἵππου καὶ ἡμιόνου, γενόμενος, καὶ ἐλευθερῶν μὲν ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, δουλῶν δὲ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀνάξιός ἐστι τῆς ἐν Θεῷ εὐφροσύνης. Πολλῷ οὖν βέλτιον, ἀνέχεσθαι λόγου παιδευτικοῦ, ἢ δυσανασχετοῦντα συντρίβειν τὸν ζυγὸν τοῦ παίοντος αὐτόν. Οἱ μέντοι μὴ συντρίψαντες, ἀλλ' ὑπομείναντες τὴν παιδευτικὴν ἐπίσκεψιν, οἱ διὰ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς καρδίας καὶ πτωχοὶ χρηματίζοντες, βοσκηθήσονται δι' αὐτοῦ. Τέλος γὰρ ἀγαθῆς παιδεύσεως νομή ἐστιν ἐπηγγελμένη, περὶ ἧς φησιν ὁ Σωτὴρ, ὅτι Εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται καὶ νομὴν εὑρήσει. Καὶ ὁ Προφήτης δέ φησιν, ὅτι Ἐν νομῇ πίονι
English
It is possible to understand the thought of the saying in this way: Let no one who is shattering the yoke laid upon him, the yoke imposed by the one who strikes him, rejoice; for often the blow that comes from the word, and the rebuke from it, scourging and punishing the conscience of the one who has stumbled for his sins, becomes a pretext for someone to shatter the yoke of Christ (even when he has already been called to the salvation that is in Christ). For someone, unable to bear the pain that comes from the rebuke and the reproof, becoming unruly, after the manner of a horse and mule, and freeing himself from God while enslaving himself to sin, is unworthy of the gladness that is in God. Far better, then, to endure a corrective word than, chafing against it, to shatter the yoke of the one who strikes him. Those, however, who have not shattered it but have submitted to the corrective visitation—those who through lowliness of heart are accounted poor—shall be fed by him. For the end of good discipline is the pasture that has been promised, concerning which the Savior says, "He shall go in and out and find pasture." And the Prophet also says, "In a rich pasture
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:399 · narrative
Source
βοσκήσω αὐτούς. Ὥστε οἱ πτωχοὶ ἄνθρωποι ἐπ' εἰρήνης ἀναπαύσονται, ἐπὰν μὴ ὀλιγωρήσωσι παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύωνται ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενοι. Τὸ δὲ σπέρμα τῶν ἀλλοφύλων λιμῷ ἀναιρεθήσεται, δίκην τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ζυγὸν συντριμμοῦ ὑπέχον τὴν τῶν τροφῶν ἀπορίαν. Ὀλολύξατε, πύλαι πόλεων· καὶ κεκραγέτωσαν πόλεις τεταραγμέναι, οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι πάντες· ὅτι ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ καπνὸς ἔρχεται, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ εἶναι. Καὶ τί ἀποκριθήσονται βασιλεῖς ἐθνῶν; Ὅτι Κύριος ἐθεμελίωσε Σιὼν, καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ σωθήσονται οἱ ταπεινοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ. Αἱ πύλαι τῶν πόλεων (φησὶν) ὀλολύξατε. Ἔτι πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους ἡ ἀπειλή. Καὶ κεκραγέτωσαν πόλεις τεταραγμέναι. Βοῆς ἐμπλησθήτωσαν (φησὶν) ἀπὸ τῆς ταραχῆς τῆς ἐκ τοῦ φόβου τοῖς οἰκοῦσιν ἐγγινομένης. Πύλαι μὲν ὀλολυζέτω σαν, διὰ τὴν προσαγομένην πολιορκίαν. Αἱ πόλεις δὲ κεκραγέτωσαν, τουτέστιν οἱ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι κατοικοῦντες. Μὴ μέντοι μηδὲ οἱ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἀλλόφυλοι ἡσυχαζέτωσαν. Ὁ γὰρ ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ καπνὸς πάντων ὁμοίως ἅψεται πόλεών τε καὶ ἐγχωρίων. Καπνὸς γὰρ ἔρχεται ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ. Τὸ ἀδρανὲς τῶν ἀλλοφύλων παρίστησιν, ὅτι καπνοῦ προσβολὴν οὐ φέρουσι· τοσοῦτον ἀπέχουσι τοῦ τὸ πῦρ, τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ἐκ καιόμενον, ὑπομεῖναι. Καπνὸς ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ ἔρχεται, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ εἶναι. Οὐκ ἔστι (φησὶν) ἐν ὑποστάσει ἰδίᾳ, οὐδὲ οὐσιώδης αὐτοῦ καὶ σεσωματωμένη ἡ φύσις ἡ τοῦ καπνοῦ· ἀτμὸς γάρ ἐστι δριμὺς, ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ πυρὸς ἀναφορᾶς ἐκ τῶν ὑπο τυφομένων ἀναπεμπόμενος.
English
I will feed them. So that poor men will rest in peace, whenever they do not make light of the Lord's discipline, nor are they unnerved when reproved by him. But the seed of the foreigners will be destroyed by famine, undergoing the lack of food as the penalty for the shattering that came upon them under the yoke. Wail, gates of cities; and let the cities, thrown into confusion, cry out—all the foreigners—because smoke comes from the north, and there is no being for it. And what will the kings of the nations answer? That the Lord has founded Zion, and through him the humble of the people will be saved. The gates of the cities (he says), wail. The threat is still directed against the foreigners. And let the cities, thrown into confusion, cry out. Let them be filled with shouting (he says) from the confusion that arises among the inhabitants from fear. Let the gates wail, because of the siege being brought against them. And let the cities cry out—that is, those dwelling in the cities. Yet let not even the foreigners in the countryside keep quiet. For the smoke from the north will touch all alike, both cities and those in the country. For smoke comes from the north. He sets forth the weakness of the foreigners, that they cannot endure even the assault of smoke—so far are they from enduring the fire that is kindled from the foreigners. Smoke comes from the north, and there is no being for it. It has no being (he says) in its own substance, nor is the nature of smoke substantial and embodied; for it is a pungent vapor, sent up by the rising of fire from things that are smoldering.
khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:400 · narrative
Source
Τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ ταρασσομένων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἀνυπόστατος φύσις, τί οἱ βα σιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐροῦσιν, ἐν εἰρήνῃ τὸν τόπον Ἰσραὴλ ὁρῶντες; Τί ἄλλο γε, ἢ ὅτι Κύριος ἐθεμελίωσε τὴν Σιών; καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ σωθήσονται οἱ ταπεινοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ; Αὐτὸς τοὺς ἀσείστους θεμελίους τῆς Σιὼν ἐπήξατο· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστι τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὁ Θεὸς τῆς ἄνω πόλεως. Σωθή σονται δὲ ἐν αὐτῇ οὐχ οἱ δυνατοὶ χρήμασιν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ τῷ σώματι, οὐδὲ οἱ τὰ πολεμικὰ μεμελετηκότες, ἀλλ' Οἱ ταπεινοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ (φησί)· διότι τὰ ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξε λέξατο ὁ Θεὸς, ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς δυνάμεως ἑαυτοῦ συστήσῃ. Πλὴν ἀλλ' ἵνα μήτε τῆς κατὰ θεωρίαν ἐξετάσεως τοῦ ῥητοῦ πάντη ἀπολιμπανώμεθα, φέρε, εἴ τινα δυνατὸν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων ἑρμηνείας λαβεῖν ὁδηγίαν εἰς τὴν τῶν λεγομένων περίνοιαν, πειραθῶμεν. Τὸ Φυλιστιαῖον ὄνομα, μεταλαμβανόμενον εὕρομεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα γλῶσσαν, πί πτοντες ποτήματι. Ὅρα οὖν εἰ δύνασαι τροπολογῶν, τοὺς μεθύσους καὶ πορνοκόπους, τοὺς εἰς τὰς φιάλας καὶ τὰ πο τήρια διδόντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ψυχὴν, καὶ ὕστερον γυμνοτέρους ὑπέρου περιπατοῦντας (κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν) τούτους ὀνο μάσαι τοὺς πίπτοντας τῷ ποτήματι, τουτέστι, τῇ ἀμετρίᾳ τοῦ πόματος. Πίπτουσι δὲ οὗτοι τῷ ποτήματι, διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ἀναβῆναι εἰς τὸ ὕψος τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ βασιλείας, διαῤ ῥήδην εἰπόντος Παύλου· Μέθυσοι βασιλείαν Θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσι. Πολλὰ γὰρ τὰ πτώματα καὶ διάφοροι αἱ αἰτίαι τοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕψους ἡμᾶς καταπίπτειν, καὶ μὴ φθάνειν ἐπὶ τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως·
English
While the foreigners are thrown into confusion by the smoke—a nature that cannot stand—what will the kings of the nations say, seeing Israel's place in peace? What else, indeed, but that the Lord has founded Zion, and through him the humble of the people will be saved? He himself has fixed the unshakable foundations of Zion; for he himself, God, is the craftsman and maker of the city above. And in it will be saved not the powerful in wealth, nor the strong in body, nor those who have practiced the arts of war, but the humble of the people, as it says; because God has chosen the weak things of the world, so that in them he might establish the surpassing greatness of his own power. Nevertheless, so that we may not fall entirely short of the contemplative examination of the saying, come, let us attempt, if it is possible to take any guidance from the interpretation of the names toward the deeper sense of what is said. We have found the name Philistine, when translated into the Greek language, to mean those falling by a drink. Consider, then, whether you can, by way of allegory, name those who are drunk and given to fornication, who give their own soul to bowls and cups, and afterward walk more naked than a spindle (as the proverb says)—whether you can call these the ones falling by the drink, that is, by the immoderateness of the drink. And these fall by the drink because they cannot ascend to the height of the kingdom of God, since Paul plainly says, Drunkards shall not inherit the kingdom of God. For many are the falls and various the causes that make us fall from the height and fail to reach the prize of the upward calling.
Citation. Tergwame, “Enarratio in prophetam Isaiam”, khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-basilius-caesariensis-enarratio-in-prophetam-isaiam#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: see record · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0518 · generated 2026-11-15.